LIHRAHY.
44|I|
fo/^ mv;
m^m
1^4 .-g^J
liisJ
:e3§i|'S^
'I
THE CONTENTS
OF THE
BRITISH MUSEUM,
r*
THIRTY-FIFTH EDITION. '
t.;./ mU ‘ ^ ■ ■ . .
- — - 1 ^ ^ ^ Zp ^ ^ 7
cat
LONDON:
,NTEI> BY G. WOODFALL, ANGEL COURT, SKINNER STREET. ^
The Public are apprised that this Synopsis is merely intended for the
use of Persons who take a cursory view of the Museum. The following
is a List of the more ample descriptions of several parts of the Collection,
most of which may be purchased of the Book-binder at the Museum, and
of Messrs. Longman and Co., Payne and Foss, J. and A. Arch, W.
Pickering, and D. Colnaghi.
Description of the Ancient Terracottas, by Taylor Combe, Esq., 1810,
4to. £1 lls.6d.
- - - Marbles, Part 1, by the same, 1812, 4to.
£ 1 5s.
- Part 2, 1815, 4to. £2 12s. 6cZ.
- Part 3, 1818, 4to. £1 10s.
- Part 4, 1820, 4to. £2 2s.
- Part 5, by E. Hawkins, Esq., 1826, 4to.
£1 Is.
- Part 6, by C. R. Cockerell, Esq., 1830.
£2 2s.
- - - ^ - Part 7, by Edward Hawkins, Esq., 1835.
£3 3s.
A Catalogue of the Greek Coins, by Taylor Combe, Esq., 1814, 4to. £4 4s.
- Anglo-Gallic Coins, by Edward Hawkins, Esq., 1826,
4to. £1 4s.
- - - Library of Printed Books, by H. Ellis, and Rev. H.
H. Baber, 1813— .1819, 7 vol. 8vo. £4 4s. ,
- Cottonian MSS. by J. Planta, Esq. 1802, fol. \
- - - Harleian MSS. by H. Wanley and Rev. R. Nares,
1808, 3 vol. fol. With a 4th Vol. of Index.
- MSS. of the King’s Library, by David Casley, 1734,
4to.
- - MSS. heretofore undescribed, by Rev. S. Ayscough,
1782, 2 vols. 4to.
- - Lansdown MSS. fol. by F. Douce, Esq., and H. Ellis,
1819. fol.
— - - - MSS. formerly F. Hargrave’s, Esq., by H. Ellis,
1818, 4to. 12s.
- - Pac Simile of the Codex Alexandrinus, 3 vol. fol. £18.
- - - Catalogue of the Geographical and Topographical Col¬
lection attached to the Library of King George III. 1829, 2 vol.
8vo. £l 4s.
- Mr. R. P. Knight’s Catalogue of his Greek Coins,
1830, 4to. £1 15s.
— - - Catalogue of the Arundel Manuscripts, fol. 1834.
£1 8s.; or with coloured Plates, £4 14s. 6c?.
CONTENTS.
Rooms
I— XVI.
Page
LOWER ROOMS.
Entrance Hall, and Library of Printed Books .
UPPER FLOOR.
I. Artificial Curiosities from different Countries . 3
II. III. IV. Sloane and Banksian Collections of Dried Plants 10
V. VI. VII. Sir Joseph Banks’s Library . . .10
VIII. Impressions from Ancient Seals, Vases, Bronzes, &c. 1 1
SALOON. General Collection of Quadrupeds . . 16
Room IX. Continuation of Quadrupeds, Amphibia, Crusta¬
cea, &c. . . . . .23
X. Reptiles in Spirits, Sea-Eggs, and Star-Fish . 29
XI. General Collection of Fish and Corals . . 45
XII. British Birds and British Shells . . .60
XIIL General Collection of Birds and Shells . . 73
LONG GALLERY. Mineralogy and Geology, including Se¬
condary Fossils . . . ,93
ROYAL LIBRARY ..... 131
Room I.
GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.
Terracottas ....
. 135
II.
Greek and Roman Sculptures .
. 141
HI.
Ditto . . ...
. 142
IV.
Ditto . . . . .
. 146
V.
Roman Sepulchral Antiquities
Sir T. Lawrence’s Collection of Casts .
. 146
. 149
VI.
Greek and Roman Sculptures
. 150
VII.
British Antiquities
. 155
VIII.
Egyptian Antiquities
. 157
IX.
Portland Vase .
. 159
X.
Sir William Hamilton’s Collection
. 160
XL
Greek and Roman Sculptures . •
. 163
XII.
Ditto ....
. 168
GRAND CENTRAL SALOON
PHIGALIAN SALOON
ELGIN SALOON .
EGYPTIAN SALOON
EGYPTIAN ROOM .
ETRUSCAN ROOM
Medal Room .
Print Room •
173
174
175
199
211
215
215
216
SYNOPSIS
OF THE
CONTENTS OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM.
On entering the gate of the Museum, a spacious quadran¬
gle presents itself, with an Ionic colonnade on the south
side, and the main building * on the north, the two wings
being allotted for the dwellings of the officers. The ar¬
chitect, Peter Puget, a native of Marseilles, and an artist
of the first eminence in his time, was sent over from Paris
by Ralph, first Duke of Montagu, for the sole purpose of
constructing this splendid mansion. It was the repetition
of a building first designed in 1674 by Dr. Hooke, which
was destroyed by fire in 1686,
GROUND FLOOR.
This floor, consisting of sixteen rooms, contains the Old
Library of Printed Books. Strangers are not admitted
into these apartments, as the mere sight of the outside of
books cannot convey either instruction or amusement f .
The Entrance Hall contains,
A statue in Marble of Shakspeare, by Roubilliac. Be«
queathed to the British Museum, after the death his
Widoxio, hy David Garrick, Esq*
A statue of the Hon. Anne Seymour Darner, holding in
her hands a small figure of the Genius of the Thames,
Presented by Lord Fredo Campbell.
A gilt figure of Gaudma, a Burmese idol; and the sym-
* The building measures 216 feet in length, and 57 in height, to the
top of the cornice.
t An Alphabetical Catalogue of this Library was printed in the year
1787, in two volumes folio ; and another published, in seven volumes’
8vo, 1813 — 1819, containing, as far as possible, the accessions to the
latter year. A Catalogue of the Royal Library, given to the Museum in
1823, was printed in five volumes folio, and privately distributed, by order
of his late Majesty King George the Fourth.
B
2
GROUND FLOOR.
bolical representation of his foot. Both presented by Capt,
Marry at, R.N.
Against the pier between the iron Gates which lead to
the great staircase, is a statue of the late Sir Joseph
Banks, by Chantrey. It represents the great naturalist,
not as he was in his latter days, feeble and lame, but
hale and vigorous ; he is seated in an arm-chair, holding
a scroll in his left hand. The figure is raised upon a
marble pedestal. Presented by the personal Friends, at
whose expense the statue was made.
On the other side of the pier, is a specimen of Hindoo
sculpture, discovered in 1809, near the banks of the
sacred river Nerbudda ; a fragment, probably, of an
ancient temple. Presented by D, D. Inglis, Esq,
Before the window on the left, adjoining the messenger’s
small room, is a fine Hippopotamus, and another stands
by the side of the staircase, in the passage leading to
the Gallery of Antiquities. The former was presented
by the Trustees of the Hunterian Collection of the Royal
College of Surgeons,
The decorations of the great staircase were restored a
few years ago by Rigaud. The paintings on the ceiling,
representing Phaeton petitioning Apollo for leave to drive
his chariot, are by Charles de la Fosse, who, in his time,
was deemed one of the best colourists of the French school,
and of whom there are many valuable performances in
France ; among which are the paintings on the cupola of
the dome of the invalids, which are ranked among the
admiranda of Paris., The landscapes and architectural
decorations are by James Rousseau, whose particular
skill in perspective has at all times been held in high
estimation.
On the first landing place, is a Llama from South
America, where it is used as a beast of burthen ; pre*
sented by the Trustees of the Hunterian Collection,
Above the Llama is a specimen of the Stag {Cervus
elephas, Linn.).
On the second landing-place are a Musk Ox, from
Melville Island, and a Polar Bear ; procured in the late
Arctic expeditions ; and presented by the Lords of the
Admiralty,
Over the Musk Ox is a
specimen of the Striped An-
GROUND FLOOR.
3
telope of Pennant, from the Cape of Good Hope; and
on the Polar Bear’s case, the Elk from Sweden. Both
presented by the Trustees of the Hunterian Collection,
Between these animals is placed the trunk of an arbo¬
rescent Fern {Alsophila Brunoniana of Wallich) forty-five
feet in height, from the mountains to the eastward of
Silhet in Bengal. Bresented by the East India Company*
Also a specimen of a species of Palm [Euterpe oleracea^
Mart.), native of South America. Cultimted and pre-
sented by Messrs. Loddiges.
On the upper landing-place are a male and female
Giraffe, or Camelopard, from South Africa, presented by
W.J.BurchelU Esq.; another Giraffe, presented by the
Trustees of the Hunterian Collection; a young Indian
Elephant, and an Indian Tapir. The last mentioned
Giraffe was brought to England by Mr. Paterson, and is
the first ever seen in this country.
H. Ellis.
UPPER FLOOR.
FIRST ROOM.
The ceiling of this room, representing the fall of
Phaeton, was painted by Charles de la Fosse.
The upright cases round the room contain a series of ar¬
tificial Curiosities from the less civilized parts of the world.
Case 1. Esquimaux dresses, from Winter Island ; a
whalebone net, used by the Esquimaux for laying under
their beds ; a wooden bowl; a cup and spoon made of
the horns of the musk ox ; a bone ornament, from Sa¬
vage Island ; some Esquimaux arms ; a small basket ; a
pair of eye-shades formed of bone ; a bow-string ; a cu¬
linary vessel and lamp, cut out of stone. Over the Cases
is placed a sledge from Baffin’s Bay, which, together wdth
the rest of these articles, was brought to England by
Capt. Sir Edward Parry, in 1822.
Case 2. Esquimaux dresses from Point Hope: a steers¬
man’s cap, from West Georgia ; men’s boots, and an Es¬
quimaux landing net, formed of whalebone, from Kotzebue
Sound; a band, worn as a maro, from Egmont Island; a
pair of woman’s boots, from Cape Thomson ; a dart
B 2
4 MISCELLANEOUS [UFPER FLOOE.
thrower, from Point Barrow ; and a richly carved paddle,
from Tahiti.
Case S, Various specimens of cloth, formed of the
Paper Mulberry, from the Sandwich Islands, some of them
with stamped patterns ; a harpoon line, made of the skin
of a Wallruss, and a sail of the intestines of the same ani¬
mal from Kotzebue Sound ; two large teeth of the Wall¬
russ, from Behring's Straits; a stone club used for bruis¬
ing nuts, and three fine mats, from Egmont Island ; a cap,
ornamented with tufts of feather and hair ; several bows
and arrows, some of the latter tipped with obsidian and
bone, from California ; and a small harpoon, with a move-
able tip, for spearing fish, from Point Barrow.
On the sides of these Cases, near the door, are placed
three spears from Tonga taboo, a spear from the interior
of Chili, and a paddle from Egmont Island. Over these
cases are several other spears, arrows, and harpoons,
from the Pacific Ocean. These articles and those in
Cases No. 2 and 3, were collected during Capt. Beechey's
voyage of discovery, a.d. 1825 — 1828.
Case 4. A seal-skin dress ; a dog’s harness for a sledge,
and the handle of an instrument for throwing bird-darts,
from the coast of Labrador ; a pair of boots ornamented
wdth leather of different colours, with divided toes ; a
leathern whip, and some arrows from the interior of Peru.
Case 5. A quiver formed of palm leaves, containing
small poisoned arrows ; a bag of netted twine, with bom-
oax and some poisoned arrows from the Indians of the
Mar anon. Presented hy Lieut, Henry Lister Mntv^ R,N,
Various wampum belts, and a pair of eyeshades, formed of
wood. From the Sloane Collection,
A straw hat, a poncho, or cloak, leggings, shoes, spurs,
and stirrups. From Chili, Presented by - Sinclair^
Esqc
A hammock, from Africa, presented by H, Bright, Esq,;
and a pair of sandals, from Ashantee, presented hy Mr,
Fenton.
Case 6. A piece of cloth, feet long by feet wide,
decorated with borders and various stellated patterns, pro¬
duced by discharging the deep colour of the indigo ; it is
woven in narrow strips, each three inches wdde. Another
piece of clpth, formed of similar strips, but the check pat-
ROOM I.] ARTICLES. 5
tern produced in the weaving. A piece of very narrow
cloth, of the original width before it is made up for use.
Froyn Africa. Presented hy Major Denham and Captain
Clapperton,
A Foulah cloak, formed of very narrow strips of cloth ;
a cap, and a musical instrument, from the neighbourhood
of Sierra Leone. Presented hy J. Whitfield^ Esq.
A cap, made of a fine mat, from the Cape of Good
Hope. Presented by Capt. Duncan, 1780.
Several pieces of cloth formed of narrow strips on a
white ground ; a white cloth, painted with black patterns;
two others made of different coloured stripes ; and a single
stripe formed of three different colours ; a piece of very
fine matting ; a child’s umbrella, or sunshade, covered
with various coloured and printed cottons, and stripes of
woollen cloth, with a carved wooden top; an iron padlock
and keys; four variously shaped earthenware tobacco-pipe
heads ; a small earthen pan, with a deeply notched edge ;
a small basket ; a string of beads resembling spangles,
formed from shells ; a fly-flapper, made from hair ; a
shuttle and reel of thread belonging to the loom ; a mu¬
sical instrument ; a leather pouch, surrounded by Stripes
of leather, and worked with leather and cloth in different
patterns ; a short dagger, and a wooden handle and sheath,
ornamented with brass ; a pair of worked sandals ; two
arrows with steel heads ; a large leathern cushion, and a
stool of carved zesso wood. On the top of the Case is a
loom for weaving the narrow cloth, used by the Africans.
Ail from Ashantee. Presented hy T. E. Bowdich, Esq.,
and described in his Tra^vels, p. 307, Sj;c,
Case 7. Two baskets made of a species of juncus ;
two water-baskets made of the bark of a birch ; a bladder,
containing a pigment used by the natives ; a quiver, some
arrows, and a bow ; the rope of a canoe ; a necklace formed
of shells ; and an axe, the iron of which was probably ob¬
tained from an English or American ship, from Terra del
Fuego.
Case 8. A coat of mail formed of seven folds of horse
skin, used by the Araucarian Indians on the west coast of
South America, taken from the body of an Indian who
was shot by a party of Chilian Indians, sent to disperse an
incursion of the native tribes ; a pair of spurs ; a couple of
6
MISCELLANEOUS [uPPER FLOOR,
balls, united by a cord, which are used to destroy the
wild animals, and a pair of rattles ; all from the coast of
Patagonia.
Over these Cases are two fishing spears from Terra
del Fuego ; a spear from the west coast of Australasia ; a
fish-gig from the South Sea islands. Also a canoe, with
its paddles, from Behring’s Straits. Presented by Capt.
Beechey^ R,N.
The whole of the contents of the Cases 7 and 8, and ,
the spears over them, were collected by Capt. P. P. King,
in his late voyage, and presented by him to the British
Museum.
Case 9. Shelves 1 and 2. Vessels in various forms,
from tombs of the aboriginal Peruvians. Chiejiyfrom the
Sloane and Towneley Collections.
Shelves 3, 4, 5. Various objects, chiefly collected in
Mexico, and purchased, at the sale of the Mexican Mu¬
seum belonging to Mr. Bullock ; they consist of small
statues formed of various stones, and of rude workman¬
ship ; a mask of stone ; two statues and five fragments
of terracotta, found on the mountains of Tezeossingo, the
pyramids of St. Taun de Toetiutican ; an adze ; a heart-
shaped ornament of serpentine, with engraved characters
resembling hieroglyphics; two vases of alabaster, one with
the head and arms of a monkey sculptured on it, the other
with the head, tail, and wings of a cock ; a small terra¬
cotta statue of a sitting figure, similar to an Egyptian
sphynx ; a head of a boy in basalt ; a small vase-shaped
statue ; an Azteek mirror, made of a large plate of obsidian,
polished on both sides ; a large double bottle of black
earthenware, one of the bottles with the head of a dog,
the other with that of a bird ; a small earthen vessel in
the form of a dog ; several knives formed of obsidian, with
two of the larger pieces from which they have been split;
an incense burner in the form of an owl ; a bust of a fe¬
male sculptured in lava, with a turretted head-dress, hav¬
ing some resemblance to the Isis of the Egyptians ; ano¬
ther of a priest with a mitre-shaped cap decorated with
jewels and a feather, and with long pendant ear-rings ; the
greater part of the body is covered by a large snake, its
head being on the right side of the figure ; the eyes of this
bust were probably supplied by jewels; a statue of an Az-
ARTICLES.
7
ROOM I.]
teek princess in a sitting posture ; her feet are bent under
her, and her hands rest upon her knees ; a small serpent
idol, probably one of the Penates, or household gods '^.
Case 10. Shelf 1. Cloth which enveloped the dead
bodies of ancient Peruvians ; cups, a harpoon, sling, fish¬
ing-line, fishes’ eyes, basket, and Indian corn ; from the
tombs of children of the ancient Peruvians. The globular
vessels were placed, with Indian corn, under the breasts
of the dead bodies. Presented by the Rev. W. V. Hennahy
1828.
Shelves 3 and 4. Three mortars, silver images, and
vessels ; from the tombs of aboriginal Peruvians in the
island of Titicaca. Collected by J» Pentland, Esq.<, and
presented by the Right Hon. the Earl Dudley. Five
earthen images, from tombs in Vera Cruz. Presented by
G. A. Princep, Esq., 1821.
Shelf 2. Seven vessels from tombs of aboriginal Peru¬
vians of maritime provinces on the coast of the Pacific.
One vase from Tiaquauco. Presented by the Earl Dudley,
from Mr* Pentland's Collection.
Shelf 5. Stone basin, ornamented with serpents; a
smaller basin ornamented in the angles, at the outside, by
four animals ; a small vessel in the form of a Llama : from
the Temple of the Sun at Cusco. Presented by the Earl
Dudley, from Mr. Pentland's Collection. A vessel in the
form of a human figure. From the Sloane Collection^
No. 404.
The remaining Cases contain articles from the west
coast of North America and the South Seas, chiefly pre¬
sented by Sir Joseph Banks, Captain James Cook, R.N.,
and Archibald Menzies, Esq. Many of them are figured
in Captain Cook’s Voyages.
Case 11. Fishing implements from Nootka Sound and
Oonalashka ; harpoons ; lines made of sinews, and of sea¬
weed (a species of Fucus), &c. Models of fishing-boats,
&c. ; waterproof fishing-jackets, made of the intestines of
the whale, from Nootka Sound. — Several caps of wood,
representing heads of beasts ; a bird’s head of wood, orna¬
mented with feathers, &c. ; a wooden coat of armour ;
^ There are some other Mexican sculptures at present in the Ante
Room, next the' Elgin Marbles, which are too heavy to be exhibited
here.
8 MISCELLANEOUS [UPFER FLOOR,
birds made of wood, hollow, and containing stones^ used
as rattles ; from Nootka and Oonalashka.
Case 12. Warlike implements, and various tools,
clubs, adzes, &c. ; Patoo-patoos of wood and bone^ &c.
Various domestic utensils from the same part of the coast.
A screen made of the feathers of an eagle ; knives ;
spoons ; eating-bowls ; bread made of the root of the
Casada tree (a species of Jatropha), with an unprepared
piece of the latter. — Caps of various shapes and colours,
some with representations of the whale fishery ; combs,
&c. ; from Nootka and Oonalashka.
Case 13. Baskets made in various parts of the west
coast of North America. — Mattings, &c. The inner bark
of a species of cypress (Cupressus thuyoides) in its dif¬
ferent stages of preparation, for making mats, articles of
dress, &c. ; a garment made of this bark by the natives of
Banks’s Island.
Case 14. Specimens of sculpture ; imitations of the
human form ; masks, &c.
.Cases 15 and 16. Otaheite winter and summer cloths,
made of the bark of the paper mulberry [Broussonetia)^
and variously dyed. — A mourning dress; a breast-plate
made of feathers, &c., used in war.
Case 17. Coarse mats for sails, &c. Basket-work
and cordage. — Ornamental mats made of a kind of flag ;
a dancing apron, &c., from Otaheite.
Case 18. Fishing implements. Various utensils made
of a basaltic stone ; rasps made of shagreen ; wooden pil¬
lows ; adzes of a kind of jade called axe-stone, &c. — Orna¬
mental carvings ; cloth-beater ; plaited hair ; tatooing in¬
struments ; a planting spade made of a fragment of a
shield ; nose flutes ; a bread fruit. — Various stone adzes,
hatchets, &c.
Cases 19 and 20. Large cloaks ; aprons ; helmets ;
hats ; distorted human figures, &c., made of feathers.
From the Sandwich Islands.
Case 21. Various specimens of mats and cloths ; gor¬
gets made of red seeds, &c. Cordage ; slings ; cloth beat¬
ers ; hair for ornamental head-dresses. Fishing-hooks
made of bones and shells ; saws made of sharks’ teeth ; and
other tools. From the Sandwich Islands.
Case 22. Articles of ornament ; bracelets made of
ARTICLES.
9
ROOM I.]
boars’ tusks^ and of tortoise-shell; assortment of shells and
seeds, &c. Necklaces, and other ornaments. Coverings
for the legs, composed of shells, seeds, and teeth, used
in dancing ; round mirrors made of a black slaty
stone, which is wetted when used ; quoits, weights, &c.
From the Sandwich Islands. Small cloaks, a head-dress,
and other ornaments made of feathers ; a specimen of the
species of creeper [Certhia vestiaria) which supplies the
red feathers. Fans ; wooden bowls supported by grotesque
figures for ornament. Mostly from the Marquesas.
Case 23. Specimens of cloth, matting, and cordage.
Basket-work, plain and ornamented ; sun-screens. — Orna¬
mental basket-work ; various pouches ; a dancing-dress
made of the fibres of the bark of cocoa-nuts.— From the
Friendly Islands.
Case 24. Fishing implements, hooks, and various
nets ; models of canoes ; adzes made of shelves ; tatooing
instruments ; rasps, &c. Various articles of ornament ;
necklaces made of shells, seeds, &c. ; combs ; bracelets ;
kernels of a nut which, when burnt, yields a strong light.
Aprons and other ornaments, made of the thigh-bones of a
small bird ; nasal flutes ; fly-flaps, a shuttle, &c. Various
Cava bowls of wood, curiously carved ; some earthen ves¬
sels, &c. From the Friendly Islands.
Case 25. Various specimens of matting and cordage,
mostly made of the New Zealand hemp {Phormium tenax).
Sundry woven articles; belts, &c. Fishing-nets; hooks,
cordage, &c. From New Zealand.
Case 26. Articles of ornament ; combs ; necklaces,
&c. Specimens of carving in wood and bone ; pipes, and
other musical wind instruments. Warlike instruments ;
conchs used in war ; clubs ; saws made of sharks’ teeth
for dissecting the bodies of slain enemies ; two human
hands, being parts of the body of a slain enemy. Tools of
various kinds, &c. Various wooden boxes ornamented
with carvings. Boat scoops, &c. From New Zealand.
Over the Cases II to 14. Various missile weapons
from different parts of the west coast of North America
and the islands of the South Sea; harpoons, javelins,
spears ; a wooden shield ; also various calabashes, some
inclosed in wickerwork.
B 3
10 MISCELLANEOUS []UPPER FLOOR.
Over the Casesi 18 to 20. Bows, arrows, quivers,
drums, &c.
Round the door opposite the Entrance. Vari¬
ous sorts of plain and carved clubs, maces, &c.
Over Case 21. A large Cava bowl ; w^ooden pillows.
Over Case 23. A canoe composed of many pieces
of wood sewed together, from Queen Charlotte’s Island ;
various kinds of paddles, &c.
Over the Cases 25 and 26. A large wooden drum
with lateral opening, made of the trunk of a tree ; a wooden
box, &c.
In the Window near the entrance-door, are a
pacuntti or tube for blowing the small poisoned arrows in
Case 5 ; a bow of the Indians of the banks of the Ucayali ;
some spears made of palm wood and some of bow wood,
and a bow from the Indians of the Marahon ; and a wooden
spear from the Napo. Presented by Lieut. Henry Lister
Maw, R.N.
In the centre of the Room, within a glazed frame, is one
of the originals of Magna Charta, belonging to the Cot¬
tonian Library; at the side, there is an Engraving of
it in fac-simile by Pine.
SECOND ROOM ;
THIRD ROOM ;
FOURTH ROOM.
These apartments are devoted to Sir Joseph Banks’s^
together with Sir Hans Sloane’s and other collections of
dried plants.
FIFTH ROOM;
SIXTH ROOM;
SEVENTH ROOM.
These apartments are at present occupied by Sir Joseph
Banks’s Library.
In the centre of the Sixth Room the general collection
of insects is preserved in cabinets.
In the Seventh Room, near the third window hang three
specimens of minute writing, forming the portraits of
11
ROOMS II. - VIII.] ARTICLES.
Queen Anne, Prince George of Denmark, and the Duke
of Gloucester their son, with a portrait of Sir Isaac Newton
in bas-relief.
Near the door of entrance from the sixth room is pre¬
served a specimen of the [CyperusPapy7''us or) Papyrus reed.
J. G. Children.
EIGHTH ROOM.
The Cases No. 1 and % together with a table Case,
contain a collection of impressions from ancient seals,
royal, baronial, monastic, ecclesiastical (not monastic),
municipal, and private, recently made for and presented
to the Museum by Mr. John Doubleday.
The Case No. 3 contains a large collection of bronze
and flint Celts, Spear-heads, and Arrow-heads; the greater
part of the flint arrow-heads and celts found in Ireland.
Case 4 contains a collection of Hindoo Bronzes, and an
assemblage of ancient Chess-men found in the sands upon
the coast of one of the Western Islands of Scotland.
Case 5.
Various South Sea objects, not yet arranged.
Case 6.
Div. A. Portrait of Bion, broken from a bust or statue.
Portrait, supposed of Diomede, also broken from a statue.
Mutilated figure of Bacchus.
Div. B. ^sculapius between two 'Gryphons. Two
Aliptes or Anointers ; they have been handles or stands
for Mirrors. Head of an Amazon. Three heads of
Ammon ; two have been weights, one, part of a vase handle.
Anubis. Ten figures or heads of Apollo ; the one to the
right hand, as in the act of bending his bow, being pro¬
bably the most excellent specimen of Grecian art existing ;
it was found in 1792 near Janina in Epirus.
Div. C. Various representations of Bacchus. Among
them is a remarkable Pantheic Bust, 7^ inches high, of
very good workmanship ; it has goat’s dewlaps, bull’s ears,
fish issuing from the temples, crab’s claws in the place of
horns, and the leaves of an aquatic plant forming upon
every part of the face, neck, and breast.
J2
MISCELLANEOUS |^UPPER FLOORo
Div« D. Three heads of Asses, originally decorations
of seats or beds. Bust of Astarte. Bust and two figures
of Atis. Various glass Beads. Two Bells. Head and
two figures of Boars, one decorated for sacrifice, the other
bearing a mutilated and consequently unascertained female
figure. Nine representations gf Bulls, or parts thereof.
Div. E. Three painted Greek Earthen Vases, and two
Lamps.
Div. F. An Egyptian Cat, sitting, decorated on the
breast with the badge of consecration. Figure of Castor.
Two heads of Gryphons ; the larger was probably the
handle of some vessel,
Div. G. Three figures of Bellona. Two Cats, and two
Pedestals in form of Cats’ heads, decorated with wings,
A singular Group, consisting of a Centaur between Her¬
cules and iEsculapius. Ceres seated. Two Cocks. An
Upupa sacred to Horus and Harpocrates.
Div. H. Twenty figures of Cupid, Eight figures of
Fauns.
Div. I. Cybele, the mother of the Gods, bearing, upon
a crescent supported by the tips of her wings, the busts of
Saturn, Sol, Luna, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, ar¬
ranged according to the days of the week over which they
respectively preside ; over the points of the pinions are
busts of the Dioscuri, and issuing from a double cornuco¬
pia, those of Apollo and Diana. A dead Fawn s the hind
leg of a Deer ; a Doe worried by a Leopard. Five Statues
or portions of Statues of Diana, Head of Diomede, which
has been a weight, Dione, the wife of Dodonsean Jupiter,
Pollux. Two Dogs ; head of a Greyhound ; head of a
Mastiff, once the end of a spout. Dolphin. Eagle, for¬
merly attached to a Roman standard.
Div. K. Three painted Greek Earthen Vases and two
Lamps. On the top of this Case is a statue of Bacchus,
Case
Div. A. Vizor of a Helmet found in a tomb upon the
face of a skeleton. Mars, completely accoutred in Ho¬
meric armour. Hercules.
Div. B. Four figures of Fortune. A pair of Frogs,
Three figures of Ganymede, Two Genii. Three orna-
HOOM VIII.] ARTICLES. 13
ments decorated with Goats’ heads ; a figure of the single-*
horned symbolical Goat of the Persians. Hand broken
from some fine statue. A mystic Hand covered with
numerous symbols. Two Horses ; two heads of Ditto ; a
fetlock joint broken from some large statue.
Div. C. Eight figures of Harpocrates. Two Harpies;
to the pedestal of one is affixed a figure of Harmony.
Hawks. Twenty figures^ &c. of Hercules.
Div. D, Hermaphrodite. Hygeia. Iphicles, starting
at the sight of the serpents, which originally formed part
of the group. Three figures of Isis. Two figures, and a
bust of Latona. Two Ornaments decorated with Leopards’
heads. Five figures or portions of Lions. Two Lizards
in silver, one of bronze, cast from nature. Pedestal deco¬
rated with the head of Lunus. Three figures of Mars.
Three faces or masks of Medusa, Three figures of Mi¬
nerva.
Div. E. Painted Greek earthen VaseS;, &c. Glass
Bottle, Lachrymatories, &c.
Div. F. Armour. Celts ; Mace-heads ; Helmets, on
the edge of one of which are inscribed Greek characters.
Div. G. Seven statues or busts of Juno, ten of Jupi¬
ter ; a Group of Jupiter and Juno, of fine Etruscan
workmanship.
Div. H. Twenty-one statues, busts, &c. of Mercury.
Div. I. Mask of Omphale. Two statues and a bust of
Osiris. Pan: an Etruscan figure reclining ; a standing,
and a sitting Figure ; a Bust ; and a Mask in ancient tes¬
sellated work. Two statues of Paris. Head of Perseus.
Two heads of Pluto. A Poppy seed-vessel. Portraits ;
Alexander, Cicero, Otho. Bust of an Egyptian mendicant
Priest. Boy, and a horseman unknown.
Div. K. Articles found in a tomb in Campania.
They were probably used in the sacred mysteries of
Ceres and Bacchus.
On the top of the Case is an Etruscan Head of some
unknown person, attached to a bust of modern work¬
manship.
Case 8.
Div. a. Nineteen Armillae ; military Zones ; Spear
and Arrow Heads.
14 MISCELLANEOUS [[uPPER FLOOR.
Div. B. A cylindrical Lock. Three Mirrors ; two Mir¬
ror Stands, each composed of a figure resting on the back
of a monkey, or a tortoise. Proserpine. Four figures, of
which three have been stands for mirrors or paterae. Three
Rams, under one of which is Ulysses clinging to the body
to escape from the cave of Polyphemus. Small silver statue
of Saturn devouring an infant. An infant Satyr seated
upon a Ram’s head. Nine Scenic figures; a Mask; a
Ticket of admission to a theatre, inscribed, AHMOSION
OrAOON.
Div. C. Two figures of Serapis, and a Head in terra¬
cotta. A small Serpent, and a portion of one twining
round a staff, formerly attached to a statue of iFsculapius.
Eleven statues, busts, &c., of Silenus. Four Thuribula,
or incense vessels, in the form of human heads. A Triton.
Six weights, one in the form of a head.
Div. D. Blanh.
Div. E. Two large Dishes, found with the articles in
Division K.
Div. F. Rings of various dimensions ; the centre one,
upon which eighteen smaller ones are strung, has been
supposed to have been the ear-ring of some colossal statue.
Div. G. Nine figures or busts of Venus, Vesta.
F'our figures, a bust, and a wing of Victory. Two figures
of Ulysses. Two figures of Phthas, or the Egyptian Vul¬
can. Two figures of armed Soldiers ; one has formed part
of a group ; he is wounded, and falling into the arms of a
comrade, of whom the hand and arm only remain.
Div. FI. Two Legs of Tripods ; one composed of parts
of a lion and goat winged. Tortoise. Miscellaneous figures
which, being without symbols or distinct peculiarities,
cannot be named wdth certainty.
Div. I. Lamps.
Div. K. Paterae, Dishes, Cista Mystica, found with
the large dishes in Division E, under a stone in a field near
the village of Caubiac, about six leagues from Toulouse.
On the top of the Case is a sitting figure of Ammon,
of early Egyptian workmanship.
Case 9.
Div. a. Three Simpula; three Strigils; End of a
Chariot Pole. Volutes of wire.
ARTICLES.
15
ROOM VIII.]
Div. B. Fibulae. Sacrificial Shovel, elegantly orna¬
mented with a figure of Mercury seated upon a ram's head,
and other decorations. A Sistrum. Handle of some ves¬
sel, decorated with the heads of a Gryphon and a Bull.
A Loop and Hooks terminating in the heads of some chi¬
merical animal. Another set, decorated with the figure
of an animal, and with an inlaid scroll pattern.
Div. C. Paterae, or Mirrors.
Div. D. Vases.
Div. E. Vases.
Div. F. Three figures of Gaudma, a Burmese Idol.
A figure of Siva trampling upon the prostrate Ganesa.
An emaciated Chinese Devotee. A Chinese Cup, of
bronze, in form of a leaf. A Knife with an agate handle
ornamented with gold.
Div. G. Surgical and other Instruments. Four frag¬
ments of Ornaments of a votive chariot, of old Etruscan
workmanship ; they are formed of very thin plates of silver
decorated with gold. When discovered in 1812, between
Perugia and Cortona, the whole was nearly complete, but
was speedily cut in pieces, and the greater part melted.
A Silver Cup exquisitely embossed and chased in the finest
style of Italian workmanship of the sixteenth century.
Div. H. Dishes, Cups, Handles of Vases variously
formed and decorated.
Div. I. Vases.
Div. K. Vases ; to the largest of which are attached
as handles, two figures of Neptune, of fine Greek work¬
manship.
On the top of the Case is a figure of Osiris, of old
Egyptian sculpture.
On a Shelf between the windows :
No. 1. Figure of Siva, with four arms; in one hand
is the Gadha or Parasha, a warlike weapon ; in another is
an Antelope.
No. 2. Figure of Kamala, or Lakshmi, the consort of
Vishnu, bearing the Lotus flower in her hand.
No. 3. Figure of Ganesa with four hands, holding
some article of food, his broken tooth, the Chank of Vishnu,
and a club.
No. 4. Siva, or Mahadeva, trampling upon and de¬
stroying Tripurasura.
16 MISCELLANEOUS ARTICLES. [uPPER FLOOR.
No. 5. A circular Plate^ over which^ supported by four
lions^ is a platform^j from which rises a highly decorated
arch_, on one side of which is Krishna playing upon a pipe,
attended by four females and six bulls. On the other side
is Devi seated, holding two Lotus flowers, attended by four
persons, and two elephants, who with their trunks form a
canopy over her head.
No. 6. A similar article, ornamented on one side by
Rama, and perhaps Lakshmi, bearing bows, with Hanuman
and another ape in a submissive attitude ; on the other side
is Vishnu, reclining upon Sesha, the mythological serpent,
with a Lotus issuing from his navel, on which is seated
Brahma accomplishing the work of creation.
No. 7- A circular Stand, in two parts, decorated with
twenty-two figures in high relief, representing some of the
principal personages of the Hindoo mythology.
The contents of Cases 6, 7, 8, and 9, with the Hindoo
Bronzes upon the shelf between the windows, were be¬
queathed to the British Museum^ by the late R. P. Knight,
Esq,
E. Hawkins.
THE SALOON.
The Dome of this apartment was painted by the artist
who decorated the ceiling over the great staircase, Charles
de la Fosse. The design has generally been described as
representing the Apotheosis of Isis, but the most probable
conjecture is, that it is meant to exhibit the Birth of Mi¬
nerva. The landscape and architectural Decorations are,
like those on the staircase, by Jacques Rousseau, and the
garlands of flowers by Jean Baptiste Monoyer. Over the
fire place is a Hunting Piece by Weenix.
H. Ellis.
The general collection of Quadrupeds, {Mammalia,)
are placed, for the present, in this apartment; the larger
species in upright glazed Cases round the room, the smaller
in those between the windows, and the Bats in shallow Cases
affixed to the others.
The Quadrumana, or Monkeys, Lemurs and Bats,
which, with man, formed the Order Primates of Lin-
SALOON.] NATURAL HISTORY. 17
naeus, are contained in the Cases No. 1 — 4^ and in some
smaller Cases fixed beside them^ No. 25— "32. Amongst
the Monkeys^ are the Ourang Outang, or Man of the
Woods (Simia satyrus^ Linn.)^ found in Malacca^ Co¬
chin Ghina^ and Borneo ; also the Chimpanze, or J ocko
{Simla troglodytes^ Linn.)^ found in Guinea, and on the
Congo. These animals are considered to approach nearest
of all others to man, in the form of the head, the size of
the forehead, and the volume of the braim; and, according
to Cuvier, the latter constructs huts of the leaves and
branches of trees, arms itself with stones and clubs, and
employs them to drive men and elephants from its dwell¬
ing.
In these Cases also are, amongst others, the following
species belonging to the Old world : — the Long-armed Ape
{Hylohates lar), India; Lesser Long-armed Ape {H, varie--
gatus), Malacca; the Siamang (iJ. syndactylus), Sumatra;
the Guereza {Colohus Guereza), from Abyssinia. This new
species was discovered and named by Dr. Riippell, who
says that the skin is used by the Abyssinian warriors to
cover their shields ; the long white hair on the sides of the
animal are sufiPered to hang down loose, and form an elegant
and graceful ornament to their armour. The Negro Mon¬
key (^Semnopithecus maurus')^ Java ; the White-eyelid
Monkey {S» fuliginosus)^ Ethiopia ; the Entellus {S, En-
tellus)^ Bengal ; the Simpai {S. melaloplius)^ Sumatra ;
the Golden Guenon {S, Pyrrhus'), India ; the Spotted
Monkey {Cercopithecus Diana), from the Congo ; the Lion¬
tailed Monkey {Macacus Silenus), Ceylon ; the Gelada
{M, Gelada), Abyssinia — a new species, also discovered by
Dr. Riippell ; the Chinese Monkey {M, sinicus), Bengal ;
the Capped Monkey (Af. radiatus), India; the Brown
Baboon {Pithecus nemestrinus) , Java ; the Innuus ( P. m-
nuus), Africa ; the Common Baboon {Cynocephalus Papio),
Guinea ; the Hog- faced Baboon (C. porcarius), Cape of
Good Hope ; the Dog- faced Baboon (C. hamadryas), Africa ;
the Black Baboon (C. niger), India; and the Mandrill
{Papio Mormon), Africa.
These Cases also contain the following species of Mon¬
keys belonging to the New world: — theMarimonda(^f^to
Beelzebub)', the Chuva {A. marginatus) ; the Spider
Monkey {A. arachnoides) ; the Silver-haired Monkey
18 NATURAL HISTORY. [^UPPER FLOOR.
[Lagothrix canus) ; the Araguato {Mycetes ursinus) ; the
lled-handed Howler (ikf. riifimanus) ; the Crowned Sapajou
{Cebus cirrifer) ; the Hand-drinking Saki [Pithecia cheiro-
potes) ; and the Hairy Monkey (A hirsuta). The last
nine species are all from the American continent, and in
Case No. 21, are some others from the same locality : viz.
the Chamek (^Ateles pentadactylus) ; the Weeper Monkey
{Cebus apella) ; the Moloch {C, Moloch) \ the Yellow
Sapajou {C. yiilvus) \ the Masked Monkey {Callithrix
personatus) ; the Great-eared Monkey {Midas rujimanus)\
the Silky Monkey {M, Rosalia) ; the Negro Tamarin (Af.
Ursulas) ; and the Great-eared lacchus {lacchus auritus).
In this case also is the Senegal Galago (Galago senegalen-
sis)y from Africa. The American Monkeys differ from
those of the old world by having four additional molar
teeth, or grinders, a long tail, no cheek pouches, nor
callosities, and the apertures of the nostrils on the sides
of the nose, and not beneath. In these Cases (Nos. 1 — 4)
are also some Lemurs, from Madagascar: — as, the Ruffed
Lemur {Lemur Macaco) ; the Red Lemur (L. rujus) ; the
Ring-tailed Lemur (L. Catta) ; and the Slow Lemur
(^Nycticebus bengalerisis), from India. Here are also the
following Cheiroptera: — the Javanese Fruit-Bat
javanicus)y Jsiwa ; and the Flying Colugo (Galeopithecus
volans), from the Pellew Islands. Adjoining Case No. 1,
are two glass frames, one of which contains thefrugivorous
Bats, the other the so called Horse-shoe Bats. Over these
Cases, is a specimen of the American Tapir, and of the
Cape Ant-eater {Orycteropus capensis), from the Cape of
Good Hope.
The Cases No. 5 — 8 contain various carnivorous ani¬
mals. — Amongst those called Plantigrade, from their ap¬
plying the whole of the lower surface of the foot to the
ground in walking, are the Malay Bear ( Ursus Malayanus,
Horsf. ),the European and American Badger ( Ursus metes,
Linn., and [7. Labradoricus, Gmel.), the Rattel, or Honey
Weasel {Viverra mellivora, Gmel.), the Glutton (Ursus
luscus, Ltiim.), the Raccoon {IJ Motor, Linn.), and the
Coati-mundi ( Viverra nasuia, Linn.), together with several
specimens of the common Otter {Mustela Ultra, Linn.), and
the Sea Otter Linn.). — Amongst the Digitigrade,
or those animals which in walking rest principally on the
NATURAL HISTORY.
19
SALOON.]
extremities of their toes, are several varieties of the Dog-
kind, as the Prairie Wolf (Canhlatrans^ Say.), from Ame¬
rica, the Arctic Fox {Canis lagopus, Linn.), in different
states ; the striped Hyaena (Canis hymna^ Linn.) ; the
Raccoon-Dog (C. procyonides, Gray), a new animal, from
China; and the Fennee [C.cerdo, Linn.) from Egypt, &c.
On the top of these Cases is a specimen of the Ethiopian
Hog {Sus Mthiopicus^ Linn.), the Cape Ant-eater, and the
Abyssinian Masked Hog (^Phascochceres ^liani, Cretzch-
mar.)
Cases 9—1 1 . Carnivorous animals continued. — Amongst
these are the Wild Cat [Felis catus^ Linn.), and several
varieties of the common domestic Cat ; the Puma (F.
concolor^ Linn.) and a Mule-whelp between the Lion and
Tiger, born in Atkins’ travelling menagerie, at Windsor.
Here are also several Ichneumons, — as Pennant’s Mada¬
gascar Weasel (Mustela galera^ Linn.) ; the Mangousteof
idLV2i(Herpestesjavanicus^ Horsf.) ; and the Zebra Ichneu¬
mon [H.Jasciata, Desm.), from Abyssinia. Likewise the
Zibet ( Viverra zibetha^ Linn.) ; the Tangalunda ( V. tanga-
lundo\ from India ; the Blotched Cat of Pennant ( ¥• tigri-
na^ Linn.) ; Hamilton’s Paradoxurus (P. Hamiltoni); and
other species of that genus. In smaller Cases, between
Cases 11 and 12, are several species of Bats; and over
these Cases is a young specimen of Weddell’s Sea-Leopard
{Leplonyx Weddellii^ Gray), presented hy Capt. Filzroy^
R.N.
Cases 12 and IS contain the Common Seal {Phoca vitu^
lina^ Linn.), also various animals of the Order Glires of
Linnaeus, as Marmots, and specimens of the Common
Beaver. At the bottom of these Cases, are placed some
of the Marsupial animals, which Cuvier has classed in a
separate Order, on account of many peculiarities which
they possess in their economy, especially as regards the re¬
production of the species, and the reception of the young
in a very early stage of its existence, into a pouch or bag,
situated beneath the abdomen of the mother. To support
this pouch, a corresponding peculiarity is required in the
skeleton of the animal, which is accordingly provided with
two processes, called the marsupial bones, and the young,
even long after they have begun to run about, on the slight¬
est apprehension of danger, fly to this natural shelter for
20 NATURAL HISTORY. [uPPER FLOOR.
refuge and protection. — In this Case is the first Kangaroo
ever imported into Europe ; it was captured in the wild
state, and was brought home by the celebrated circumna¬
vigator, Captain Cook : also the white Kangaroo {Macro¬
pus albus. Gray). — All the Marsupial animals, except the
Opossums {T>idelp}iis), which are from America, come
from the East, particularly New Holland. Here is also a
fine specimen of the Wombat {Phascolomys Wombat^ Peron
and Lesueur), and various quadrupeds belonging to the
pachydermatous and ruminant orders, as the Pecary (Dico-
tyles torquatiis, Cuv.), from South America, an animal
closely allied to the Boar, but wanting the projecting
canine teeth, or tusks, and the external toe of the hind
feet of the latter : also some animals belonging to the Order
Edentata (Brut a, Linn.), amongst which are several
specimens of the Sloths, [Bradypus tridactylus^ Linn.,
and B. torquatus,
The Cases 14 — 20 contain other animals of the Orders
Edentata, Pachydermata, and Ruminantia, — as the Da¬
man, or Cape Cavy {Hyrax capensis^ Linn.); the Great
Ant-eater [Myrmecophaga jubata, Linn.); a very young
Giraffe, or Camelopard, brought from Africa by the late
Lieut.-Col. Denham; several species of Antelope, the
Small, and the Common Musk, and the Bouquetin des
Alpes, or Ibex. Over these Cases are the Ursine Seal
{Phoca ursina^ Linn.), an adult specimen of Weddell’s
Sea-Leopard, and the Long-bodied Seal of Parsons
[Halichcerus gryphus).
Case 21 contains, besides the smaller species of the
Order Primates, (see p. 18,) principally from the New
world, the insectivorous animals, which form part of the
order Ferae of Linnaeus ; as the Shrew Mice {Sorices) ; the
Tanrec ( Centetes setosus, lllig.), from Madagascar ; the
common Hedgehog, {Erinaceus Europceus^ Linn.) ; and
the Twpdim {Tupaia Javanica^ Horsf.), from Java. Several
of the Weasel tribe are also contained in this Case, as the
Polecat, Martin, Common Weasel, and Stoat [Mustela pu-
torius, martes, vulgaris^ and erminea^ Linn.) The latter
animal is of a pale chestnut-brown colour in summer, but
becomes white in winter, and in that dress forms unimport¬
ant article of the fur trade, under the well known name of
Ermine ; the tip of the tail is black at all seasons of the
NATURAL HISTORY.
SALOON.]
21
year. These animals inhabit the northern parts both of
Europe and Asia, and are very abundant in Norway and
Siberia. In the upper part of this Case are some large
Bats {Fteroipi)^ from India and New Holland.
Case 22 contains the small digitigrade carnivorous
animals, as the Paradoxuri, from India ; also some of the
lesser marsupial animals, as the Opossum, [Didelphis
virginianay Linn.) from Brazil, the Spotted Weasel
{Dasyurus macrourus)^ a young specimen of the Wombat,
[Phascolomys Jusca^ Desm.), the Pigmy Opossum [Didel-
phis pygmcea, Shaw), and the Flying Opossum (Didelphis
petaurus, Shaw), all from New Holland.
Case 23 contains the minor animals belonging to the
order Glires, as the Water RaL (Mus amphihius, Linn.),
Dormice, [M, glis, Linn.), Pouched Rat, (M. hursarius^
Shaw), Chinchilla, (Chinchilla Lanigery Gray), valuable
for its peculiarly soft fur ; and a series of Squirrels from
various parts of the world.
Case 24 contains other Glires, as the Flying Squirrel,
[Scuirus volans, Linn.), Hare, Rabbit, (Lepus timidusy and
L> cuniculusy Linn.), and the prehensile-tailed Porcupine
[Hystrix insidiosay Illig.) ; also some of the smaller
Edentata, as two species of Armadillo [Dasypus duodecimo
cinctusy and minuiuSy Desm.), from South America; the
long and the short-tailed Manis, the former from India,
and the latter from Africa (Manis tetradactyla and penta-
dactylay Linn.), — very young specimens of the two, and of
the three-toed Sloth {Bradypus didactylus and tridactylusy
Linn.) ; the Small Ant-eater (Myrmecophaga didactylay
Linn.), from South America ; and the Ornithorhynchus,
or Duck-billed Platypus (0. Faradoxusy Blumenb.), from
New Holland.
The forms of the Armadillo and the Manis, and the
curious shields with which they are furnished by nature
are sufficiently wonderful ; but the structure of the Orni¬
thorhynchus is so anomalous, that Dr. Shaw, who first
described this most extraordinary genus ’’ in the Natu¬
ralist's Miscellany, hesitated whether to admit it into his
History of Quadrupeds, in the first volume of his General
Zoology, — for as the original description was given from
the only individual at that time known, it was,” he
22
NATURAL HISTORY. [^UPPER FLOOR.
tells US, “ impossible not to entertain some doubts as
to the genuine nature of the animal, and to surmise,
that though in appearance perfectly natural, there might
still have been practised some arts of deception in its
structure.” An animal, ‘‘ exhibiting the perfect resem¬
blance of the beak of a duck engrafted on the head of
a quadruped,” might well excite suspicions of imposture,
till its claim to be received as a genuine production of
nature was confirmed by the arrival of other specimens
from the same locality.
Case 25 contains the frugivorous Bats [Pteropi)^ as
the Egyptian Bat [Pteropus M>gyptiacus), the Striped¬
eared Bat (P. marginatus), from India, and the Kiodote
(P. rostratus, Horsf. ), from Java.
Case 26 contains the Horse-shoe Bats {Rhinolophi) ,
peculiar for having a very complicated apparatus over the
nostrils, as the larger and smaller Horse-shoe Bat of
England, and several foreign species.
Cases 27 and 28 contain specimens of those Bats which
are distinguished by having foliaceous, membranous ap¬
pendages to the nose. These membranes vary considerably
in form and number, and the individuals which are fur¬
nished with them, constitute, according to modern authors,
several distinct genera. In this Case is a specimen of
the Spectre, or Vampire Bat {Phyllodoma spectrum), and
other species of the same genus; and also one of the true
Blood-sucking Bats i^Glossophaga ecaudata, from
Brazil ; and a Rhinopoma, from India [Rhinoponia Hard-
xjoicMl, Gray).
Case 29 contains the Nose-leaf Bats {Megadermata,
Geoff.) with large broad wings, as M, Lyra of Africa,
and M.Jrons of India.
Case 30 contains the simple-nosed insectivorous Bats
[Noctiliones), as the Peruvian Bat [Noctilio rujus, Spix),
and various species of the Bull-dog Bats [Molossi, Geoft').
In Cases 31 and 32 is a continuation of the simple¬
nosed Bats, comprehending some of the European species
of true Bats ( Vespertiliones), amongst which are several
English specimens. The Kirivoula, or Striped Bat ( Ves-
pertilio pictus, GmeL), from India, is remarkable for the
beauty of its coloured wings. In this Case are also several
NATURAL HISTORY.
23
ROOM IX.]
specimens of the long-eared Bats^ belonging to the genus
Plecotus.
Over the Case No. 21 in this room, is the Gnu {Antilope
Gnu^ Zimm.), over No. 22 is the Dauw {Equus Burchelliiy
Gra}^), and between them the Caama {Antilope hiibalis,
Licht.), andj in front of the latter, the Giant Armadillo
{Dasypus ^igas, Cuv.), of which a second specimen is
over the adjoining Cases. Over Case 23 is the Zebra
{Equus Zebra^ Linn.), and over 24 another specimen of
the Dauw. All the above, except the Armadillo, which
is from America, are from the Cape of Good Hope, and
were brought to England, and presented to the British
Museum, by William Burchell, Esq. Over the mantel¬
piece, are the Long and the Short-tailed Manis.
NINTH ROOM.
The Mammalia in the upper Cases in this apartment
are supplementary to those in the Saloon, and a're placed
here for want of sufficient space in that room. Amongst
them are the Nepaul and Egyptian Goats, hircus,
Linn., var. nepalensis, and C. nuhiana^ F. Cuv.), a spe¬
cimen of the Musk Deer k^Moschus moschiferus, Linn.),
the Egyptian Antelope {A. dorcas^ Linn.) and its fawn,
the Persian Bull and Cow, {Bos Taurus, Linn. var. in-
dicus,) and the Broad-hoofed Antelope, {A. nasomaculata,
Pilainv.). Above these Cases, and fixed against the wall,
is the tanned skin of a large species of Boa, killed at Minas
Geraes, in South America. The skins of these enormous
serpents, when prepared in this manner, are used by the
natives for making boots, &c. Over the Case No. 1, is
the nest of a species of Wasp, from India. In this apart¬
ment are also deposited the collections of Mammalia,
Amphibious, and Invertebrate animals, preserved in
spirits ; some Reptiles, and a small collection of Crusta-
ceous Animals, Spiders, and Insects.
The upright Cases contain Mammalia, Amphibia, and
Invertebrated animals, in spirits. In Cases No. 1 and 2,
are the various species of Frogs {Rana)y some of a large
size. Amongst them is the Jacky {Rana paradoxa), the
tadpole, or larva of which, is larger than the perfect animal,
losing, at its metamorphosis, its enormous tail and external
24
NATURAL HISTORY. []UPPER FLOOR,
skin, whence the older naturalists imagined the order of
nature to be reversed in this animal, and that the frog be¬
came a tadpole, or as they called it, a fish, — an error long
since exploded. The Tree Frogs {Hyla), have the ends
of their toes dilated into a roundish disk, by which thev
climb. The Horne^d Frogs have the eyebrows extended
into horns.
In Case 3 are Toads {Bufo), some of them exceedingly
large. The Bombinatores, or Earless Toads, differ from
the others, merely by having the tympanum concealed
under the skin. Some, as the Rhinellae, have their nose
produced to a point ; and one (JPipa) is remarkable for
its flattened shape, and for the manner in which the female
carries her young in cavities, or little cells, on her back.
The SalsimandeYs (Salamandr a), and Efts {Triton), follow
the Toads: amongst them are the European species, ab¬
surdly supposed formerly, to be insensible to the action of
fire ; also several American species, as the Amphiuma,
which is thought never to have any gills, though it pro¬
bably loses them at a very early age. At the end of these
are placed the curious animals which Dr. Shaw called
Dubious Amphibia, appearing to unite the amphibia with
the fishes, and accordingly they have been placed in both
classes by various authors. These animals retain their
gills during the whole of their life, and are therefore capa¬
ble of living equally well on land or in water ; amongst
these are the Axolotl of the Mexicans, which in all respects
resembles the larva of the Common Eft; the Menobranchus
from America, and the Proteus from the caverns of Car-
niola, an animal which never voluntarily approaches the light
of day, and whose very small eyes are so hidden by the
skin, that it appears to be absolutely destitute of those organs.
A wax model, from a living healthy specimen of this ani¬
mal, is placed near it, to show the form of its lungs when
not contracted by immersion in spirits of wine. In this Case
also is the Carolina Siren, first described by Ellis, which
has only two short feet in front ; and lastly the Csecilia,
or blind Worm, whose eyes, always very small, and
nearly concealed under the skin, are sometimes wholly
wanting.
Case 4 contains specimens of Crustacea, as Crabs, Lob¬
sters, and Woodlice, in spirits.
ROOM IX.] NATURAL HISTORY. 25
Case 5. Arachnida ; as Tarantulae, Scorpions, Pha-
langia, and Acari, or Mites; — Myriapoda, as Scolopen-
drse and luli. Also several mandibulated insects, such as
Beetles, Dragon Flies, Wasps, and Ants ; shewing their
metamorphoses, or the changes they undergo in passing
from the larva to the perfect state. Amongst them is the
large American Prionus, and specimens of the White Ants
( Terjnes fat alts y and bellicostisy, in different states, of which
an interesting account is given by Mr. Smeathmann, in the
seventy-first volume of the Philosophical Transactions.
Case 6. The Larvae and Pupae of Haustellated in¬
sects, or those which in their perfect state live by suction ;
as Butterflies, Moths, Flies, &c. ; amongst which are
several curious larvae of exotic Butterflies, variously armed
with spines, &c. ; and on the two lower shelves are a col¬
lection of Cirrhipedes, or the animals which inhabit the
Acorn Shell and Barnacles, preserved in spirits.
Case 7 contains the Mammalia in spirits, as Bats, Shrew
Mice, Opossums, and some very young specimens of larger
animals.
Case 8 contains a series of Annelides, including Sea
Worms, Lob Worms, Leeches, Planariae, and other kinds of
Worms, in spirits.
Cases 9 — 12 contain the Mollusca in spirits, as va¬
rious kinds of Cephalopodous Mollusca, the Cuttle Fish,
©r Sepia, the animal which affords the pigment so called ;
Octopus, and other genera of the order, as Cranchia, and the
Ocythoe ; the latter is often found in the Paper Nautilus, and
thought by some to be its original inhabitant. Here also
are the Pteropodous Mollusca, or those whose wing-shaped
feet are on the side of their head, as the genera Hyalsea,
Cleodora, Clio, Cymbulia, and Limacina. Likewise
Heteropodous Mollusca, as the animals of the Cari-
naria, and Pterotrachea ; and some of the Gasteropo-
dous Mollusca, which ^valk on a flat expanded disk, in¬
cluding the Slugs, and the animals which inhabit spiral
shells.
Cases 10 and 11 contain the continuation of the Gaste-
ropodous Mollusca.
Case 12. The animals of Bivalve Shells, shewing the
various forms which obtain in the different genera. Those
of the Pearl Oyster, from the Island of St. Christopher,
6
26
NATURAL HISTORY. [^UPPER FLOOR.
with some large pearls imbedded in their bodies, deserve
particular attention. On the lower shelves are the tuni-*
cated animals, as the genera Biphora, Ascidia, &c.
In Case 13 are Radiated animals preserved in spirits,
as Sea Wigs {Comatula), Sea Stars, or Star Fish {Aste^
rias), and Medusa’s Head, {Alecto), with their finely-
divided arms, with which they filter the water, to separate
the small mollusca on which they feed. The Lizard-tailed
Star Fish {Ophmra)^ which attach themselves to coral
by their flexible arms ; the Sea Eggs {Echinus), and
Sea Hearts (Spatangus), the Sea Lemons, Sea Cucum¬
bers {Holothuria), some of which are much sought after
by the Chinese, as delicacies ; and lastly, the genus Si-
phunculus.
Case 14 contains the soft radiated animals, as Medusae,
Physalise, Veleilae, and Actiniae, and the animals of va¬
rious kinds of Sea Pens, Corals, and Corallines, and also
some Coralloid plants, preserved in spirits.
Cases 15 and 16, between the windows, contain some
preserved Saurian and Ophidian Reptiles and Amphibia ;
as several species of Monitors ; the Guana, used as food
in the West Indies ; the Frilled Lizard {Chlamydosaurus),
from New Holland, which has a large ruflf on each side of
its neck, just before the shoulders ; the Sea Snakes, with
flat lanceolate tails, and several specimens of the Cobra
Capella, one of the most venomous of the serpent tribe.
Over this Case is a large Indian Tortoise.
The Table Cases contain a selection of Crustacea and
Insects, exhibited merely as an outline of the arrangement
of those subjects
Nos. 1 — 8 contain the Brachiuri, or short-tailed Crus¬
tacea, of which Nos. 1 — 5 are Crabs. Amongst these are
specimens of the Swimm.ing Crabs of the genera Polybius,
Portunus, Podophthalmus, &c. These animals have the
posterior leg terminated by very flat joints, of an oval or
* The principal collections of Crustacea, Spiders, and Insects, are
preserved in proper cabinets in a separate room, and may be seen by per¬
sons who wish to consult them for the purposes of study, (by application
to the Keeper of the Zoology,) every Tuesday and Thurs^y. In order
to prevent disappointment, it is requested that individuals or parties
wishing to see those collections, will apply two days previous to their in¬
tended visit, as only a certain number of persons can be admitted at the
same time.
ROOM IX.] NATURAL HISTORY. 27
orbicular form, and calculated to act as fins in swimming.
The last pair of legs in all the Swimming Crabs, is con¬
stantly furnished with these flattened joihts, and in some
species the preceding pairs have them also, but never so
broad as those of the hind legs. The eyes of the Telescope
Crab {Podophthalmus sphwsus), are supported on very
long slender pedicles, reaching from the middle of the an¬
terior margin of the shell to the lateral angles, and lodged,
when at rest, in a groove on the edge: this is the only
known recent species belonging to this genus. Here are
also specimens of the Freshwater Crabs {Thelphnsce), which
live in the rivers and streams of Italy, and the south of
Europe, and are likewise found in Asia and America ;
they are capable of existing a considerable time out of the
water. One species, peculiar to the south of Europe and
the Levant, {Le Cancre de riviere of Rondeletius,) enjoyed
great celebrity amongst the Greeks, for its supposed me¬
dicinal virtues, and is frequently represented on the coins
of Agrigentum with the utmost accuracy. In this Case
are likewise some Crabs peculiar to hot countries, which
are remarkable for the rapidity of their motions, and other
peculiarities. They live in holes, usually near the sea¬
shore or in the neighbourhood of water ; these holes are of
a cylindrical form, oblique, and very deep, and several of
them are generally found near together, but each hole con¬
tains only one inhabitant. When the animal of one of the
genera belonging to this family {Gelasimus) is in its hole,
it closes the entrance with its claw, one of which, some¬
times the right, sometimes the left, is commonly much
larger than the other. These Crustacea have also a
singular habit of holding up the large claw in front of the
body, as if they were beckoning to some one at a distance,
whence they have acquired the name of Calling Crabs
{Cancer vocans, Linn.). What has been said of the rapid¬
ity of the motions of these Crustacea, is particularly ap¬
plicable to those of the genus Ocypode, which hide in holes
in the sand on the sea-shore during the day, and leave
them at sun-set. This case also contains specimens of the
genus Pinnotheres, a very small race of Crustacea, inhabit¬
ing bivalve shells, and supposed by some of the ancients
to be consentaneous inmates with the molluscous animal,
and attached to it by mutual interest. The Painted or
c 2
28 NATURAL HISTORY. [uPPER FLOOR.
Land Crabs ( Gecarcinus), live in holes *in the earth, espe¬
cially near burying- grounds, and only go to the sea during
the breeding season ; their flesh is considered a delicacy, but
it sometimes proves deleterious. Besides the preceding,
there are specimens of the Globular Crabs {Leiicosid) ; Sea
Spiders {Leptopodid)^ with their very long legs ; Crested
Crabs (Calappd)^ having the front part of the claws raised
into a crest, and the hinder part of the shell projecting so
as to cover the legs ,• and lastly, those Crabs which have
the two hinder pairs of legs placed on their back, {Dorippe),
and the Death's-head Crabs {Dorima),
' Cases 5, 6, and 7 contain the Exochnata, or Long¬
tailed Crustacea, as the Lobsters and Shrimps ; amongst
which, those of the genus Hippa have the extremity of
the tail simple. The Soldier Crabs live principally in
the cavities of sponges, and also in the mouth of spiral
shells, occasionally altering the texture of the latter, by
some unknown process, to such a degree as to render
them quite soft, and easily penetrable by a common pin.
Amongst these is a fine Cancer latro, said to live on the
nuts of palm trees. Also specimens of the Sea Locust
(Scyllarus), the Rock Lobsters (Palinurus)j the Plated
Lobster (Galathea), and the Crab Lobster {Porcellana).,
which, from the shortness of their tails, generally resemble
crabs in appearance j the Scorpion Lobster {Thalassina^i
which lives great part of its life on land, and destroys the
new made roads in India by the excavations it forms under
them ; Lobsters {Astacus), one specimen exhibited was
pale red, nearly of its present colour when alive ; Shrimps
( Falemon), varying greatly in size. Then follow, (Case 8,)
the Sea Mantes {Sqiiilla)^ the glass-like Alima, and the Phyl-
losoma, with its shell scarcely thicker than a piece of paper.
The rest of this Table is filled with the Crustacea which
have sessile, immovable eyes, as, the fresh water Shrimps
(Gammarus), the Whale Lice {Cyamus), the Wood Lice
{Oniscus), Sea Bulls {Cymotima), and the King Crab,
whose style at the end of the body serves the animal as a
means of defence, and is used by the natives of America
to form points to their arrows. On the Wall, over the
mantel piece, is a large King Crab from China,
hy J. Reeves^ Esq,, and a Lobster from the mouth of the
Thames, prese?ited by W, Yarrel, Esq,
jaOOM IX, X.] NATURAL HISTORY. 29
The SECOND Table in this room contains a few insects,
selected from the duplicates of the general collection (see
p. 26, note), illustrative of the orders and genera of the
class.
The coloured line immediately beneath the name of the
insect, denotes the country where it is found, thus :
Yellow . S. America.
Orange . West Indies.
Brown . New Holland.
DarkBlue, England.
Light Blue . Europe.
Red . . Asia.
Black . . Africa.
Green . . N.America.
In the table case, in the window, are the Corallines,
which were formerly considered as animals, but are now
generally regarded as sea-weeds, having a large quantity
of calcareous matter in their composition. Most of them are
furnished with small tubercles similar to the organs of
fructification of Marine Confervae, but are destitute of those
cells on the surface, which are always found in the corals.
These substances constitute the Pseudozoa of De Blain-
ville, and are contained in the Table Case No. 22, — namely :
Cymopolia — Corallina — Jania — Flabellaria — Amphiroa
— Penicillus — Galaxaura — Acetabulum — Polyphysa —
Udotea — Dichotomaria— Liagopora— and Nullipora, Lamck.
TENTH ROOM.
The upright Cases round the room contain the general
collection of Reptiles in spirits.
Case I contains the shielded Reptiles, Cataphracta,
which have the body covered with two shields, sometimes
formed of bones, and at others of bony plates imbedded in
the skin ; as the Tortoises {Testudo, Lin.) and Crocodiles
[Crocodilus, Cuv.).
The feet of the Tortoises differ in form according to the
habits of the animals. Those which live on land ( Testudd)
have club-shaped feet, and very solid, convex shells.
Amongst these are the common Tortoise [Testudo graeca')^
frequent in the north of Africa and the south of Europe ;
and the Tabular Tortoise (Test- tahulata), from the Bra¬
zils. These live chiefly on vegetable substances, and bury
themselves in the ground during the winter : their eggs,
some of which are exhibited, are of a globular form. The
American sailors often use these animals as food ; they are
found in great abundance in the Gallipagos.
30
NATURAL HISTORY. [uPPER FLOOR.
Those Tortoises which live in water have more depressed
shells than the Land Tortoises ; their feet are expanded and
webbed between the toes^ and the latter are furnished with
sharp claws. They are divided into three groups, viz. the
Terrapins {Ernys), which have twelve horny plates on the
chest-bone or sternum, and withdraw the head and neck
between the shells ; as the Dhor Terrapin {Emys dentata),
from India ; the Banded Terrapin [Emysvittata), and Lake
Erie Terrapin {Emys Lesueuri), from America. These are
much used as food by the Americans. Amongst these is a
monstrosity with two heads.
Those of the second group ( Chelys) have an additional
horny plate on the front of the sternum, and bend the neck
back under the side margin of the shell ; as the Radiated
Chelys {Hydraspis radiolata).
The fresh- water Tortoises of the third group (Trionyx)^
are peculiar from having the shell covered with a naked
skin, and only three toes of each foot provided with claws.
They, like the rest, are strictly carnivorous, and eat their
food in the water. Many large specimens of this genus
are found in the East Indies, and are frequently seen prey¬
ing on human bodies as they float down tho Ganges.
There are in this Case young specimens of two of the; e
species, the Hurum Trionyx {Trionyx hurum), and the
Punctated Trionyx (Trionyx punctatus). The latter is
peculiar for the leg, when drawn up, being covered by a
moveable flap placed on the sides of the chest.
The Marine Tortoises or Turtles (Chelonim), are distin¬
guished by their feet being compressed and fin-shaped ;
they live principally on fuci and sea-weeds. These are
the Tortoises most commonly used as food, and great
quantitiesi^^^fbf one species (Test. Midas) are annually
brought England for that purpose. The horny
plates of4lie Imbricated Turtle (Test, imhricata) afford the
best sort of tortoise-shell. Over the mantel-piece is a
large specimen of the Coriaceous Turtle, caught on the
coast of Dorsetshire.
The Alligators are peculiar to America, and are dis¬
tinguished from the Crocodiles, which are found both in
the Old and New world, by their feet having the toes free,
that is, unconnected by webs, and by the canine teeth of the
lower jaw being received in pits in the upper; whereas, in
the Crocodiles, they are received in a notch on its margin.
ROOM X.] NATURAL HISTORY. 31
The Gavials agree with the Crocodiles in regard to their
teeth, but differ by the muzzle being very long and slender.
Specimens of all the three genera are in the Collection.
The upper jaw of these animals is generally, but erroneously,
said to be moveable ; the mistake having arisen from the
lower jaw being much produced posteriorly.
Case 2 contains those Saurian Reptiles which have the
tongue long and deeply forked ; namely, the Monitors of
the Old world and its islands. Among these are the Two-
banded Monitor (Mon. hivittatiis), from India ; the Laced
Monitor {Mon. varius), from New Holland ; the Orna¬
mented Monitor (Mon. ornatus), from the Cape ; and the
Grey Ouran (Mon^ scincus), from Egypt. All these speci¬
mens live near the water’s edge, and are venerated by the
natives, who assert that they give notice of the approach
of the Crocodiles, by hissing when they perceive one of
those animals. Whether this be fact or fiction, the name.
Monitor, is probably to be traced to that origin. The
Americans have a similar idea with regard to the Safe¬
guards (Teius^ of the New world. In the Collection are
the Double-crested Ada (Telus hicarinatus), very like the
Crocodile in shape; the Variegated Safeguard (Telus
monitor) ; various species of Ameiva (Lacerta amelva,
Lin.) ; and the Intermediate Centropyx(Tem5 Intermedins)^
remarkable for its lanceolate abdominal plates, besides which,
the male has two spiniform scales on each side of the base of
the tail. Next follow the True Lizards, which, like the Mo¬
nitors, are peculiar to the Old world ; but they are at once
distinguished from them by the tongue being, like those
of the Safeguards, simply contractile, whereas that of the
Monitor is withdrawn into a sheath under the gullet when
at rest, in the same manner as the tongue of snakes. The
Collection contains several specimens of this genus, most of
which are found in Europe ; as the Ocellated Lizard (Lac.
ocellata), Green Lizard (Lac. vlrldls), and the Wall
Lizard (Lac. muralls), found on heaths near London.
This animal is said to be both oviparous and viviparous,
and has been confounded by authors with another species
(Lacerta agllls), not a native of Britain. Lastly, the
Swift Lizards ( Tachydromus), which very much resemble
the true Lizards, but have an exceedingly long body and
tail, with their fore and hind legs very far apart, and the
back covered with shields somewhat like those on the ab-^
32 NATURAL HISTORY. [^UPPER FLOOR.
domen. They are found in China and Java^ and are said to
run with amazing velocity. Most of these animals have the
faculty of reproducing their tails when broken off, an ac¬
cident which often happens in the mere exertion of the
animal to escape. The reproduced part has only a central
cartilage in the place of the bones, and is often covered
with scales, different from those of the rest of the tail. If
the tail be cracked only on one side, and not thrown off, a
new tail often springs out of the crack, so that the mem¬
ber becomes forked. A specimen of a Lizard with such a
tail, may be seen in this Case.
Cases 3 and 4 contain those Saurian Reptiles which
have short contractile tongues, slightly notched at the end.
The first of these are the Guanas, which have their teeth
attached to the inner edge of the jaw-bone, and most fre¬
quently lobed and indented. They are all found in America,
Some of the Guanas have a compressed dewlap under
the throat, and the back crested ; among which are the
common Guana {Iguana tuherculata), which is used both
for food and medicine in the West Indies, and the banded
{Iguana fasciata).
Other species of this genus have only a fold across the
throat, as the Spiny-tailed Guana {Iguana acanthura).
Clouded Guana {Iguana nuhila), Sword-tailed Ophyessa
{Ophyessa mperciliosa), Umber Ophyessa (0. plicd)^
Collared Tropidurus ( Tropidurus torquatus'), Keeled Leio-
cephalus {Leiocephalus carinatus), Northern Tropidolepis
(Tropidolepis undulatus), Collared Tropidolepis {T, torqua^
tus), Douglass’s Toad-Lizard {Phrynosoma Douglassii),
and Blainville’s Toad-Lizard (P. Blainvillii), These ani¬
mals are very quarrelsome, and fight with great ardour
when they meet.
In other species of Guanas, the false ribs, or those which
are not united to the sternum, meet underneath, so as to
inclose the abdomen in a complete circle, like those of the
Chameleon, and, like that animal, these have the faculty of
changing their colour with great rapidity. Three of the
genera belonging to this division of the Guanas are marked
with very striking characters ; the first, the Basilisk {Basi^
liscus), has a compressed hood on the back of the head, and
a fin-shaped crest down the back; the second, {Cka^
mceleopsis,) from Mexico, has a compressed ridge on the
back of the head, but only a slight dorsal crest ; both these
NATURAL HISTORY.
33
ROOM X.]
have simple toes : the third (Afiolis) has a simple flat head^
but the penultimate joint of the toes is dilated on the sides
into a pear-shaped disk, so as to enable these animals to
walk on smooth and nearly perpendicular surfaces ; of this
genus there are many species. — Lastly, the marbled Lizards
{Polychrus) have neither dilated toes nor any dorsal
crest.
In the lower part of this Case (No. 3) are the GeckoSj*^
nocturnal Lizards, of a dull, lurid appearance, with
depressed heads, and large round eyes. Their body
is usually covered with small scales, amongst which are
frequently larger tubercles ; and the under side of their
toes is generally furnished with variously shaped, imbri¬
cated scales, or folds of the skin, which enable the animal
to crawl up glass, and even to run with facility, the back
downwards, on the ceiling of a room, like a fly. They are
found in all parts of the world, and are divided into many
groups, according to the form of their toes. Some of the
most peculiar are the Common Gecko {Gecko gnltatus)y
from India; the Chinese Gecko {Gecko Revesii), from
China ; and the Ornamented Gecko ( Gecko ornatus), from
the Isle of France. All these have only a single trans¬
verse series of scales, on the under side of each toe. Hard-
wicke's Gecko {Euhlepharis Hardwickii) differs from the
former, by the toes being more slender, and less dilated;
one of the species, Horsfield’s Gecko {Pteropleura Hors--
fieldii) which lives in the ponds in Java, has the skin on
the side of the chin, body, limbs and tail dilated into a
kind of fin.
Many of the species of these Lizards, from their lurid
appearance, are considered as poisonous by the natives of
India, and some even assert that they infect every sub¬
stance which they walk over, but this is, at least, ex¬
tremely doubtful.
Other species have the scales under the toes divided by
a central groove, into which the claws are retractile {The^
cadactyli). One of these, the Smooth Sheath-claw {Gecko
loevis), has many scales under the toes, and on being
caught, the animal, in its exertion to escape, often casts of
its tail. It does the same if thrown alive into spirits, in
which case the separated tail contracts, and assumes an
almost globular shape, and is most usually found in this
c 3
34 NATURAL HISTORY. [uPPER, FLOOR.
state in collections^ whence this species has been generally
called the Turnip-tail Gecko {Gecko rapicaudd). The
Seautiful {Vhyllodactylus pulchellus) has only
two or three transverse scales on each side of the clawSj, so
that the ends of the toes very nearly resemble the tips of
the feet of the common fly. In another species, the
Egyptian Sheath-claw {Gecko lohatus), the scales under
the toes radiate from a centre, like the sticks of a fan ;
and the Imbricated Gecko, a species from Madagascar,
which has the scales under the toes very like the former,
has the edge of its body and tail dilated into fins.
Another group {Hemidaclylus) has only the base of the
toes dilated, the ends being compressed and free. These
are common about dwellings in India, Egypt, South Ame¬
rica, and other warm countries, and are therefore usually
called House Lizards. Their food consists principally of
insects, especially flies, for destroying which they are pro¬
tected by the inhabitants.
The last group {Cyrtodactylus) has the form and habits
of the Gecko, but differs in the toes being very thin, slen¬
der, versatile, and peculiarly arched, so as to give them the
power of grasping very strongly. Of these, the Beautiful
Cyrtodactyle {Cyrtodactylus pulchellus), from India, and
the Ocellated Cyrtodactyle {Cyrt, ocellatus), have the tail
slender and round, while the Flat-tailed Cyrtodactyle
{Lacerta platura) of New Holland has a cordiform, ex¬
panded tail.
Case 4 contains those Lizards which have their teeth
placed on the edge of the jaws, and so firmly fixed to them
as to appear part of the jaws themselves ; as the Chame¬
leons and Agamse.
The Agamse {Agamo) are placed in the upper part of
this Case (No. 4): they present several peculiarities of
form, and have therefore been separated into many groups.
Some have the head Lyre-shaped, and the back and tail
crested {Gonyocephalus), as the Tiger Agama {Agama ti-
grina) : other species have the head armed with spines over
the back of the ears, and the scales large and directed up¬
wards {Calotes), as the Common Calotes {Lacerta Calotes),
of a fine blue colour, and the Indian Calotes {Agama in^
dica). These animals lay fusiform eggs.
TheBronchoceles differ from the Calotes, by the scales of
BOOM X.] NATURAL HISTORY. 35
the back being small and horizontal; as the Blue Broncho-
cele (^Agama cristatella), and the Long-legged Bronchocele
{Agctma vultuosa) ; one species, the Armed Bronchocele
(^Agama armata), has a square head and long subulate
spines over the eyes {Acanthosaura),
The true Agamse {Agamd) have often bundles of spines
on the sides of the neck^ as the Occipital Agama {Agama
occipitalis), the Common Agama {Agama spinosa). The
male of the Pondicherry Agama {Agama pondiceria7ia)
has so large a pouch under the throat, (which is quite
wanting in the female,) that it has been separated as a
genus under the name of Sitaiia,
, The Common Stellio {Lac. stelUo)^ which was formerly
tnuch esteemed for its medicinal qualities, has bands of large
spines round its tail. The Trapeli or Mutable Agamse, so
called from the rapidity with which they change the colour
of their skin, are generally armed with irregular, spine¬
like scales ; as the Cape Agama ( IVapelus hispidus), the
Yellow-striped Agama {Agama atra), and the Mutable
Agama (Agama ruder ata).
The Earless Agamse {PhrynocepJiali) have the same
irregular scales as the Mutable Agamse, but they differ
from them all, by their ears being hid under the skin, a^
in the Chameleons : one of the Phrynocephali {Phrynoce^
phalus auritus) has the margin of the lips produced and
fringed, and the claws very long, differing in that respect
from the others, as Pallas’s Phrynocephalus {Laceria cau-
divolvula), and the Ocellated Phrynocephalus {Agama
ocellata).
The Dragons differ from all these by the skin
of the sides being extended into the form of wings, and
supported by the end of the ribs. The wings, when
the animal is at rest, are folded together on the sides of
the body, but when it leaps from branch to branch
they are expanded, and act as a parachute ; there
are several species, differing from one another in the
length of the throat-pouches, and in the colour of the wings.
The rest of the Agamse are furnished with a series of
minute glands on the under side of the hind legs. Some
of the species, peculiar to New Holland {Gemmatophorce),
have rough scales like the Mutable Lizards; as the Muri-
cated Agama {Lacerta muricata).
The Lophyri have a crest of large scales on the back j
36 NATURAL HISTORY. [uPPER FLOOR.
as the Amboina Lophyrus {l^acerta amholnensis), which has
been confounded with the Basilisk.
The last group of Agamae are peculiar for the tail being
surrounded with verticillate bands of scales. In some of
these (Uromastyx), the caudal scales are large and spinous;
as the Common Uromastyx {Stellio spinipes), from Egypt,
and Hardwicke’s Uromastyx {Uromastyx HardwicMi),
from India ; while in the Chinese Uromastyx {Uromastyx
Revest) they are small and smooth.
In the lower part of the Case are the Chameleons, ani¬
mals long celebrated on account of the rapidity with which
they change their colour ; but most of the other Saurian
Reptiles have the same faculty, and many in as great a
degree. They are remarkable for the great distance to
which they can protrude the tongue, in order to catch in¬
sects, which form their principal food. Chameleons are
only found in the warm parts of the Old world, and the
species are chiefly distinguished from each other by the
form of the head. In the common Chameleon, the occiput
is arched and compressed, whilst, in the Senegal species,
it is flat ; some of the species, as the Eared and Hooded
Chameleons, have the back part of the occiput furnished
with two fleshy lobes ; whilst the Panther and Cape Cha¬
meleon have the front of the chin furnished with fleshy
processes. Others have the head armed with horns, which
in some are placed over the eye-brow, as in Brookes’s Cha¬
meleon, and in others on the tip of the nose, as in the Two¬
horned Chameleon.
Case 5 contains the Ophisauri, or Snake- Lizards, reptiles
which much resemble snakes in appearance, and are covered
with regular and uniform scales. These are divided into
two sections, according to the form of the scales on the
sides, which in some (Ptygopleurce) are small, making a
fold which is dilated when the animal has eaten a full
meal ; and in others the scales of the sides are similar to
those on the body.
The Zonuri {Zonuri) have four distinct, moderately
long legs, and exposed ears.
The African Lizards of this group are distinguished by
their thighs being marked with a line of pores on the
under side. In some of these, as the common Zonurus,
the tail is furnished with armed scales, whilst in others, as
the common Cicigna, the caudal scales are unarmed.
ROOM X.] NATURAL HISTORY. 37
The American species, on the contrary, have no gland
under the thighs, and the scales of the tail are not armed ;
there are several species of this genus, as, Burnett’s Ger-
rhonotus ( Gerrhonotus Burnettii), and the Imbricated
Gerrhonotus {Gerrhonotus imbricatus\
The Scheltopusiks {Pseudopi) have only rudiments of
legs, in the form of undivided lobes, placed on the side of
the vent; as in Durville’s Pseudopus {Pseudopus
villii). — The Glass Snakes {Ophisauri) are quite destitute
of legs ; as the Common Glass Snake {Ophisaurus ven^
trails) : all the species of these genera have the tympantim
of the ear exposed.
The Bimanse {Chirotes) of Mexico are subcylindrical,
with small square scales, and only two short feeble legs
placed in the fore part of the body. The Amphisbsenae
diifer from the Bimanse in having no legs. The anterior
and posterior extremities are equally blunt, and somewhat
similar, which has led to the idea that they crawl back¬
wards or forwards with equal facility — whence their name.
Those ophisaurian reptiles which are destitute of any
impressed lateral line, have been divided into several groups,
as the True Seines [Scinci), having four legs, with small
margined toes, and a sharp edged muzzle, which enable
them to bury themselves with facility in the sand of the
deserts they inhabit.
Others have blunt noses, thin smooth scales, and long
conical tails ; as the New Holland Tiliqua {Lacerta scin--
coides) ; the Ribbon Galley- Wasp {Lac, tceniolata) from
New Holland ; — one of the New Holland kind, however,
{Trachydosaurus rugosus,) has large rugose bony scales,
and a short depressed tail.
Some of the Seines {Lygoso7nata) have very long slender
bodies, and very small, weak feet ; as the Short-footed
Lygosoma {Semeus hrachypus), and the dotted Lygosoma
( L. punctatum).
The common Seps (aS'. chalcides), from the South of
Europe, the form of whose body is nearly similar to that of
the Seines, has only three toes on each foot ; in the Lacer-
tine Siaphos {S. cequalis) the ears are concealed under
the skin.
The Bipes are peculiar for having only two oblong lobes
in the place of legs^ One of the species, the Brazilian
38 NATURAL HISTORY. [uPPER FLOOR.
Bipes {Pygopus cariococcd)^ has the tympanum hid under
the skin^ whilst in the New Holland species^ Fraser’s Bipes
{Delma), the ears are as distinct as in the Seines.
The Blind- worms (Angues) have scales like the Scincs>
but only rudiments of legs concealed beneath the skin.
Cases 6 — 13 contain the Serpents^ animals without
legSj but with mouths capable of such extraordinary dilata--
tion^ in consequence of the peculiar mode by which the
lower jaw is attached to the cranium^ that they are able to
swallow very large bodies, entire.
Case 6 contains the pre-eminently poisonous serpents,
whose upper jaws are furnished with large, moveable fangs,
having a small groove on the convex edge, for conveying
the poison, secreted by a large gland situated under the
eye, into the wound occasioned by the bite of the reptile.
The fangs, when at rest, are concealed by a fold in the
gums, and behind them are the rudiments of other fangs, to
replace the former, if lost. The maxillary bones are small
and carry only the fangs, but there are two rows of pala¬
tine teeth, in the upper part of the mouth. The poisonous
snakes are distinguished by the size of the head, which in
general is large, and often covered with small scales ; by
the scales of the body being usually rough and carinated,
and by the tail being very short, and, in most instances,
thin in comparison with the body.
The most deadly of these serpents have a large pit like
a second nostril on the cheek, just before the eye. They
are divided into several groups according to the structure
of the tail, which, in the True Rattle- Snakes (CroiaVi)
ends in a rattle, formed by a series of horny joints, fitting
one into the other, which the animal can shake at pleasure.
There are in the Collection several species of this genus,
and some detached rattles, to shew their structure. The
Tisiphone {Tisiphone) is much like the Battle- Snake, but
the tail ends in a small recurved spine : these are all pe¬
culiar to America.
Most of the Snakes of this division have the tail simple
at the end, and are found both in the Old and New world.
Some of these {Cophias), have the head covered with scales
like those on the back, as the Fer de Lance of the French
American Colonists {Cophias lanceolatus), from the West
India Islands ; and the Green Cophias (Cophias viridis),
NATURAL HISTORY.
39
ROOM X.]
the Purple-spotted Cophias {Cophias purpureo-maculatus^,
and the Beautiful Cophias {Cophias ornatus). The last
three are the most beautiful^, and the most poisonous
snakes of India,
Other species with simple tails; have the head covered
with large shield-like plates {Trigonocephali),
The Vipers have the same broad head as the Rattle-
Snakes, but have no pit before the eyes. Amongst
these the True Vipers {Viper ce) are distinguished by the
head being covered with scales like those on the back,
and by the nostrils being very large. Amongst these there
are the Nose-horn Viper {Coluber nasicornis)^ peculiar for
two horns on the end of the nose ; the Cerastes {Coluber
cerastes), the male of which has a long horn-like scale
over each eye, which being absent in the female, has caused
the latter to be erroneously described as a distinct species ;
the Puff Adder, or Short-tailed Viper {Vipera injiata),
the most deadly snake of the Cape ; and Russel's Viper
{Coluber Russell).
The Adders {Beri) have the head covered with granular
scales, and the nostrils moderate ; as the Black Adder
{Coluber berus), and the Ammodyte Adder {Coluber am-
modytes) from the shores of the Mediterranean, very pecu¬
liar for the end of the nose being lengthened into a flexible
horn.
The Common Adder {Coluber chersed) differs from these,
by the crown of the head having three larger scales in¬
serted amongst the smaller ones ; this is the only reptile
found in Great Britain possessed of dangerously poisonous
qualities.
The Cylindrical Snakes differ from the other venomous
reptiles, by the head being much smaller, scarcely so broad
as the body, covered with large regular plates, and without
any pit on the cheek. Some of these, as the Spectacle Snake
or Naja, have the faculty of dilating the skin of the neck,
so as to form a kind of hood over the head; they are also
peculiar from the body being covered with very narrow
scales.
The Indian species have usually a yellow spot on the back
of the neck, somewhat resembling a pair of spectacles. These
snakes are used by the native jugglers in their exhibitions.
The Coral Snakes {Flaps) are very similar in form, but
40
NATURAL HISTORY. [^UPPRR FLOOR.
the neck is not dilatable, and the dorsal scales are broad;
many of these are marked with black and bright coloured
bands, as Flaps corallinus.
The Flat-tailed Coral Snake {Platiiriis) found in the
Indian Seas, differs from the other Coral Snakes, by its
tail being flattened like the Sea-Snakes.
Cases 7 — 13 contain those snakes which have a regular
row of teeth on the edge of the upper jaw ; most of them
have long conical tails, and broad plates under the ab¬
domen. These species are, in general, innocent ; a few
have some of the upper lateral teeth rather larger than the
rest, and grooved on the hinder edge, the groove communi¬
cating with a gland placed on the side of the face, but
their bite is seldom so dangerous as that of the eminently
poisonous snakes. The species of this division are ex¬
ceedingly numerous and difficult to determine, and they
have lately been divided into many genera, which it
would be tedious to characterize in this sketch. Such
of them as live on the ground and take to the water
for protection, or to catch their food, have generally a
cylindrical form, and a tail scarcely as long as the body ;
while those which live the greater part of their life on
trees, and are thence called Tree-Snakes [Dendrophis), are
long and slender, and generally have the scales on the sides
of the back narrow, and longer than those on the dorsal
line : in some of the Tree-Snakes the end of the muzzle is
lengthened out into an acute appendage (Passerita),
The Bull-headed Snakes {Dipsas) resemble the Tree-
Snakes in form, but the head is short and broad, the body
compressed, and the latter has a series of larger scales down
the back. In this group the fangs are most commonly
found intermingled with the teeth, in which character they
agree with the Cerberi {Homolop sis^, which are easily dis¬
tinguished from all the other snakes by the head being
scaly, with a few small plates over the face and between
the eyes.
The Boas have usually a short body, with narrow plates
on the abdomen, and a short conical tail, furnished with
two short crooked spurs at its base. These spurs have
lately been shewn to be analogous to the hinder legs of
other reptiles. The Boas are not venomous ; they kill
their prey by crushing it between the folds of the body.
ROOM X.]
NATURAL HISTORY.
41
generally, at the same time, twisting the end of the tail round
a tree, in order to increase their power.
The American species [Bod) have only a single row of
plates beneath the tail ; they vary greatly in respect to the
structure of the scales on the head and lips.
Some of the Indian species, as the Netted Boa {Boa
regia)^ have a single series of plates, whilst most of the
other species have two rows {Python) ; as the Javan Boa
{Coluber javanicus), and the Tiger Boa {Coluber boce--
Jbrmis), The Eryx differs from the other Boas in having
a cylindrical body, a very short tail, and the head covered
with scales similar to those of the back. Cuvier says that
this genus has no spurs, but the specimen in the British
Museum shews them distinctly.
The Sea-Snakes {Hydrus) are easily known by their
compressed form, narrow ventral shields, and vertically
flattened tail. These reptiles, which are peculiar to the
seas of Asia and New Holland, are in some degree poisonous,
many of the species having small fangs, dispersed amongst
the true teeth. Some have a small head, and the body
covered with scales, as the larger Sea-Snake {Hydrus
major) ; the others have a large head and broad neck, and
the body covered with embedded square plates, placed in
longitudinal series,* as the Banded Sea-Snake {Pelamis fas^
ciatiis), and the Two-coloured Sea-Snake {Pelamis bicolor).
The Achrochordus has the habits and many of the cha¬
racters of the Sea-Snakes ; but its body and head are
covered with rough granular scales, and its tail is conical.
It is found in the rice-fields of India. The Chersydrus
has the scales of the Achrochordus, but the tail is com¬
pressed, as in the other Sea-Snakes.
The Cases 14 and 15, between the windows, contain
dry specimens of Reptiles.
On the upper Shelves are specimens of the Indian and
"African Crocodiles, and the Gavial, or Long-beaked Croco¬
dile of the Ganges.
On the lower Shelves are a series of Tortoises, arranged
after the same order as the specimens in spirits in Case No. 1.
Among them are the Serpentine Tortoises ( Testudo serpen*
tina), which unite with the form of the Tortoises, several
of the characters of the Crocodiles, as the large head, and
the long tail with elevated ridges ,* also species of Land
42 NATURAL HISTORY. [^UPPER FLOOR.
Tortoises^ as the Indian Tortoise {Testudo indicd) and the
’Rd.^mtedi TortohQ {Testudo radiatd) ; the American Box
Tortoise {Testudo clausa) ; many species of Terrapin
(Emys) from America and India ; some very young Tur¬
tles ; and the head of a very large specimen,
from the Indian Ocean.
In one of the Windows are placed some large specimens of
Snakes, as the Indian Rock Snake {Python)^ a large
Rattle-Snake {Crotalm)^ the Mourning Snake {Coluber
pullatus) and the Crimson-sided Snake {Coluber por^
phyriacus) : in the other is a skeleton of the Rock Snake,
(Python boceformis).
In the Table Cases, in the centre of the room, are
arranged the general collection of Radiated Animals.
The Sea-Eggs are at once known from the Star-Fish
by the body being covered with a hard shell, formed of
numerous small pieces, placed on bands, and by their not
possessing a radiated or stellar form. The shell is covered
with moveable spines, which serve as organs of locomo¬
tion, and also enable the animals to bury themselves in the
sand when left on the beach by the retreating tide ; it is
likewise pierced with rows of minute pores, through
which are emitted small tentacula with dilated ends, by
which they attaeh themselves to rocks and other ma¬
rine bodies. The Sea-Eggs are divided into several groups,
according to the shape of the body, and the position of
the mouth and anal orifice.
In the first group> Spatangus, (Case 1,) the shell is
nearly heart-shaped, with an oval compressed mouth
placed in the front part on the under side, and the other
orifice on the hinder margin. The upper part of the shell
has the pores arranged in five short bands, resembling
the petals of a flower. The shells of this group are thin
and brittle, and the mouth of the animal, destitute of
teeth, is often surrounded by a series of tentacula.
In the second group, the mouth is in the centre of the
under part, and the other orifice placed in or beneath the
hinder margin. In some of these the shells are thin, and
the series of pores arranged in vertical bands, extending
from the top of the shell to the mouth ; as in the genus
Echinolampas (Case 1). The genus Galerites (Case 3),
is only found in the fossil state.
ROOM X.] NATURAL HISTORY. 43
In the Shield Echini the shell is very solid and thick,
and supported, internally, by perpendicular columns, so
that they are capable o£ resisting the action of the waves
for a considerable time. The mouth is armed with jaws,
inserted in five triangular spongy bones, and the pores are
placed in five arched pairs of bands, forming a star on the
upper part of the shells. Some of the species of this
group, as the Clypeasters (Case 2), are convex and shield-
shaped ; the others, as the Echinodisci and Scutellae (Cases
2 and 3), are so flat and depressed, that it is difficult to
conceive how the animal can exist in so narrow a cavity.
Many of the species of this genus are pierced with holes
through the disk, {Scutella quinquifora, Scutella hifora^
&C, Others are lobed on the margin, as the Eight-rayed
Scutella {Scutdla octodactyld) and Toothed Scutella
{^Scutella dentata).
In the third group, the bodies are orbicular, more or less
depressed, with the two openings of the alimentary canal
placed opposite each other in the axis of the shell, one at
the vertex, the other at the base, and the series of pores
forming bands, extending from the one to the other. These
shells are generally covered with larger spines and tuber¬
cles. In many species of this division (Cases 3 — 6) the
spines are of nearly equal size, and the tubercles oh which
they are placed not pitted in the centre {Echini) ; as the
common Sea-Egg of the English coast (EcAiww^ esculentus),
much sought after as food during a part of the summer
season, at which time the shell is almost entirely filled
with eggs. Other species, in which the tubercles are of the
same form, have some spines much longer than the rest
{Echinomelrm) ; as the Spiniferous Sea-Egg {Echinus lu--
cunter)^ the Triangular-spined Sea-Egg {Echinus trigona*
rius), and the Artichoke, or Black Sea-Egg {Echinus
atratus), peculiar for the larger spines being very short
and truncated, forming a smooth surface, somewhat re¬
sembling a tessellated pavement. In some species with
spines of unequal size, the tubercles to which they are
attached are pierced in the centre {Cidaris), Those called
Turbans are of a spherical form, and have very narrow
wavy rows of pores, as the Imperial Turban {Cidaris im-
perialis) and the Porcupine Turban {Cidaris hystfix) ;
while those which are depressed, and have narrow separate
44 NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR.
rows of pores, are called Diadems. These often have
tubular spines, as the common Diadem {Echinus diademci).
Several of the species of the orbicular kind live in holes
in rocks, and are believed, by some authors, to have the
faculty, like the Piddock ( Pholas), of boring into their
substance.
The Star- Fish {Asterice) (Cases 9 — 16) have the body
depressed and more or less divided into rays, and the sto¬
mach furnished with only a single aperture. They have
been separated into several groups, the first containing
those with a small orbicular body and long, subcylindrical
arms, as the Medusa’s Heads {Euryale), which have the
arms very long, with complex ramifications, so as to end in
an immense multitude of small threads. In most of the
species the arms are branched at the base, but in one
{Euryale palmifera) the base of the arms is simple, and
the tip repeatedly ramified.
The Ophiurae have also very long and slender arms, but
they are always simple. In many of the species the arms
are furnished on each side with several series of minute,
moveable spines.
The arms of the true Star-Fish {Asterias') are a mere
extension of the substance of the body, and of an uniform
structure with it. Most of the species have the faculty of
reproducing the arms, or such parts of them as may be ac¬
cidentally broken off ; and if an entire arm be separated,
provided a part of the body be attached to it, other arms
are reproduced, and a fresh, perfect animal is formed.
Some specimens illustrative of these facts are in the
Case 10.
The Asteriae differ greatly from one another both in
texture and form. Most of the species have five rays, but
varieties are sometimes met with which have only four rays,
one of which is in Case 17. Some species have eight,
others nine, and others again from twelve to thirty rays.
The Comatulae (Case 16) have their arms fringed on
each side with a series of simple rays, and the under part
of the body furnished with a tuft of simple indexed fibres,
ending in an incurved hook, by which they attach them¬
selves to sea-weeds and other marine bodies.
One species of Comatula is found on the English coast ;
the largest {Comatula glacialis) is from the Arctic Seas.
The Fringed Comsituh {Comatula Jimhriata) is from India.
NATUEAL HISTORY,
ROOM XI,]
45
On the wall> between the windows, are the horns of some
species of Rhinoceros, and round the Room, over the
Cases, are suspended a series of the horns of various species^
of Deer {Cervus)^ as the Elk, the Roe-buck, the Virginian
and Mexican Deer, the Rein-Deer, the Indian Deer (Cer-
bus kippelaphus), and its varieties ; the common Stag and
the Wapiti. On the top of the Cases are the Skulls of a
Rhinoceros from India, two Giralfes, a Babirousa, and of
several species of Dolphin {Delphinus),
The Elephant’s Tusks presented by H. R. H. the
Duke of Sussex, which were lately over the Case on the
South side of the room, have been adapted, with His Royal
Highness’s sanction, to the Skeleton in the centre of this
room, in order to replace the original tusks, which had
been sawn off near their insertion into the skull. — The basal
portions of the tusks, which remained in the head, are placed
on the mantel-piece, on the East side of this apartment.
The Skeleton of the Elephant was presented to the
British Museum by General Sir Jasper Nicolls, and Ma¬
jor-General Hardwicke. It is from India. With it is
the Skeleton of the Virginian Deer, presented by the Earl
of Derby, and another of the Arctic Wolf, presented by
Richard King, Esq.
ELEVENTH ROOM.
This Room contains the general collection of Fish and
Corals.
In the upright Cases round the Room are the Fish.
The Cases No. 24 and Nos. 1 — 8 contain the series
of dried Fish.
Cases 24, 1 and 2 contain the Acanthopterygian Fishes,
or those which have spinous rays to the dorsal fins.
In Case 24 are the Perch tribe, most of which, as the
Common and Sea Perch, have the ventral fins placed on
the thorax, before the pectoral. All these have seven
branchiostegous rays. Others (Cirrhites) have less than
seven; and some few {Holocentrum, Trachichthys) have
more. The Weavers, or Otter-Pike, {Trachini,) and the
Star-gazer (Uranoscopus), have the ventral fins just be¬
hind the pectoral. The Paradise Fish (Polynemus) and the
Mullet (Mullus) have the ventral fins placed on the hinder
part of the body.
46
NATURAL HISTORY. []UPPER FLOOR.
The Gurnards ( Triglce) are distinguished from the other
Fercoid Fish, by the bones of the face being very large, so
as to cover the cheeks. Some of these have the pectoral
fins so large, that the fish can support themselves for some
time in the air, and are therefore called Flying Gurnards
(Dactyloptero),
Cases 1 and 2. The Scienoid and the Sparoid Fish
differ from the Perches, in the palate being without teeth.
Some of these, as the Sargi (Sargus), have large teeth on
the side of the jaw {Chrysophrys and Dentex),
The Mflenoid Fish differ from those of the two former
families, by the jaws being protractile and retractile.
The Cheetodons are known by their compressed form,
and by their dorsal, and often their other fins being covered
with scales like the rest of the body. The teeth are
usually very small and numerous, resembling bristles, from
whence the name. The common Cheetodons {Chcetodon)
have their opercular bones finely ciliated, while the horny
Chsetodons have the lower part of the operculum ending
in a large spine. These fish are very numerous on the
rocky shores of the seas of warm climates. They are
generally beautifully and variously coloured, and good for
food. Many are rejected from- prejudice, though the Sea
Bream (Brama) has many of the characters of the Chseto-
dons, except that the palate is not toothed.
The Scomberoid Fish have a smooth skin covered with
a multitude of small scales, and a large caudal fin. They
are much used as food, and afford great employment to the
fishermen.
The Mackrel (^Scomber) has two dorsal fins : the hinder
rays of the posterior are separated from each other, form¬
ing, as it were, a series of small fins, as in the common Mack¬
rel (^Scomber scombus). Some of the species have a ridge
of cartilaginous spines on the side of the tail.
The Sword Fish (Xiphias) is very like the Tunny, but
the front part of its upper jaw is produced into a long
beak, with which it attacks the larger sea animals. It swims
with excessive rapidity, and its flesh is much praised. The
common Sword Fish (Xiphias gladius) has no ventral fins.
The Flying Sword Fish (Notistium) has distinct ventral fins,
and the dorsal very high and long, which enables it to swim
with such velocity that it can drive its beak through the
ROOM XI.”] NATURAL HISTORY. 47
stout oak planking of a ship. A fine specimen of this fish
is in a Case over, the Fire-place, and by the side of it a
piece of oak plank pierced by the beak of a larger fish of
this species. The fish itself is very rare, yet several Well
recorded instances of similar occurrences are known. In
many genera of the Scomberoid family, the spines, which
in most fishes support the front dorsal fin, instead of being
united together, are separate and free. This is the case
with the Pilot Fish (Gasterostcus ductory, and the Lichm
{^Scomber glaucusy
The next family of spinous fishes, the Taenioids, resemble
the Scombers in general appearance, but their bodies are
very long and compressed on the sides, from whence they
are called Riband Fish. One of these, the Garter Fish
{Lepidopus), has the mouth long, and well armed with
teeth, and the ventral fins reduced to small scales. This
is the Zipolkeca tetradens of Colonel Montague, who found
it on the English coast. The Riband Fish {Cepola) differs
in having a small oblique mouth and short muzzle, with
the dorsal and anal fin united into a point at the tail. Over
the Mantel-piece is also another fish of this family (Zo-
photes), from the Mediterranean ; its short head is sur¬
mounted by an elevated bony crest, from the top of which
springs a long spinous ray, fringed behind by a broad mem¬
brane, and having the appearance of a feather.
The family of Theutides combine with the small
scales of the Scomberoid Fish the form and small mouth
of the Chaetodon, but are furnished with a single rpw of
teeth with cutting edges, and their fins are not scaly.
They live on fuci and other marine vegetables. Several of
the genera have sharp, retractile spines on the sides of the
tail, which when drawn back are received in a groove, and
from the wound they inflict they are often called Lancet
Fish, or Surgeons. The Monoceros {Naseus) has the
spines on the sides of the tail fixed and blunt, and the
front part of the head produced into a horn.
The Sea Mullets (MugU), from the peculiarity of their
form, have been separated into a distinct family, character¬
ized by having two dorsal fins, large scales, and a very
broad flat head.
The Blennies (Blennius) dififer from the other spinout
fishes, in their skin being slimy, from whence their name,
48 NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR.
and from the spines of their dorsal fin being very thin and
flexible^ but not jointed as in all the soft finned fishes.
Many species of this family are viviparous.
The Wolf Fish {Anarrhichas^ differs from the other Blen-
nies by the jaws and palate being armed with large tuber¬
cular teeth^ to which the fossil Bufonites were formerly re¬
ferred. The gall of this fish is used as soap by the Ice-
landersj who compare its flesh to that of the eel.
The Anglers {Lophius^ have the bones of the carpus or
wrist elongated, so that the pectoral fin appears to be placed
on an arm. Their skeleton is very soft, nearly cartilaginous,
and their skin destitute of scales. They are very vora¬
cious, and from the small size of the opening of the gills,
can live a long time out of the water. The common An¬
gler {Lophins piscalorius) has an enormous, flattened head,
forming the chief bulk of the fish, and a tail so compressed
on each side that the creature seems composed of little else
than head and tail. On the former, before the eyes, are
two long rays, or filaments, of a horny substance, and four
others, of a similar nature, but shorter, on the back, and
the lower jaw is furnished with numerous vermicular ap¬
pendages, or tentacula. This animal, according to Bloch,
conceals itself amongst marine plants, or behind hillocks
of sand, rocks and stones, when it opens its great mouth,
and attracts the fish as they swim by, by wriggling the
long filaments on its head, which they mistake for worms,
and attempting to seize them, fall an easy prey to their
voracious and subtle enemy. The hideous appearance of
its monstrous, and almost constantly open month, well
armed with teeth, has probably gained for the Angler the
vulgar name of Sea Devil.
The Hand Fish {Chironectes) has a compressed head
and body, a smaller mouth, and the first dorsal fin placed
between the eyes. The first ray of that fin is often free,
and terminates in a series of small tentacula which the fish
uses as a bait for taking its prey, after the manner of the
Angler. It has the faculty of inflating its large stomach
with air and giving itself the form of a balloon, like
several of the Gymnodontes * ; and by means of its pedi-
celled pectoral fins can crawl on land ; it can exist two or
three days out of the water.
* See p. 54.
ROOM XI.] NATURAL HISTORY. 49
The Beaked Angler (Malthe) has its head flattened, and
the muzzle produced into a short horn.
Cases 3 and 4. The Labroid fish, so called from the
large size of the fleshy lips which cover their teeth, have
the general form of the Percoid, the body being covered with
large scales, and having only a single dorsal fin, which is
spinous in front. Their colours are generally exceedingly
brilliant, and from usually living on rocky shores they are
commonly called Rock Fish.
The Parrot Fish {Scarus) is peculiar in this family,
for the bones of the jaws being very large, and convex
externally. The jaws are covered on the front part with
teeth placed one over the other like scales ; and as fast
as those at the edge are worn away, they are succeeded
by a new set.
The last family of the x4canthopterygians are the tubu¬
lar-mouthed fishes, so called from the mouth being elon¬
gated into a tube. It consists of only two genera, distin¬
guished by the shape of the body, which in tl^e Tobacco-
pipe Fish (Fistidaria) is cylindrical, and in the Sea Snipes
( Centriscus) compressed.
The Malacopterygians, or soft-finned fish, which form
the second division of this Class, are characterized by all
the rays of the fins (except the first of the dorsal and
pectoral fins) being soft, jointed, and usually divided at
the end into several branches. This division has been
separated into orders, according to the position of the
ventral fin.
Those of the first group, containing most of the fresh
water fish, have the ventral fins situated behind the pee-
t orals.
The first family {Cy'prinidce) have a small mouth, feeble
and generally toothless jaws, whose margin is formed by
the intermaxillary bones ; a sti’ongly-toothed pharynx, and
a soft, false fin on the back, but no adipose dorsal fin.
These fish mostly feed on water-plants. Amongst them
are the Carp [Cyprinus carpio), Tench {Cyprinus tinea) ^
Bream {Cyprinus hr ama)^ Barbel (Cyprinus bar bus) ^ Loach
(Cobitis), and the Anableps, which is peculiar for the eye
being divided across, so that it appears to have four eyes,
similar to the Gyrini among the water-insects. The fe¬
male is viviparous.
50
NATURAL HISTORY. []UPPER FLOOR.
The family of Pikes {Esocidce), also are without any
adipose dorsal fin, and the upper jaws are edged by the
intermaxillairies. In most of the genera, the dorsal fin is
placed opposite the anal. They are generally voracious,
and prey on smaller fish.
In many of these the jaws and palate are full of teeth,
as in the common pike (Esox lucius) ; in others, as the
Gar-Fish {Esox belone) ^ the jaws are slender, and very
much elongated. In one genus, the Half-Beak [Hemi-
ramphus)^ihe lower jaw alone is elongated and the mouth
oblique, and placed at its base. The Flying-Fish
[Exocetus) belong to this family ; they inhabit the seas of
warm and temperate climates, and are peculiar for the
great length of the pectoral fins, which enables them to
suspend themselves in the air as long as the fins continue
moist. On leaving the water, to escape from the pursuit
of their enemies in that element, they often become the
prey of birds which are continually on the watch to attack
them. The Mormyri [Morinyrus) are fresh water fish of
Africa, which have a small mouth, and the gill-flap hid
under the skin.
The Siluroid Fish (SiluridcE) have a naked skin, in
which large bony plates are frequently imbedded. They
have often an adipose dorsal fin, and their intermaxiilaries
form the margin of the upper jaw, their maxillaries being
reduced to mere vestiges, or elongated into little beards.
Many of these have the first ray of the pectoral fin very
strong and bony, and the animal has the power of fixing
it immoveably, so that it forms a dangerous weapon, and
the wound inflicted by it is said to be venomous ; but this,
perhaps, greatly depends on the liability of persons in
warm climates to tetanus or locked jaw from penetrating
wounds. They live chiefly on vegetable food, especially
seeds. Their flesh is very fat, and much used as food;
but that of some species, as the Shals {Synodontes) of
Senegal, is reputed to be dangerous. The skin of some
of the genera, as the Callichtes [Callichtes), is covered
with four rows of large imbricated scales, which protect
the body, like scale-armour ; and others, as the Loricaria
{Loricance)f have the body entirely covered with a hard
coat, formed of angular scales.
The Salmons [Salmonidce) have, like most of the
NATURAL HISTORY.
51
ROOM XI.]
Siluri, an adipose, hinder dorsal fin, but the body is
covered with regular scales. They principally ascend
rivers to spawn. They are voracious, and prey on insects
and small animals. This family has been divided into
several genera, according to the form and presence of the
teeth, and the position of the fins.
Cases 5 and 6. The Herrings {Clupeidoe) have a
scaly body like the Salmons, but no adipose dorsal fin, and
their upper jaw is formed in the middle by the inter¬
maxillary, and on the sides by the maxillary bones.
With the Herrings are placed the Bony Pike {Lepisos-
tens), which has many of the characters of the Pike, with
the structure of the head of the Herring. The body is
covered with a case formed of very hard square scales, and
the two outer rays of the tail and of the other fins, are
fringed with similar scales. They live in the warm parts
of South America, and afford good food.
The second division of this order contains those fishes
whose ventral fins lie immediately under the pectorals.
It contains three families, distinguished by the shape of
the body.
The Cod-Fish [Gadidos) have a lance-shaped body,
covered with small scales. The head is without scales,
and the back has generally two or three dorsal fins ;
the ventral fins are always slender. They generally live
in the seas of cold and temperate climates, and by their
abundance are important as objects of commerce. They
are divided into several genera, according to the number
of the fins. The true Cod {Morrhua) has three dorsal
fins and a small beard; the Coal-Fish (Merlangus) has also
three dorsal fins, but no beard ; while the Stock-Fish
{Merluccicts) has only two dorsal and one anal fin. The
Ling [Lota) differs from the latter in having a beard,
while the Torsk [Brosmius) has only a single long dorsal fin.
The Flat-Fish [Bleuronectidce) are peculiar amongst
all the vertebrated animals, in having both eyes placed on
one side of the head, which side is always uppermost when
the fish swims, and strongly coloured, whilst the other Is
white. The body is compressed, fringed above by a long
dorsal, and below by an anal fin. They live constantly in
shallow water, near the shore. They are liable to varieties ;
D 2
52
NATURAL HISTORY. [ UPPER FLOOR.
sometimes both the upper and under side are dark-coloured,
and at others both are pale rosy white. When both the
sides are brown, the fins are interrupted over the forehead,
and the eyes are placed one on each side of the head of the
fish. These fish have been divided into several genera,
according to the length of the dorsal, and the distinctness
of the pectoral fins. Some, as the Zebra Sole {Plagusia)^
are entirely without pectoral fins, and have the anal,
caudal, and dorsal united into one.
The third family of this division are the Suckers (Cz/-
clopterldce), so called from the pectoral fins being united
together into a disc, by which they attach themselves to
marine bodies. Their skin is slimy and naked, or with
hard grains embedded in it. The pectoral fins are large.
They live in shallow water, near coasts, and swim with
great vivacity.
The Remorse {Echeneisidce) form the last family of the
soft»finned, subbrachian fishes. They are known by the
top of the head being flattened, and furnished with trans¬
verse series of cartilaginous plates, (somewhat similar
to the plates under the toes of the Gecko,) by which these
fish attach themselves to ships, rocks, and marine bodies.
The second group of soft-finned fish consists of those
which have no ventral {Apoda), The first family of
these are the Eels [Murcenidce), which have a long slender
body, covered with small scales sunk into a thick slimy
skin. Their gill-flaps are small, surrounded by the gill-
rays, and covered with the skin, leaving merely a small
tubular opening for the emission of the water. This struc¬
ture enables the fish to live a long time out of water.
They have been divided into several genera, according to
the teeth and the proportion of the fins. In most of the
species, the dorsal and anal fins are long and united toge¬
ther ; in others they are short and quite separate (Monzz-
guo) ; and in some they are entirely wanting. In
one genus {Synbranchus\ the gill-flaps only open by a
single aperture in the under side of the neck.
*The Ophidium {Ophidium') is very like the Eel, but its
body is more compressed, and the gill-flap, formed as in
the generality of fish, has a wide opening beneath. The
rays of the dorsal fin are simple.
ROOM XI.] NATURAL HISTORY. 53
The Gymnoti {Gymnotidoe) have the gill-flap covered
with a membrane, like the Eels ; but this membrane is
open behind the pectoral fins. These fishes have no dorsal,
but a long anal fin. In some the body is eel-shaped and
naked, as in the electric Gymnotus (Gymnotus electricus).
In the Carapi {Carapi) the body is compressed and
covered with scales. The Gymnarchi {Gymnarchi) differ
from the Carapi, merely in having a long dorsal, and no
anal fin.
The Morris {Leptocephalus) is very peculiar for the ex¬
ceeding thinness of its body, which resembles a riband,
and is nearly as transparent as glass ; its fins are scarcely
visible, and its intestines occupy merely a very narrow line
along the lower edge of the body.
The Launces (Ammodytes) have elongated, compressed
bodies, covered with scales placed in transverse series, and
the dorsal, caudal and anal fin separate from each other.
The jaws are acute and extensile : they bury in the sand
and live on the worms which they find in it.
The Pipe Fish {Syngnathidce) form the next group.
They have the jaws, and the fibrous, bony skeleton of
other fishes, but their gills are divided into little tufts,
placed by pairs on the bony branchial arches, instead of
being formed of regular, pectinated plates. Their body is
also covered with shields, which give it an angular appear¬
ance. In the true Pipe Fish (Syngnatkus) the mouth is
situated at the end of a tubular beak. The eggs in some
species are hatched in a sort of bag, formed by a puffing up
of the skin under the abdomen, or at the base of the tail,
which splits asunder to allow the escape of the young.
Many of the species are straight, but some contract after
death, so as to form a grotesque resemblance to a horse in
miniature, whence they are called Sea Horses {Hippocampi),
The Pegasi (Pegasus) differ from them by the mouth being
placed at the base of a prominent muzzle. The ventral fin
of some of the species of this genus is very large and ex¬
panded, whence their name.
The following fishes differ from all the former by ..the
jaws being formed of the maxillary and intermaxillary
bones united together into one body; and by the pala¬
tine arch being connected with the cranium by a suture.
54 NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR,
and consequently immoveable. Their skeleton is soft^ but
fibrous.
Cases 7 and 8. The first of these, the GymnodonteS;,
have the jaws shaped like the beak of a parrot, and com¬
posed of parallel laminae united together. They live on
Crustacea, shells, and sea-weeds, and their flesh, which
has usually a musky odour, is said to be deleterious at
particular seasons. Several of these fishes have the faculty
of dilating their stomach with air, giving the body the
appearance of a balloon. When this iakes place they float
along the surface of the water, in an inverted position.
The Diodons (Diodon) have both jaws undivided, and
the skin armed with large spines. The skin of some
species of this genus is said to be used as a kind of helmet
by the natives of the north-west coast of America. The
Tetrodons {Tetraodo7i), have the jaws divided in the
centre by a perpendicular suture, and the skin covered with
small, slightly prominent spines. The Triodons ( Triodoii),
have the skin of the Tetrodons, but the upper jaw alone
is divided, so that they appear to have three teeth.
The Moon Fish, or Molae ( Orthagonsciis), have the
same kind of jaws as the Diodons, but the body is com¬
pressed and without spines, and not susceptible of being
inflated, and the tail is so short and high, that they have the
appearance of being merely the head of a larger fish.
The File Fishes {Balistidce) have their jaws armed
with a small number of distinct teeth ; their skin is
hard, and their head produced, ending in a small mouth.
They are divided into several genera, according to
the structure of their outer covering. The true File
Fish {Batistes) has a compressed body, covered with hard
scales, and the first dorsal fin has spinous rays ; its
colours are brilliant, but its flesh is said to be unwholesome.
It is chiefly found in the Torrid Zone, living upon sea¬
weeds. Others, as the Unicorn File Fish (Monacanthus),
^ ave the skin covered with small, hairy scales, and the
first dorsal fin has only one spine. The Three-spined File
Fish {Triacanthus) has a silvery skin covered with small
scales, and a ventral fin, consisting of a single spine, on
each side.
The Trunk Fish {Ostracion) has the same elongated
ROOM XI.]
NATURAL HISTORY.
55
form as the Three-spined File Fish, and the body covered
with an inflexible case, formed of regular bony compart¬
ments. It has a very large liver, which yields a con¬
siderable quantity of oil ; but very little flesh. The body
is often armed with spines, and according to its form,
and the position of the latter, the species have been
distinguished.
The cartilaginous fishes are entirely without any maxil¬
lary or intermaxillary bones, their teeth being inserted on
the palate and vomer. Their skeleton is essentially carti¬
laginous, the calcareous matter being deposited in the
cartilage, in a granular form, and not in threads or fila¬
ments ; their skull is composed of a single piece, without
any suture.
The Sturgeons (Acipenser) have the gill- flap open like
the other fishes. Their body is protected by bony plates
implanted in the skin, and arranged in longitudinal rows ;
their mouth is small, destitute of teeth, and placed at the
base of an elongated muzzle. They ascend large rivers to
spawn, and furnish one of the most profitable fisheries.
Their flesh is excellent ; their roe, dried and salted, forms
caviar, and their swimming bladder, merely washed and
dried, is the common isinglass of commerce.
The Spatulariae (Pol^odon) have a free gill-flap, like
the Sturgeons, but their beak is long and spatula-shaped,
and the mouth large and armed with teeth.
The Chimerae (Chimczrd) have great afl^nity to the
Sharks both in external form and the position of their fins,
but their gill cavity opens externally by a single hole on
each side, and is covered by the rudiments of a gill-flap.
Between their eyes they have a fleshy process ending in a
group of small spines. They lay very large eggs, with a
coriaceous shell, of an ovate-lanceolate shape.
All the other cartilaginous fishes have their gills ad¬
herent to the outer side of the gill cavity, allowing the
water to escape through a series of holes between each gill.
In most of these, as the Sharks and Rays {Squalidce),
the gills are laminar. The fish are furnished with large
pectoral and ventral fins ; and the mouth, which is usually
placed under the end of the muzzle, is armed with teeth.
The Sharks (Squalus) are distinguished by their elon¬
gated form, and large, fleshy tail, and by the gill aperture
being placed on the side of the neck. Many of them are
56
NATURAL HiSTORir. [UPPRK FLOOR.
viviparous ; others produce eggs inclosed in a hard, horny
shell. They have been divided into several genera, ac¬
cording to the form of the nostrils, the position of the fins,
and the absence or presence of the aperture behind the
eyes. Some, as the Cestrations and Spine Sharks, have a
large bony spine in the front of the dorsal fin.
The Hammer-headed Shark {Zygcena) is peculiar for
the head being flattened, truncated in front, and extended
horizontally on the sides, so as to resemble a hammer.
The Sea Angels [Squatina) have a depressed body, and
the mouth placed at the end, and not beneath the muzzle.
The Saw Fish (Pristis) have with the long body of the
sharks, the branchial opening below, and the muzzle pro¬
duced into a long blade armed on the sides with implanted
bony spines. This instrument, whence they derive their
name, is so powerful, th^t they do not fear to attack the
largest cetaceous animals.
The Rays {Raiidm) are known by their flattened bodies,
by their large fleshy and expanded pectoral fins, united in
front to the muzzle, and behind to the ventral fin and the
spine. The mouth of most of them is armed with tuber¬
cular teeth placed in close quincunx order on the maxillae.
Their eggs have a brown coriaceous shell, of a qua¬
drangular form, with the angles prolonged into points.
The tail of some, as the Rhinobates [Rhinohatus) and
Rhine (Rhino), is thick, like hose of the sharks ; in
others, as the true Ray (Raia), it is slender, and often
armed by small spines. In the Sting Ray (Trygon) it is
very long and slender, and armed with a long bony spine,
serrated on both its edges. The teeth and caudal spines of
these fishes are often found in a fossil state, when the
former have been called palates.
The Sea Eagles [Myliohatis) have a long tail like the
Sting Rays, but their pectoral fins are very broad, so that
they in some measure resemble a bird of prey with its
wings extended. The teeth of the Sea Eagle are large flat
plates, arranged in a tessellated form.
The Cephalopterse (Cephaloptera) very much resemble
the Sea Eagles, but their head is truncated in front, and
the anterior edge of the pectoral fin expanded like two
horns.
The Electric Ray {Torpedo) is peculiar for its fiddle--
shaped body.
NATURAL HISTORY.
57
ROOM XI.]
The last family of fishes is that of the lampreys {Petro-
myzidce), whose skeleton is the most imperfect of all the
vertebrated animals. Their body is long^ slender, and
cylindrical, ending in a circular mouth, and destitute of
pectoral and ventral fins. The true Lamprey {Peiro7nyzo?i)
has seven branchial openings, whence their vulgar name
Seven Eyes, and the skin under the tail forms a kind of
fin. Their mouth is armed with teeth.
The Gastrobranchus ( Gasirobi^anchus) differs from the
Lamprey, by the tongue only being armed with teeth, like
the Lobworms. These animals emit such a quantity of
mucus through the pores of the lateral lines, that it con¬
verts the water in which it is placed into a jelly.
Cases No. 9 — 23 contain Fish preserved in spirits.
The Table Cases in the centre of the room contain the
continuation of the collection of Radiated animals, arranged
according toDe Elainville*. All the Sea Jellies, (Arack-
nodermata,) except Velella and Porpita, (Case 1,) being
soft, and destitute of any hard part, are incapable of
being preserved in a dry state.
The stellated corals, which the Zoantharise, or Animal
Flowers form, to protect their soft and delicate bodies, are
generally attached to marine substances, but some of the
naked species have the power of locomotion.
The Sea Anemones, the Lucernarise, and the common
fresh-water Polypus are naked, soft and very contractile,
and for that reason cannot be preserved in a dry state, —
consequently they form no part of this collection.
The Zoanthi resemble the preceding, but the body is
protected by a hard, coriaceous case into which it contracts
when at rest. Most of these sheaths are united together
by a common base, varying in form in the dififerent genera.
Most of the Zoantharise form a calcareous covering,
called coral, into which they can withdraw themselves
from external danger. This coral consists of a congeries of
cells, the habitations of the animals, which are formed
of laminse radiating from a centre, so as to give the cavity
a stelliform appearance. Corals are generally attached to
marine bodies during the whole of their growth, but some
few, as the Sea Mushroom (^Fungid)^ and the Sea Slug
D 3
* Diet, des Sc. Nat. Art, Zoophytes.
58
NATUBAL HISTORY. [uPPER FLOOR.
{PolyphylUa), only when young, and by a short stem ; as
the coral enlarges, the crown separates from the stem by a
natural absorption, and, at length, is left quite free.
The reefs and islands, which are constantly forming in
certain seas, especially the Pacific Ocean, are the work of
the minute animals which inhabit these kinds of coral.
Table Case No. 1, contains the following genera, belong-
ing to the class Zoantharia : — Cyclolites, and Fungia.
No. 2. Polyphyllia — Turbinolia — Caryophyllia — Sar-
cinula — Catenipora — Dendrophyllia, and Lobophyllia.
No. 3. Meandrina^' and Agaricia — a portion of the latter
are in No. 4.
No. 4. Tridacophyllia — Monticularia — and Pavonia.
No. 5. Astrsea, and Echinastraea.
No. 6. Oculina—Dentipora-— Astreopora, and Gemmi-
pora.
No. 7 and part of 8, Madrepora,
No. 8. Palmipora— -Heliopora — Alveopora — Goniopora
— Porites — Seriatopora ~ Pocillopora, and Anthopora
{Gray). _ ... -
The animals of the class Polypiaria, differ from the Sea
Anemones, and the Zoanthi, by the mouth being provided
with only a single series of long tentacula, by the body
being more slender, and by the cells which they form
being quite simple, or without any radiating laminae.
The genera belonging to the class Polypiaria are distri¬
buted as follows
Table Case No. 9, contains the genera. Alveolites-
Frondipora — Lichenopora — Polytrema — -Orbitolites — Mar-
ginopora — Distichopora — Hornera — Idmonea — Cricopora
— Obelia — Tubulipora — Myriapora — Eschara — Adeone—
Mesenteripora— Retepora — Ovulites— Cellepora — Bereiii-
eea — Discopora — Membranipora, and Lunulites.
No. 10. Electra — Flustra — Elzerina— t — Cel-
laria — Canda — Caherea — Tricellaria — -Achamarchis — Bi-
eellaria — Crisia — Gemicellaria — Unicellaria — Catenicella
— Menipsea — Alecto — Anguinaria — Tibiana — Neomeris —
* On a Table, in front of the middle window, is a remarkably fine spe¬
cimen of the Meandrina cerebriformis, from Bermuda, presented by the
late Dr. Jarvis, of Margate.
f The Museum does not possess specimens of the genera printed in
italics^
ROOM XI.] NATURAL HISTORY. 59
Tubularia — Coryna — Campanularia — Laomedea — Seriola-
ria — Plumularia^ and Sertularia.
No. 11. Biseriaria — Idia — Dynamena — Tuliparia — An-
tennularia — Cymodocea — Salacia — Thoa — Entalaphora —
Cristatella — Plumatella — Alcyonella,
The true Zoophytes, are so called from the general re¬
semblance which their corals bear to plants : some of them
form a horny, and others a calcareous coral. They con¬
stitute the class Zoophytaria of De Blainville, and are con¬
tained in the Table Cases, Nos. 11 — ^16.
No. 11 (continued). Cuscutaria — Telesio — Cormilaria
— Clavularia--—Tvi\)i^Qm — Corallium — Isis, and part of
Melitoea.
No. 12. Melitoea, and part of Gorgonia.
No. 13. Gorgonia.
No. 14. Gorgonia — Eunicea, and Funiculinu.
No. 15. Plexaura — Muricea, and Antipathes.
No. 16. Antipathes — Cirrhipathes — tlyalonema
( Gray) — Virgularia — Pavonaria — Pennatula — Veretilluiu
— Renilla — Briareum — ^-Lobularia — Ammothea — Xenia —
Neptoea — Anthelia — Alcyonium — Cydonium — PnhnoneU
lu m — Massarium — Cliona .
The sponges resemble the corals of the last family in
various particulars, but their animal nature is not distinctly
made out ; those found in collections are merely the skele¬
tons of the living mass, entirely destitute of the gelatinous
portion which constitutes the animal, if it be really of that
nature. Some naturalists have considered these skeletons,
or Sponges, as analogous to the stems of Antipathes, or
Black Coral, and consequently the axes of zoophytes ; and
have fancied that, when alive, they were covered like the
Antipathes, with a perishable ^ crust, in which they sup¬
posed the polypes to be situated. But recent observations
on them in their living state have not verified this theory ;
for they have been found to be entirely destitute of any
polypi, and mere living masses, covered with a gelatinous
* The axis of this extraordinary production, which Mr. Gray has
named Hyalonema, or Glass Rope, is formed of numerous transparent
siliceous fibres, slightly twisted together so as to look like a rope of sjpun
glass ; the fibres appear to be somewhat similar to the calcareous spicula of
the Pennatula, These corals are found with their tapering base inserted
in a sponge, on the coast of Japan. No animal, hitherto discovered,
except the inhabitant of this curious and beautiful substance, is known to
secrete pure silica.
60 NATURAL HISTORS". [UPPRR FLOOR.
coat, and absorbing water through the small pores spread
over their surface, and emitting it by the larger scattered
holes called oscula ; and though the fibres of many of the
sponges greatly resemble the axes of the Gorgoniee, in
their chemical composition and organic structure, they
nevertheless cannot be confidently pronounced to belong
to the animal, rather than to the vegetable kingdom.
The sponges are contained in the Table Cases, Nos.
17—21.
On the Walls over the Cases round the Room,
are placed a series of the horns of mammalia belonging to
the family Bovidae. Amongst them are
The Arnee {Bos Arne) of India ; the African Bufifalo ;
the Gour (Bos Gour) of India ; the Musk Ox (Bos Mos-
chains), and some Horns of domestic cattle. Amongst the
latter is a pair of horns of the African Ox of very large
size, but exceedingly light, the core being very cellular ;
the Ibex {Capra Ibex), from Egypt; the Wild Goat;
the Jemlah Goat ; varieties of Sheep, especially the Four
Horned Sheep; the Koba {Antilope Senegalensis), from
the interior of Africa ; the Gazelle {Antilope Dorcas) ;
Indian Antelope {Antilope Cervicapra); Saiga {Antilope
Saiga) ; Impoofo; CafFrarian Oryx ; Roan Antelope ; Blue¬
faced Antelope ; White-faced Antelope, &e.
Between the Windows are the Spike of a large Saw-
Fish, and a large Rhinobates, from India ; and, on the
SIDES of the Door, a Shark, and a large specimen of a
Torpedo, found on the coast of England.
Over the Cases — 12, on the right hand of the fire¬
place, is a 'fine specimen of the Tetrapturus HerschelUi^
Gray, from the Cape of Good IT ope. The Tetrapturi
differ from the Common Sword Fish {Xiphias) by having
ventral fins, and two small crests, parallel to one another,
on each side of the tail ; whilst the Xiphiee have no ventral
fin, and only one caudal crest.
TWELFTH ROOM.
In this apartment are the collections of British Birds,
arranged according to Jenyns (Manual of British Verte¬
brate Animals, Cambridge, 1835, 8vo) ; British Shells ; a
small collection of Birds' Eggs, and two tables with cards
containing a series of the External Organs of Insects,
BOOM XII.] NATURAL HISTORY. 61
illustrative of tlie characters of the principal groups : this
collection is in progress.
Cases 1 to 7 contain the first Order;, Raptores, which
are characterized by their strong bills;, covered with a cere
at the base^ and hooked at the end ; their legs are strong,
and their toes are armed with sharp claws. Cases 1 — 3,
the family of Falcons {Falconidcs), as the Eagles (Aqiiila),
with their long bills, Fishing Eagles (Halicetus), and the
Osprey {Fandioii), The latter is peculiar for having
the under sides of the claws rounded like the upper.
The Noble Falcons {Falcon), Case 4, are characterized by
their short bills, with a deep notch near the tip of the
upper mandible. This genus includes all the birds that
are used in Falconry. The Sparrow-Hawks {Accipiter),
Case 5, have the same short bills as the Falcons, but
without the notch, and their legs are slender and shielded as
the Goshawks and the Sparrow-Hawk; the Kites {Milvus)
are peculiar for their weak bills, and long forked tails ;
lastly, the Buzzards {Buteo), Cases 6 and T, have long
wings and a square tail ; as the Common Buzzard, the
Honey Buzzard {Fernis), and the Hen Hurrier {Circus).
The latter have some resemblance to Owls. All these birds
vary greatly in the colour of their plumage before they arrive
at the adult state. The females are generally one-third
larger than the males ; their eggs usually white and spotless.
The Owls [Sti'igidce) , or Nocturnal Birds of Prey, have
large heads, and their eyes surrounded with a circle of ra¬
diating feathers. Their plumage is very soft, their ears
large, and placed just at the back of the disk of feathers
which surrounds their eyes, and this development of the
organs of hearing probably compensates for the imperfection
of their sight, at least in full daylight. The Owls, Case 8,
have been divided into many genera, as the Eagle Owjs
{Bubo), Short“horned Owls {Olus), the Earless Owls
{Stricc, Syrnia, and Noctua). The species of the last
genus are said to fly much more by day than the rest of the
Owls, and the disk of feathers round their eyes is not so
distinctly marked as in the other genera.
Cases 9 — -15, contain the Perching Birds, Insessores :
they are generally smaller than the Raptores, their bills
are weaker, and their claws slender and acute; like them,
they have the hind toes articulated on the same plane with
the front ones, which enables them to grasp the perch with
62
NATURAL HISTORY. []UPPER FLOOR.
ease and security. They are separated into three divisions;,
according to the form of the bill, each division containing
several families and genera.
The first division comprehends the Toothed Billed Birds
Dentirostres)^ which, like the Noble Birds of Prey, have a
notch on each side of the tip of the upper mandible. Their
gape is often armed with bristles. They generally live on
insects, worms, &c. The Butcher Birds (^Lanius), have a
strong compressed bill ; they are the most carnivorous of the
family, for the larger species frequently kill small or weak
birds, and sticking them on thorns, pull them to pieces.
The Fly-Catchers {Muscicapa), are known at first sight
by their broad depressed beaks, and the strong bristles on
each side of the gape. These birds live on insects, which
they generally catch on the wing. The Thrushes {Meru^
lidcB) have rather strong slender beaks, as the Dipper,
or Water Ouzel (Cinclus), Case No. 10, which chiefly
lives on the banks of rapid rivers in mountainous parts of
the country, where they may he often seen flying down
and diving under the stream in search of their food. The
Thrushes ( Turdus) are in the same Case, and the Orioles
{Oriolus) ; the latter, which are peculiar for the brilliant
golden colour of their plumage, are only occasional visitants
to this country.
The family of Warblers {Sylviadcs'), Cases Nos. 11 and
12, have rather long but slender, weak bills.
This family contains many genera and sub-genera, as
the Accentor (^Accentor), the Warblers {Sylvia), the
Dartford Warbler {Melizophihis), the Crested Wrens {Re-
^gulus), and the Wagtails {Motacilla) ; the Pipits {Anthus),
which have much the appearance of Larks, but a more
slender bill, and live chiefly on insects, like the rest of this
family ; the Wheat Ears [Saxicola), and Titmice {Parus),
amongst which is to be seen the Long-tailed Titmouse,
or as it is commonly called, the Bottle Tit, because it forms
a beautiful oval nest, arched over at the top, and having
only a small hole in the sides ; it is constructed principally
of moss and wool, and studded externally with Lichens.
Like the rest of the Titmice, these birds have a numerous
brood, and the young of this species, unlike most other
birds, follow their parent until the ensuing spring. The
Bearded Titmouse (Calamophilus), lives in fenny places,
and builds its nest near the ground amongst reeds.
NATURAL HISTORIC.
63
ROOM XII.]
But one genus of the family of the Chatterers (Arnpe--
lidcB), (same Cases,) is found in Britain ; it is called
the Wax Wing (Bombycilla), because it has a hard ap¬
pendage at the end of each of the secondaries of the wing,
which have a great resemblance to a drop of sealing-waXo
They chiefly feed on berries, and only rarely visit this
country.
The Conirostral Birds (Conirostres) have a strong conical
bill. They are divided into three families. The Finches
{Fringillidce), Cases Nos. 11 and 12, have short conical
bills, and generally feed on seeds or fruits, as the Larks
[Alauda), which have a long, straight claw.
The Buntings {Emberiza), have a narrow upper jaw,
furnished with a hard knob in the centre of the palate.
Case No. 13, the Finches (Fringilla), the Bullfinches
{Pyrrhula), and the Cross beaks (Lojcia).
The Starlings [Sturnidce), Case No. 14, have a longer
beak, somewhat like the Thrushes, but more conical,
as the Starling [Sturnus), and the Pastor {Pastor) ; they
both live principally on insects and worms.
The Crows {Corvidce), Cases Nos. 13 and 14, are gene¬
rally of a larger size, and have the base of their bills
covered with rigid, hair-like feathers, as the Chough
{Fregilus), the Crow {Corvus), the Jay {Garrulus), Case
No. 14, and the Nut-cracker {Nucifraga).
The third group, or the Scansorial Birds {Scansores),
have short feet, fitted for climbing ; they consist of three
families.
The Woodpeckers {Picidce), Case No. 15, have a straight
robust bill, and the toes placed in pairs, two before and
two behind; as the Woodpecker {Picus), and the Wry¬
neck {Yunx),
The Creepers {Certhiadce), in the same Case, on the
contrary, have the toes placed as in the majority of perch¬
ing birds, and a slender bill ; as the Creeper {Certhia),
Wren {Troglodytes), the Hoopoe {Upupa), and the Nut¬
hatch (Sitta),
The family of Cuckoos {Cuculidce), in this Case, have
the same kind of feet as the Woodpeckers, but the bill is
more or less curved ; as the Cuckoo {Cuculus), and the
Coccyzus,
Lastly. The Fissirostral Birds (Fissirostres), in
64
NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR.
the same Case, have a broad bill with a wide gape, long
wing, and short weak legs.
The Bee-eaters {Meropidce)^ have elongated, rather
strong bills ; as the Boiler {Coracias), and the Bee-eaters
(^Meropis).
The Kingfishers {Hdlcionidce), of which only one species
is known in this country^ have a long four-sided beak, and
their toes united at the base.
The two remaining families have very short weak bills,
and a very wide gape, which enables them to catch the
insects on which they feed whilst on the wing ; as Swallows
{Hirundinidoe), which fly by day, viz. the true Swallows
[Hirwido), and Swifts {Cypsehis), and the Goat-suckers
{Caprimulgus)y which only fly in the evening ; the last have
the soft feathers, and much of the habits of the Owl.
The third order, or Rasorial Birds ( Rasores), have long
muscular legs, well adapted to walking, short wings, and
blunt claws. They live chiefly on the ground, and are
divided into four families.
The family of Pigeons {Columhidoe)^ Cases Nos. 16 and
17. consists of only one genus {Columha) ; their feet and
tail are formed like the perching birds, but the base of the
upper mandible is covered with a soft, tumid membrane, in
which the nostril is pierced.
The Pheasants {Phasianidce)^ have the tarsi usually
armed with spurs, and the head more or less naked; as the
Pheasant (^Phasianus)»
The Grouse ( Tetraonidce), have most of the characters
of the preceding group, but their tail is short, and head
less naked; as the Grouse (Tetrad), and the Partridge
(Perdix).
The Ostriches (Strut hionidw), of which we have only one
representative in this country, the Bustard (Otis), are pe¬
culiar for having long legs without spurs, and short wings.
The Wading Birds (Grallatores) have long slender
legs, and the lower part of the thigh naked. They are
divided into five families.
The Plovers (Charadriidce), Cases Nos. 18 and 19, have
short bills and moderate legs, and generally only three
toes, all directed forwards ; rarely the rudiment of a fourth
toe. They usually inhabit sandy places, and run very fast ;
as the Courser ( Cursorius), Plover ( Charadrius), Lapwing
ROOM XII.] NATURAL HISTORY. 65
(Vanellus), Turnstone (Strepsilas), Sanderling (Calidris),
and Oyster-catcher {Hcematopus),
The Herons {Ardeid(^), Cases Nos. 18 and 19, have the
bill and legs long, and the hind toes, which are also elon¬
gated, are placed nearly on a level with the others. They
are the largest birds of this order ; as the Heron (Ardea)^
the Stork {Ciconia)^ the Spoonbill {Platalea), and the
Ibis {Ihis).
Cases Nos. 20 and 21. The Snipes (Scolopacidce), are
small birds, with long slender bills, and an elevated hind
toe. They generally live in marshy places, or on the sea¬
shore and f^d on w'orms ; as the Curlew (Numenius)^
Sandpiper ( Totanus)^ the Avocet (JRecurvirostra), the
God wit {Totanus), the Snipe {Scolopax), Case No. 22, the
Dunlin {Tringa), the Lobe Foot (Lobipes), Cases Nos. 23
and 24, and the Phalarope {Phalaropus),
The Rails {RalUdoe), are known by their shorter legs
and long toes, often fringed on the sides, and by the com¬
pressed form of their body ; as the Pratincole ( Glareold),
Rail (^Rallus), Corn Crake (Crex), Gallinule, or Water Hen
(Gallinula), and the Coot (Fulica),
The last order, or Natatorial Birds (Naiatores), have
short legs placed on the hinder part of the body, and the
toes united by a web. It includes several families ; viz. the
Ducks {Anatidce), Cases No. 25 — 31, which have the edge
of the jaws furnished with a series of plates, through which
they filter the water, and thus separate their food ; as the
Goose (Anser), Swan (C^gnus)^ Shieldrake {Tadorna),
Duck (Anas), Widgeon (Mareca), Eider Duck (Soinaterid),
Scoter [Oidemia), Pochard (Fuligula), Garrot {Clangula),
Hareld (Harelda), Cases Nos. 32 — 34, and Merganser
{Mergus),
The Divers {Colymhidce), have the legs set very far back,
the bills compressed, and the hind toes free ; as the Grebes
{Podiceps), which have a silky plumage, and the toes se¬
parated from each other by a "deep notch ; and the Divers
\Colymhus), with the toes entirely webbed.
The family of Auks {Alcidce), Case No. 34, have, like
the Divers, very short wings, and the legs placed far behind
the centre of the body, which enables them to stand nearly
erect, but they have only three toes, all united by a web ;
as the Guillemot (Uria), the Rotche Puffin
66 NATURAL HISTORY. [[uPPER FLOOR.
{Fratercula), and the Auk (Alca), Cases Nos. 35 —
38.
The Pelicans {Pelicanidce') have, on the contrary, long
and powerful wings, very short legs, and four toes, all
united by a continuous web ; as the Cornaorant (P^a/a-
erocoy'ax), and the Gannet {Suld),
The Gulls (Laridce), Cases Nos. 39 — 42, have equally
long wings, but the hind toe is free, and sometimes very
short and rudimentary; as the Terns {Sterna), the
Gulls (Larus), the Skua {Lestris), and the Petrel {ProceU
laria).
Cases 19 — 22. These two tables contain a small
collection of Birds’ Eggs, chiefly British, arranged and
named according to Temminck, — The following Eggs are
in the Tables. Falco. Hobby — Kestrel — Golden Eagle
— Sparrow-Hawk — Kite — Buzzard — Harpy. Strix.
Brown Owl — White Owl. Corvus. Raven— Carrion
Crow — Hooded Crow — Rook — Jackdaw — Magpie — Jay.
Pyrrhocorax. Red-legged Crow. Sturnus. Starling.
Lanius. Great cinereous Shrike — Wood-chat — Red-
backed Shrike. Muscicapa. Spotted Fly-catcher — Pied
Fly-catcher. Turdus. Missel Thrush — Song Thrush
— Blackbird. Cinclus. Water Ouzel. Sylvia. Grass¬
hopper Warbler — Sedge Warbler — Reed Wren — Nightin¬
gale — Blackcap — Petty chaps — White Throat — Babbling
Warbler— DartfordWarbler— Redbreast— Redstart — Les¬
ser Petty chaps — Wood Wren — Yellow Wren — Golden
crested Wren — Wren. Saxtcola. Wheat-ear — Whin-
chat — Stonechat. Accentor. Hedge Sparrow. Mo-
tacilla. White Wagtail — Grey Wagtail — Yellow Wag¬
tail. Anthus. Meadow Lark — Titlark — Field Lark —
Dusky Lark. Alauda. Sky Lark — Wood Lark — Crested
Lark. Parus. Great Titmouse — Colemouse — Blue Tit¬
mouse — Blackcap Titmouse — Long-tailed Titmouse. Em-
BERizA. Yellow Bunting — Common Bunting — Reed
Bunting — Cirl Bunting. Pyrrhula. Bulllinch. Frin-
GiLLA. Greenfinch — House Sparrow — Mountain Finch
—Chaffinch — Common Linnet — Redpole — Goldfinch —
Canary. Picus. Green Woodpecker— Great spotted
Woodpecker ^ — Lesser spotted Woodpecker. Yunx. Wry¬
neck. Sitta. Nuthatch. Certhia. Common Creeper.
Alcedo. King’s-fisher. Hirundo. Chimney Swallow —
NATURAL HISTORY.
ROOM XII.]
67
Martin™ Sand Martin. Cypsel^. White-bellied Swift —
Swift. Caprimulgus. Goat-suciter. Columba. Ring Pi¬
geon — Stock Dove — Turtle Dove. Phasianus. Common
Pheasant — Gold Pheasant — Pencilled Pheasant. Tetrao.
Black Grouse — Ptarmigan. Perdix. Partridge — Quail.
Otis. Bustard. GEdicnemus. Thick- kneed Bustard. HiE-
MATOPUs. Oyster-catcher. Charahrius. Ringed Plover.
Vanellus. Lapwing. Strepsilas. Turnstone. Ci-
CONIA. White Stork. Ardea. Heron — Purple Heron.
Recurvirostra. Avoset. Platalea. Spoonbill. Nu-
MENius. Curlew. Tringa. Dunlin — Selninger Sand¬
piper — Knot — Reeve. Totanus. Red-shank — Com¬
mon Sandpiper — Greenshank. Limosa. God wit. Sco-
LOPAX. Snipe. Gallinula. Crake Gallinule — Spotted
Gallinule — Common Gallinule. Fulica. Coot. Pha-
LAROPUS. Red Phalarope. Podiceps. Crested Grebe
—Little Grebe. Sterna. Sandwich Tern — Greater
Tern — Black Tern— Lesser Tern. Larus. Black-backed
Gull — Silvery Gull — Herring Gull — Common Gull— Kit-
tiwake — Red-legged Gull. Lestris. Skua Gull — Arc¬
tic Gull. Procellaria. Fulmar Petrel — Stormy Petrel.
Diomedea. Albatross. Anas. Grey-lag Goose — Bean
Goose — Wild Swan — Shieldrake — Wild Duck — Shoveler
— Eider Duck — King Duck — Long-tailed Duck. Carbo.
Cormorant — Shag — ^ Crested Shag. Sul a. Gannet. Co-
LYMBUS. Northern Diver— Rei- throated Diver. Uria.
Foolish Guillemot — Black Guillemot. Alga. Razor Bill
— Great Auk.
The double Table Cases in this Room contain the Col¬
lection of British Shells^ and clay models of some of the
larger molluscous animals.
Case 1. The first part of the case contains some of
the more solid substances found in the bodies of certain
Cephalopodous Mollusca, — as the shell of the Sepia, or
Cuttle-fish — the horny laminse of the Loligo and Sepiola,
commonly called Sea-pens ; together with specimens of
the jaws of those animals, (resembling in form, a parrot's
bill,) and of the cartilaginous rings by means of which
the muscular disks on their arms are extended. Following
these are the minute shells, which, from their being formed
of numerous chambers, have been generally associated with
the Nautili, but they differ essentially from them in their
ee
NATURAL HISTORY. [UPTER FLOOR.
construction^ which consists of a number of cells piled one
on the other ; and in having no terminal cavity for the
reception of the body of the animal.
The remainder of the Table is occupied by the shells of
those Mollusca which live on animal food^ and have their
branchiae placed on the internal part of the mantle^, over
the front of the back of the neck.
These shells are always provided with a canal in front of
the mouth, which covers the syphon of the mantle, as in
the Pelican’s foot {Aporrhais) and the various species of
Murices and Buccina. The larger species are used as food
by the natives of the sea-coast, and by the fishermen as
bait. In Scotland the shell of the large Fusus despectus
is used as a lamp. The animal of Purpura Lapillus yields
a beautiful purple colour, which has been considered as the
Tyrian dye of the ancients ; but there is little doubt that
this colour was obtained from various species. The eggs
of these animals are contained in coriaceous cases, and the
cases of the Buccinum undatum, and Fusus despectus have
been mistaken for the eggs of the oyster, and called oyster--
spat. This error is the more remarkable, as oysters are
viviparous, the young being found in the branchiae of the
parent in the month of J uly : the egg of Purpura Lapillus
has, by a similar error, been described as a species of Tu-
bularia. All these egg-cases are in the collection ; they
contain many eggs, of which only a few gradually
enlarge and come to perfection.
The larger species of the preceding shells are extremely
apt to vary according to the roughness or smoothness of the
sea they live in ; thus, some of the common Whelks are
thick and rugose, others very thin, even, and finely
coloured. Rarely the whorls of these shells turn contrary
to the common direction, from left to right, and sometimes
when the shell has been injured in its growth, the succeed¬
ing whorls are turned out of their usual course, and the
shell becomes very much elongated. Most of the speci¬
mens of Fusus despectus are smooth, but some are spirally
keeled ; the smaller species vary in a similar manner, but
the differences are not so striking. The cowries {Cyprcea),
and the Tear-Shell {Erato), are remarkable for the young
shells being very thin and exposed, whereas the adults are
covered with a thick coat, deposited over their back by the
ROOM XII.] NATURAL HISTORY. 69
mantle^ which^ as the animal grows towards maturity, is
spread out, so as to cover the back of the shell with two
large lobes. These lobes the animal is capable of contract¬
ing into the cavity of the shell at will, by which it differs
from the genus Coriocella, the latter having a thin earlike
shell, which is embedded in the back of the mantle of the
animal.
Cases 3 and 4 contain the shells of those Gasteropodous
Mollusca, that have the branchise similar to the former,
but no syphon on the front of the mantle, and consequently
no canal in front of the shell. Many of them have a spiral
operculum or lid, which is attached to the back of the
hinder part of the animal : this operculum turns round on
the apex of its spire as it increases in size.
Some have the eyes placed on short pedicles at the back
of the tentacula, and the heart surrounding the rectum.
They generally have a fringe on each side of their body, as
the genera Trochus, Monodonta^ and Haliotis, These have
a pearly appearance on the inner surface : the two former
are furnished with spiral opercula, and the latter is provided
with a series of holes, by which the water is introduced into
the branchise. The genera Fissiirella and Emargimila,
are not pearly, but the former has a hole near the apex,
and the other in the front margin of the shell, for the
passage of the water to the branchise, and the expulsion of
the fseces. The Neritina are not pearly, and have no
fringe, they have the operculum articulated to the pillar
lip. Lastly the genus Lottia has a shell exactly like
Patella in shape, while the animal very nearly resembles
those of the two latter genera, except that it has only one
branchia placed obliquely across the back of the neck,
which is exerted when the animal walks.
Others have the eyes sessile at the base of the
tentacula, and the heart separate from the rectum. This
division includes the genera Natica, Littorma, Odon~
tostoma^ Turritella^ Scalaria, Eulhna, Pissoa, Ceri-
thium, and Triostoma, all of which live in the sea,
or at least in brackish water, and Valvata, which is found
in rivulets, and is peculiar for its branchiee being pro¬
truded beyond the shell when the animal walks, and
formed of spiral plates. The other genera which live also
in rivers, as Paludina and Bithinia, have the opercula
70
NATURAL HISTORY. [uPPER FLOOR:
formed of concentric rings. The young of the former are
born alive, being then covered with bands of cilia. Then fol¬
low the Foolscap Limpet, {Capulus,) which is attached, by
the back of its foot, to shells and other marine bodies, on
which it forms a smooth disc, either by dissolving the sur¬
face, or by depositing on it a shelly plate. Lastly, succeed
the genera Velutina, Crepidula, and Calypirea which have
no opercula. The branchiae of the animals of the last
two genera are formed of long filiform processes, placed
at a very oblique angle across the back of the neck.
The larger species of these animals are eaten, and also
used as bait. The eggs of some, as the Neritm, are ovate,
covered with a horny skin and attached to other shells, and
those of the Naticce have been described as a coral under
the name of Flustra arenaria.
Case 5 contains the shells of those animals which have
their branchiae placed on the side of their back, under a
kind of lid, as the Bulla and Bullcea, which have the body
divided into two portions, and no tentacula. Some of the
animals are very voracious, and prey on shell-fish, for which
purpose they are furnished wdth a gizzard covered with
three shelly plates, by which they can crack the shells in
the stomach, after having swallowed them whole. Others,
as the Aplysia, have tentacula ; and emit a great quantity
of a purple fluid. In this Case are also the shells of those
animals which have their branchiae placed on the right
side, in a groove between the body and the foot, as the
Pleiirohranchus ; and lastly, those in which the branchiae
are placed along both sides on the inner edge of the man¬
tle, as the Patella, which has a simple conical shell, with
its apex bent toward the head of the animal, and Chiton,
which has the body covered by a hard cartilaginous shield,
into which eight valves, laid one over the other, like plate
armour, are inserted.
Cases 6 and 7 contain the shells of Mollusca that breathe
free air, for which purpose they are furnished with a cavity
over the back of the neck, which cavity is internally lined
with a quantity of vessels. Those which live on land, have
cylindrical, retractile tentacula, as the Slugs (^Limax), which
have no shell or only a small internal one ; the Testacellce,
w^hich have a small shell on the end of the body, and the
Snails {Helix), Bulimiis, Pupa,Clausilia, Succinea, and Vitrl-
which have large shells, differing from each other in form.
NATURAL HISTORY.
71
ROOM XII.]
The animals of the last two genera are so large^, as scarcely
to admit of their being withdrawn into their shells, and that
of the last has a fleshy collar spread over the neck before
the shell. Those which live in water have compressed con¬
tractile tentacula, the eyes of some, as in the genera Auri¬
cula or Carychium, being placed on the inner part, and of
others, as in the genera Lymnea, Physa, Planorbis, and
Ancylus, on the outer side of their base. The Clausilice and
the three last-named genera have their whorls always turned
to the left, and the Ancylus much resembles a Patella in
shape, but has a notch in the muscular scar on the left side,
where the hole is placed that leads to the lungs. Cyclos-
toma diflPers from all the other land mollusca, in having an
operculum, and in the breathing cavity being open in front.
Case 8 contains the Bivalve shells, the animals of which
are' compressed, with a variously shaped foot inclosed be¬
tween the two leaved mantles, and have their two laminar
branchiae placed on each side between the mantle and the
foot.
In some, the two leaves of the mantle are united toge¬
ther behind, and extended into more or less elongated tubes,
as in the genera Artemis, Cytlierea, Venus, and V enerupis ;
these have three teeth in each valve, and an external car¬
tilage. Cyprina, Crassina, Pisidium and Cyclas, differ from
the former, in having no syphonal inflection, bearing a
thick periostracum ; the two last are only found in fresh
water. Isocardia is peculiar for its strongly incurved um-
bones, and very oblique teeth.
Case 10 contains the genera Lucina and Loripes, which
have an opaque white internal surface to their valves, and
no syphonal scar ; the former has an external and the lat¬
ter an internal cartilage : also the Solens, Psammohia, and
Tellma,vAnc\\ are elongated and gaping at one or both ends,
the last having the hinder extremity obliquely twisted.
Case 1 1 contains the genera Cardium and Donax, called
also, from their shape, wedge-shells, which have only two
teeth in each valve, forming a kind of cross. Then follow
the bivalve shells which have no cartilage, the valves being
separated from each other by means of muscles, placed
over the umbones, and covered with a thin skin. In
Teredo, this skin is simple, and the animals line the holes
made by them with shelly matter, forming a tube ; in the
genus Pholas, this skin is protected by one or more shelly
72 NATURAL HISTORY. [uPPER FLOOR.
plates. The Linnean conchologists considered the Teredo
as a univalve;, having mistaken the tubes for the shell of the
animal ; and the Pholas they called a multi valve shell.
Case 12 contains the genera which have the-lobes of
the mantle united, and are peculiar for having the carti¬
lage of the hinge inserted in an internal cavity^ as the
genera Mactra and Lutraria, which are equivalve, and
have cardinal teeth ; M^a, Corhula, and Pandora, which
are inequi valve ; and Anatma and Mygdala, which have a
peculiar piece of shell placed on the side of their cartilage.
The rest of the animals of the Bivalve shells have the
lobes of the mantle separate from each other all the way
round, and no syphons. Some of these animals have one
very large adductor muscle near the centre of the shell, as
the Oysters, which are irregular and laminar, and the
Pectens, and Hasps, which are regular, with a process
called an ear, placed on each side of the hinge ; most of
these, in their young state, are attached by a beard, which
passes out of the notch under the front ear of the right
valve. Next follow the genera Hinnites, which is like the
Pectens when young, but becomes attached and irregular
in its adult state ; and Anomia, which is peculiar for its
shell being pearly, and having the right valve deeply
notched near the hinge, for the passage of a cartilaginous
band by means of which it is attached to rocks and shells,
its own form becoming gradually moulded to the surface it
rests on. Thus, if the shell is found on a Pecten, it is
ribbed, and if on the spine of an Echinus or the stem of a
sea-weed, it is compressed and subcylindrical. The other
Bivalves have two subequal adductor muscles.
Cases 14, 15, 16 contain those shells which are found
in fresh water, as the Unios. They are peculiar for
being pearly internally, and covered with a thick hard pe-
riostracum. They often yield pearls, which are caused by
a disease that induces them to deposit the matter of which
the inner coat is constructed, in a more or less globular
form. The species of these genera vary exceedingly in
size, structure, and colour, according to the clearness, ra¬
pidity, or stillness of the water in Avhich they are found.
Tliose that are found in ponds are large and bright-coloured,
if the water be clear ; and those that live in rapid rivers
are thick and dark, and often eroded at the beaks : the
beaks of all are rugose and plaited when young.
73
mOOM XU., Xin.2 NATURAL HISTORY.
Cases 17 and 18 contain tlie Muscles^ {Mytili,') Horse
Muscles^ (Modiolu, Pinna, and Avicula,) the animals of
which are peculiar for the foot being smalh and fur¬
nished with a tuft of fibres at its base in fronts by which
the animal fixes itself to rocks^, &c. This beard, as it is
tjalled in the last genus, issues out of a groove in the front
of the right valve. The Pinnae, like the Pond Muscles,
difiPer according to the place they inhabit. Those which
live in smooth water are thin and covered with rows of
small scales, while those that are found in rough water are
thick and rugose.
Then follow the genera Area, Pectwnculus and Nucula,
the animals of which have a large foot divided at the end,
and the hinge formed of many interlocking teeth. In Area
the end of the foot forms a glutinous secretion, which at
length hardens, by which the animals attach themselves to
rocks, &c. and the shell is rhombic. In Peetuneulus, the®
shell is orbicular, and the hinge line curved, while in Nuenla,
the hinge line is angular, with the cartilage placed in a
pit at the angle.
Lastly, follow the shells of the Branchiopodous Mol-
lusca, which have two ciliated arms, one placed on each
side of the mouth. Of these, only two genera are found
in Britain, viz. Terehratula and Criopus ; the first is
affixed by a tendon passing out through a hole in the upper
valve ; the latter is attached by the outer surface of its
ander valve.
THIRTEENTH ROOM.
The upright glazed Cases round the room contain
the general collection of Birds.
Cases 1 to 12 contain the Raptorial or Birds of Prey,
the Accipitres of Linnseus, which constitute the first Order.
They are characterized by strong feet with sharp claws,
and a powerful bill, the latter covered at the base by a
naked skin, or cere ; their stomach is almost entirely mem¬
branous, and sternum broad, giving attachment to the
muscles of their long wings. Some of them feed chiefly
by day ; their eyes are placed on the side of their head,
and the nostrils exposed, as in the family of Condom,
(Cases 1 and 2,) found principally in America, whieh
have naked heads and longitudinal nostrils : as the Condor,
or Great Vulture of the Andes ; the Californian Vulture,
K
74
NATURAL HISTORY. [uPPER FLOOR.
presented hy Archibald Menzies, Esq.; the Turkey Buz¬
zard of North America; and the Monk and Common
Neophron from Africa.
The family of Vultures (Cases 2 to 4) have naked heads
like the former^ but their nostrils are perpendicular; as
the Pondicherry Vulture^ Egyptian Vulture^, Fulvous
Vulture^ White-backed Vulture;, and the Angola Vulture;
these are all from the warm parts of the Old world.
The family of Griffons, (at the bottom of Case 4,)
have rather small heads and long bills, surrounded at the
base by tufts of bristles. The Bearded Vultures of the
Alps and Himalaya Mountains are amongst the largest of
the Raptorial Birds, and their quill feathers often more
than two feet and a half long. These are probably the
Rock or Condor of the Indians, the true Condor being
only found in America ; they are the Lammergeier, or
Vulture of the Alps.
The family of Falcons (Cases 5 to 12) have their heads
covered with feathers, and the eyebrows prominent, giving
the eye the appearance of being set deep in the head, and
imparting a character to these birds, very different from
that of the Vultures. The Noble Falcons are the birds
used in falconry ; the Ignoble Falcons have simple nostrils ;
some, as the Hawks, have ovate rather longitudinal nostrils,
whilst the Honey Buzzard and Osprey Kites have an
oblique slit covered with a valve behind, and the Eagles
and Sea Eagles have an oblong exposed nostril placed
perpendicularly across the front of the cere. Among
the Hawks, the most remarkable bird, is the Secretary,
(Case 10,) found at the Cape, called also the Serpent
Eater, from its preying on those reptiles. The French
attempted to naturalize this bird in Martinique, in order
to destroy the lance-headed serpent, which abounds in that
island.
Cases 13 and 14 contain the Nocturnal Birds of
Prey, or the family of Owls ; some of which, as the
Eared Owls, have a tuft of long feathers over the eye¬
brows, capable of being erected at the pleasure of the ani¬
mal, whence they are also called Horned owls. The most
nocturnal birds of this family have very large ears, and
those that fly both in the day and the night have them
small like the hawks.
KOOM XIII.] NATURAL HISTORY. 7^
The Perching Birds are divided into several groups,
each containing four or five families. The Omnivorous
Birds include the family of Crows, (Cases 15 and 19,)
which have the nostrils covered with a tuft of bristles: the
Titmice differ in point of character from the crows, chiefly in
their diminutive size. The family of Paradise Birds (same
Cases) have the front of the head covered with velvety fea¬
thers, and generally a tuft of more or less elongated feathers
on each side of the chest, which gives them the appearance of
having four wings. It was formerly erroneously supposed
that these birds had no feet, though in fact they are rather
large and strong ; their habits are perfectly those of the
crows, and though omnivorous, their favourite food is
cockroaches and crickets. They are natives of New Guinea
and the neighbouring islands, where the natives collect
them to make plumes, and generally cut off their wings
and feet to prevent those rigid parts from injuring the
feathers, which gave rise to the error alluded to above.
The family of Starlings (Cases 18 and 19) differs from
the former in the bill being conical, slender, and naked, or
only slightly bristled at the base, as the Starlings, Pastors,
and Orioles, many of which build very artificial nests, and
some, especially the- Beef Eater, follow cattle and pick the
insects from their skin.
Cases 18 — <25 contain the Insectivorous Birds.
The family of Butcher Birds (Cases 18 and 25) are the
giants of the group. They have strong compressed bills,
and destroy great quantities of insects, and some of the
larger kind even kill small birds, and young frogs, which
they impale on thorns and devour at their leisure.
Amongst the Butcher Birds are the genera Lanius, Tham-
nophilus and Platyrhynchus.
The family of Fly Catchers (Cases 20 and 21) have very
weak depressed bills, with long bristles at the gape ; they
live chiefly on flies, which they catch on the wing, as the
Ply Catcher, Fly Eater, &c.
The family of Chatterers (Cases 22 and 23) are peculiar
for the two outer toes of their feet being united together
to the second joint, and they have depressed bills, as the
common Chatterer, Berry Eaters, and Manakins.
The family of Thrushes (same Cases) have rather strong,
subulate bills, as the Thrushes, Ant Eaters, (Cases 24 and
E 2
76
NATURAL HISTORY. [uPPER FLOOR.
25j) &c. : while the family of Warblers (same Cases) only
differ from the Thrushes by their beaks being weaker
and more slender; as the true Warblers, Wrens, Wagtails,
and Pippits.
The Granivorous Birds live chiefly on grain, seeds,
and fruits, as the family of theTanagers (Cases 26 and 27),
which are peculiar to America ; and the Finches (Case 28),
which are found in all parts of the globe. The Finches,
which are eminently perching birds, have the claw of the
hind toe curved ; whilst the Larks (Cases 26 and 27),
which are chiefly found on the ground, have it straight.
The Tenuirostral Birds have the feet like the two
former groups, but the hind toes and claws are generally
much larger than the rest ; their bills are slender, com¬
pressed, and frequently arched, and their tongue is often
divided at the tip into numerous filaments, and is used for
sucking up the honey from the nectaries of flowers. They
are chiefly confined to warm climates, as the family of
Honey suckers (Cases 29 and 30), which are peculiar to
New Holland and the neighbouring islands. They are
generally of a dull black or olive colour, with compressed,
subulate beaks.
The family of Sun Birds (same Cases), from Africa and
India, have the bill arched and finely toothed on the edge :
the Hook-bill derives its name from the singularly curved
form of its beak. In these Cases are also the Wall-Creeper,
the Pomatorhine, and Scaler, and several species of the
beautiful genera of Guit-Guit, and Promerops ; and the
Hoopoe.
The family of Bendrocolaptes (Cases 31 and 32), from
South America, are generally of a dull brown colour, and
agree in many characters with the Insectivorous Birds,
especially the Thrushes. Some have rounded tails, as the
Anabates, others have the ends of the tail feathers and the
webs on each side of them rigid like the Woodpeckers, and
use them in the same manner to support their bodies while
they peck at the insects on the bark of trees. The Hum--
ming Birds (same Cases), have long, very slender bills,
and long tongues, which they have the power of darting
forward, like the Woodpeckers, with great force. They
prey chiefly on insects, and one genus (the Spider-Eaters),
almost exclusively on spiders.
77
ROOM XIII.] NATURAL HISTORY.
The Fissirostral Birds^ or those which feed chiefly on
the wing, have generally very short weak feet, and large
gaping mouths ; they live principally on insects, though a
few of the larger kinds catch fish. Some have very short
beaks, as the family of Swallows (Cases 33 and 34), with a
close plumage, and extremely long wings, which enable them
to fly with great rapidity ; they are generally birds of
passage, and often live in flocks, as the Swifts, which have
all the toes in front ; some have the end of the tail feather
rigid like the Woodpeckers ; the Esculent Swallow forms a
nest of sea- weed, which is used as food in China, and forms
no unimportant article in the commerce of that country.
The family of Goatsuckers (same Cases) are nocturnal
birds, and have the soft downy plumage, and dingy colours
of that tribe. They are generally solitary, living on moths,
and laying their eggs on the ground without any nest.
The Leona Goat-sucker, a species from Africa, is peculiar
for having a very long feather arising from the middle of
each of its wings. The New Holland and South Ame¬
rican Podargi, are much larger than any of the individuals
belonging to the family of the true Goat-suckers. The
family of Bee Eaters (same Cases), which are generally of
a green colour, have long, slightly arched beaks, and long
pointed wings ; they associate in flocks, and fly like swal¬
lows, pursuing bees and wasps, which they prey on with
impunity. They are only found in the Old world and
Australia. The King-fishers (same Cases) are generally
of a brilliant blue, or green colour : they live on flsh,
which they catch by diving.
Cases 35 — 44 contain the Zygodactylous, or Climb¬
ing Birds. The Parrots (Cases 35 — 37) are known to
every one by their domestic habits ; they are characterised
by their short, hard beak, which is surrounded at the base
by a naked skin, like the Falcon’s ; and they have a short
tongue, which is usually fleshy, but in a few, as the Black
Cockatoo, it is hard and tubular. They are a very numerous
group, and have been divided into many genera ; they live
chiefly on fruit.
The family of Woodpeckers (Cases 38 and 39) are cha¬
racterized by their wedge-shaped beak with hard points,
by their exsertile tongue, and by the tips of their tail fea¬
thers being produced and rigid.
78 NATURAL HISTORY. [UPRER FLOOR.
The family of (Cases 40 and 41) have a slightly
arched^ compressed beak, and long rounded tail ; they live
chiefly on insects, and many of the species are birds of
passage. In the Coucals, the claws of the hind toes are
elongated, resembling those of the Larks. The Indicators
live chiefly on the wild bees of Africa, and serve to point
out their nests to the natives, whence their name. They
are furnished with a very hard skin, but the bees attack
their eyes.
The family of Barbels (Case 42) have large conical
beaks, swollen out at the sides, and surrounded at the base
by bristles ,* they live chiefly on fruit, but some eat in¬
sects, and even attack small birds r some species have large
teeth on the side of the bill. The Curucuis differ only
in having shorter beaks, and by being covered with very
fine, soft feathers ; many of them are beautifully coloured ;
they live chiefly in low damp woods, flying in the evening.
The Toucans (Cases 43 and 44) are known by their
enormous, light, cellular beaks, which are irregularly
notched on the edge, and by their peculiar, long, feather¬
like tongues ; they live on fruit and small birds ; they are
only found in tropical America,
The family of HornhUls (same Cases), which come from
India and Africa, have a large beak, like the Toucans,
but heavier, and varying greatly in shape according to the
age of the bird ; they feed on fruit, mice, small birds
and reptiles.
The Gallinaceous Birds (Cases 45—57) usually lay
their eggs on the earth ; the males are generally poly¬
gamous. The Pheasants and Grous, which constitute the
first group, have the hind toes placed higher on the tarsus
than the rest, so that only the tip touches the ground j the
former have the nostrils covered by a naked, horny scale,
the legs not feathered, and those of the male generally
furnished with spurs ; in the latter the scale covering the
nostrils is always feathered, and the legs generally so. In
these Cases there is a great variety of Birds of this tribe,
amongst which may be seen, in Case 45, Jungle and Javan
Cock, Fire-backed Pheasant, and Pencilled Pheasant. In
Cases 46 and 47^ the Peacock, both wild and domesticatedo
In Cases 48 and 49, various Pheasants, such as Reeves's
Pheasant, from China; Nepanl and Wallick's Pheasants
ROOM XIII.] NATURAL HISTORY. 7^
from the Himalaya Mountains, also the wild Turkey from
North America. In Case 50, the Horned Pheasant from
the Himalaya Mountains, also the Chinese Horned Phea¬
sant from China ; the Impeyan Pheasant ; and the Argus
Pheasant from Singapore.
In Cases 51 and 52 are several species of Partridge,
Quails, and Tinamus ; and also NigelFs Grous-
Pheasant, from the Himalaya Mountains ; and in Cases
53 and 54, a great variety of Grous. With these is asso¬
ciated the new genus Thinocorus, which greatly resembles
them in its plumage, whilst it is also closely allied to the
Sheathbill, (Case 51,) having the base of the bill covered
by a sort of sheath, as in that bird, and resembling it in
its habits of life. Cuvier has placed the Sheathbill at the
end of his fifth order, les Echassiers, or Waders (Grallcej
Linn.) ; but it appears better to place it here, as the gene¬
ral form of its bill and feet rather resembles that of the
Grous, than of any other tribe — whilst the Thinocorus ap¬
pears like a connecting link between the two. In Cases
55 and 56 are several species of Pigeons ; and in Case 57?
specimens of the Menura and Curassow.
Cases 58 — 60 contain the Running Birds, {Cursor es,)
peculiar for their short wings and long legs, and inhabit¬
ing plains — as the Ostrich and Bustard. Here also is the
foot of the Dodo, and a cast of the head of that extraordi¬
nary bird (see p. 82), — also the Courser and Pratincole.
The Wading Birds generally have long wings, and fiy
well ; many of them make periodical migrations, and are
thus distributed over great part of the globe ; they usually
extend their legs behind them when they fiy.
The family of Storks (Case 61) have larger and more
exposed nostrils than the Herons, the hind toe is placed
rather higher, and the middle claw entire. The form and
size of the bill vary greatly in the birds of this family. In
the Adjutants it is large, and furnished with a sort of
throat-pouch; in the Wood Ibis it is slightly curved, and
in the Spoonbill the extremity of the beak is fiat and
rounded. Many of these birds have a tuft of very soft
feathers on the under side of the tail ; the Adjutants fur¬
nish the celebrated Cornacauly feathers.
The family of Cranes (Cases 62 — 64) have a rather short
hind toe, much higher on the leg than the front one, and a
80
NATUKAL HISTORY. [uPPRR FLOOR,
strongs hard, rather long and oval beak. The Balearic
Cranes have large open nostrils, naked cheeks, and throat-
wattles. The Cariama and Trumpeters have short beaks ”
the former has much the air of a raptorial bird, and the
latter is peculiar for the metallic brilliancy of its plumage.
The Herons have the nostrils linear and covered with a
thin skin, situated at the base of an indistinct, narrow
groove (Cases 62 — 66) ; the bill is hard, the hind toe low
down, and the middle claw toothed on the edge ; as in the
genera Heron, Night Heron, and Crab-eater, which only
differ from each other by the size of the beak.
The Snipes (Cases 67 and 68) have a long, soft bill, and na
hind toe, or only a very short one. Some have the end of
the bill covered with a leathery skin, and the nasal grooves
extended to the end of the beak, as the Ibis and Sand¬
piper, the former having a long, curved bill, the latter a
short and straight one j from these the Sanderlings differ
merely in having three toes. The true Snipes have the
end of the beak sensible and spongy, and furnished with a
central longitudinal groove : in others the nasal groove ex»
tends only half the length of the beak, as in the Long¬
shanks, which have very long legs and three toes : the
Avocets have the bill curved upwards and the feet half
webbed, whilst in the Chevaliers it is slender, rounded,
and slightly recurved. Others have the base of the beak
flexible, and the end hard and covered with a horny sheath,
as the Plovers (Case 69), which have three, and the Lap¬
wing, which has four toes. The Turnstones differ from the
Lapwings by the end of the beak being compressed, so as
to enable them to find their food under stones. The Oyster-
catcher has a strong leg, and the beak, like the former,-
compressed on the sides.
The family of Rails (Cases 70 and 71)? whose habits are,,
of all these birds, the most aquatic, have many characters
of the next order ; their toes are long and slender, and
the hind one is placed on a level with the others. The
Jacana has the claws long and straight, and the bend of
the wing armed with a spine ,* the Screamers are remark¬
able for the horn on the centre of the head. Others, as
the Coot, have short claws and unarmed wings, and the
edge of the toes fringed with a lobed membrane ; the Gal-
iinules, Taleves, and Rails, have the toes simple.
KOOM XIII.] NATURAL HISTORY. 81
The Web-footed Birds (Cases 72—88) have their feet
placed on the hinder part of the body, with short compress¬
ed tarsi, and the toes united together by a web ; their plu¬
mage is close, shining, and oily, and they live chiefly on
flsh, mollusca, and insects. Some have short or moderate
wings, as the family of Ducks, (Cases — 78^) which have
their bill covered with a soft skin, and its edge serrated.
The Merganser has a slender, serrated bill ; and the Hydro-
bates the hind toe large, and webbed beneath. The Swans
and Geese have beautifully formed, long necks ; the Core¬
opsis has the base of the beak covered by a yellow skin,
and the Flamingo combines the long legs of the Waders
with the shining velvet plumage, compressed legs, and ser¬
rated bill of the Ducks.
The Divers (Cases 79 and -80) have very short wings,
and the legs placed so far back on the body, that they can
assume an erect position. They live constantly on the sur¬
face of the water, and dive for their food. In some, the
wings are moderately feathered, and the bill is compressed
at the tip, and smooth, as in the Grebes, which have the
toes separate, and fringed on the side by a membrane.
These birds live on lakes, and are said to carry their young
under their wings when alarmed. The Finfoot has the
feet of the Grebes, but the tail is longer, and the claws
sharp ; the Divers have completely webbed feet, and live
on the sea-coast. Others have the wings very short and
covered with feathers, but no hind toe, as (same Cases) the
Guillemots, Penguins, and Puffins ; while the Manchots
ave very short wings, covered with small scale-like fea¬
thers, and all the toes directed forwards.
The Birds of the second group have very long wings,
which enable them to suspend themselves in the air for a
great length of time, so that it almost appears to be their
proper sphere, as they are seldom seen on the ground ex¬
cept in the breeding season.
The family of Pelicans (Cases 81 and 82) is at once dis¬
tinguished by the hind toes being united to the others by
a web ; their legs are short ; they are excellent swimmers,
and often perch on trees ; the edge of their beak is gene¬
rally toothed, and their throat dilated into a bag, in which
they keep the fish as they catch them, to feed their young:
the true Pelican (Case 88) has a broad beak and enormom
E 3
82
NATURAL HISTORY. []UPPER FLOOR.
poucli ; the Cormorant (Cases 81 and 82) has a slender
bill and rounded taib while the tail of the Frigate-bird is
forked ; the Booby, so called from its excessive stupidity,
has a broad bill ; and the Darter is peculiar for the small
size of its body and the length of its neck; the Tropic
Bird, which resembles the Gulls in form, has two long fea¬
thers in the middle of its tail.
The Petrels (Cases 83 — 85) have compressed bills,
strongly hooked at the end ; their hind claw is placed im¬
mediately on the tarsus, without any toe. Of all the Wa¬
ter birds, these keep more especially out at sea ; they
often fly so far from land that during tempests they are
obliged to take refuge on board the vessels they may happen
to fall in with. They build in holes on rocks, and when
attacked, squirt out a quantity of acrid oil from their sto¬
machs. Some have the nostrils placed on the top of the
beak, forming a single tube, as in the Petrels, and others
have them formed of two tubes placed on the side of the
beak, as the Albatrosses, peculiar for their very long wings,
furnished with long quills only at the top.
The Gulls (Cases 86 and 87) have a single compressed
bill, pointed at the end, with moderate sized, longitudinal
nostrils. They live on the sea- shore, and eat flsh, and
carrion of all kinds. The young are generally of a dark,
speckled-gray colour ; the adult, gray or white. The true
Gulls have rounded tails ; from them the Razor-bill only
differs in the under jaw being longest, and much com¬
pressed. The Lestris, or Skua Gull, diflers from the
common Gull by having the two middle tail feathers longer
than the rest. Their habits are disgusting, subsisting
chiefly on food rejected from the stomach of the common
Gull, in its alarm when chased by the Skua, and which the
latter catches before it falls into the water. The Terns
(Case 88) have forked tails, and the Boobies square tails
and very long wings,.
Over the door adjoining the Twelfth Room, is an
original painting of the Dodo, presented to the Museum
by George Edwards, Esq., the celebrated ornithological
artist, and copied in his works, plate No. 294, who says it
was drawn in Holland, from a living bird brought from
St. Maurice’s Island in the East Indies.” The only re¬
mains of this bird at present known are a foot (Case 65) in
ROOM XIII.]
NATURAL HISTORY.
83
this collection^ (presented by the Royal Society,) and a
head * and foot, said to have belonged to a specimen which
was formerly in Tradescant’s Museum, but is now in the
Ashmolean Museum at Oxford. The cast of the head
above mentioned, (in the same Case,) was presented by
P. Duncan, Esq. The bird, in the shortness of the
wings, has much analogy to the ostrich, but its foot, in
general, rather resembles that of the common fowl, and
the beak, from the position of its nostrils, is most nearly
allied to the Vultures ; so that its true place in the series
of birds, if indeed such a bird ever really existed, is not,
as yet, satisfactorily determined.
The Table Cases in the middle of the Room contain the
general collection of Shells.
Cases 1, 2 contain the shells of cephalopodous Mol-
lusca, which are characterized by having a series of conical
arms radiating round the mouth, which serve as organs of
motion and prehension : some that have eight arms have
no shell, as Octopus, Eledona, and Ocylhoe : others have
ten arms, two of which are longer than the rest. These
have either an internal bone, as the Cuttle-fish, {sepia, ) or
a horny plate called the Sea Pen, as the Loligo, Sepiola,
and Cranchia. Lastly, some have many short tubular re¬
tractile arms, and these inhabit the last division of an ex¬
ternal many-chambered shell, as the Nautilus ; to these are
allied Ahe genera Orthocerites, Ammonites, Scaphites, Tur-
rilites, and also probably the Eelemnites, all of which are
fossil.
In Cases 3 and 4 are placed a series of models on an
enlarged scale, and some specimens of minute bodies,
which have been regarded as analogous to the Nautili, but
the nature of the animals is not known ; they probably
belong to several different orders. Some have supposed
them to be internal shells, but this cannot be the case
with all, as many are attached by their outer surface to
sea-weed and shells. They are formed of cells, furnished
with one or more small mouths, placed one on another in
different directions, some forming straight lines, as Nodo~
saria, and others spiral ones, as Rotalia. In others the
* The late Dr. George Shaw has given a figure of the head of the
Dodo, in the Naturalist’s Miscellany, PL 166,
84 NATUBAL HISTORY. [uPPER FLOOR.
cells are half the length of a whorl, so that each new cell
changes the situation of the mouth from one to the other
end of the shell, as in the Miliolce : and in others the cells
are divided into numerous longitudinal tubes, as in Alveo-
lina and Fabularia,
In Cases 5 to 60 are arranged the shells of the Gaste«
ropodous Mollusca — which walk on a broad, flat, ventral
disk. All these animals have a single spiral shell, except
those belonging to the genus Chiton, which have a series
of valves down the back. The Gasteropoda are divided
into orders according to the form of their respiratory
organs.
The greater number of those furnished with shells have
comb“like gills placed over the back of the neck. They
are called CtenO’-hranchiata.
Cases 5 to 34 contain the shells of those gasteropoda
which prey almost exclusively on dead or living animal
matter. These mollusca occasion the round holes which
are often found in bivalve and other shells, and which they
perforate for the purpose of extracting the inhabitant.
Their shells are always provided with a canal placed in
the front of the pillar, which is formed to protect the
syphon of the mantles, which conducts the water to their
gills. Their eggs have a coriaceous envelope, and have
often been mistaken for corals. Their operculum is always
horny, and formed of irregular concentric plates : this
order contains several families.
Cases 5, 6, 7 contain the family of the Stromhidce,
which are peculiar for having a sinus formed by the head
of the animal, and placed on the side of the canal, as the
true Stromhus, Pteroceras, Rostellaria, Ajporrhais, and
Strut hiolaria.
Cases 8 to 19. The family of the Murices, (Muricidce,)
which have a more or less elongated, straight canal, and a
moderate sized, flat, expanded foot.
/The outer lip of many of these shells is thickened ex¬
ternally, forming a permanent belt across the whorls, as in
the genera and Tritofi, which also have the inner
lip generally granular ; and the Mask shell, {Persona,)
wdth the base expanded into a disk ; others have the inner
lip smooth as those of the true Murices, or Kock shells.
Some have only indistinct varices, or noneat all, as the
85'
BOOM XIII.] NATURAL HISTORT.
genera Pleurotoma^ Conus, Fusus, and Pyrula, wliich
have the pillar smooth ; Turhinellus, Fasciolaria, and
Cancellaria, which have this part plaited like the Volutes;
amongst these may be observed a very fine specimen o£
the reversed Chank shelly valued by the Chinese.
Cases 20 to 27 contain the family of the Buccina,
{Buccinidce,) which have either an elongated and redexed;,
or shore curved canal in front of the mouth ; and include
the genera Cassis, Dolium Harpa, Puipura, Magilus,
Ricinula, Oliva, Ancillaria, Columbella, Nassa, Terehra,
and Buccinum, which are severally distinguished from each
other by the form of the mouth : some of these^ which
have the lips much dilated over the base of the last whorls^,
have a very large foot, which secretes the shelly matter of
which the lips are formed. In the Ancillaria;, where the
shell is almost sunk in the foot, its surface is covered with
a coat of shining enamel. There is also, in Case 27, a
specimen of Terehra, which has had the outer part of the
shell cut away, to shew the form of the pillar, and the
mode by which the animal renders the tip of the shell
solid, by filling it up with a glassy secretion.
In Cases 28—30 are arranged the family of Cowries
{Cypreeidoe), These shells, when young, have a wide
mouth j the back is simple and covered with a periostra-
cum, but as they reach the adult age, the mouth is con¬
tracted, and the back covered with a coat of enamel, de¬
posited on it by the sides of the mantle, which becomes ex¬
panded for this purpose ; as in the genera Cyprcea, Algoa,.
Cyprovula, Trivia, Erato, and Ovula, which differ from
each other in the teeth on the lips,^ and in the structure of
the outer surface.
Cases 31 — 34. The family of Volutes {Volutidee') are
peculiar for their pillar being plaited. Some of these
shells are covered with a periostracum, and when living
are often more or less sunk into the large foot of the
animal; as the genera Cymhium, Voluta, and Mitral-
others, as the Marginellce, have the back of the shell
covered with an enamel coat, like the Cowries, which is
deposited by an expansion of the mantle, similar to what:
takes place in those animals.
The next order of Ctenohranchous Gasteropodes live
chiefly on vegetable food, and being destitute of any dis^
86 NATURAL HISTORY. [[uPPER FLOOR.
tinct syphon for the passage of water to the branchial
cavity^ have no canal in front of the month of the shell ;
their eggs are membranaceous^, and often deposited on
the surface of other shells ; but many of the animals are
viviparous.
Case 35 contains the family of the Naticce {Naticidce),
which have a very large foot expanded in front, and a
spiral operculum ; as the genera Naiica, Nacca, and
Cryptostoma^ the former having a small mouth and large
operculum, the latter a very large mouth and very small
operculum.
Cases 36 to 38. The family of Periwinkles (^Litton-
nidce) have a roundish entire mouth, a concave inner lip,
and a free oval, spiral operculum ; as the genera Littorina,
Truneatella, and Valvata,
The MelanicB differ from the above chiefly by the end of
the mouth being more or less produced into a slight canal.
Their shells are generally turrited ; as the genera Melania^
Turritella) Rissoa, Scalaria, P^ramidella, Cerithium,
Melanopsis, and Pyrena, Some of the latter have a canal
like the Buccina ; but their structure and mode of life,
which is passed in fresh water, shew that they belong to
this family.
Cases 39 and 40. The family of Ampullarim differ
from all the foregoing in the operculum being annular ;
they live in fresh water, and are covered with a thick
periostracum. Some, as the genera Ampullaria and Cera-
fades, have long tentacula, a forked forehead, and are
oviparous ; while the others have short tentacula, as Palu-
dma and Bithynia, the first of which has a horny opercu¬
lum, and is viviparous ; the other is oviparous, and has a
shelly operculum.
The family of Nerites {Neritidce). Their shells are
semi-ovate, with a small semi-circular mouth furnished
with a sharp transverse inner lip ; as the genera Nerita,
Neritina, and Navicellus, the former has a shelly opercu¬
lum grooved on the edge, and the two latter, a thin one
with a flexible margin.
Case 41 contains the shells of those Mollusca of this
order, which are peculiar for having their branchiae formed
of very long filaments, as the family of Worm Shells,
( Vermetidce,) which are often attached by the outer surface
87
ROOM XIII.] NATURAL HISTORY.
to marine bodies ; being thus fixed, the foot is not fur¬
nished with a distinct disc for walking, but its end is ex¬
panded, flat, and orbicular, and as large as the mouth of
the shell, which is generally protected by a horny opercu¬
lum; as the genera Vermetus and Spiroglyphus. The
family of Capulidce have a simple conical shell. They are
always attached to rocks by the back of the foot of the
animal, which is folded on itself and unfit for walking
upon. This back of the foot either secretes a shelly plate
like an operculum, or forms a depression in the surface of
the body to which it is attached, of the size of the shell,
and marked with a crescent-shaped ridge, shewing the
places where the muscle was fixed ; as the genera Capiilus
and Hipponyx. Lastly, the family of the Crepidulce,
{CrepidulidcB,) which have a very large and expanded
mouth, and the inner lip very small and thin ; the latter
is even sometimes entirely wanting ; they have no oper¬
culum, and their gills form an oblique band across the
front of the neck, as in the genera Crepidula, Calyptrcea,
Cremoria, and Dispotea : at the end of this family may be
placed, till the animals and their habits are better known,
the genera Velutina and Phorus, The latter are peculiar
for attaching to the outer surface of their shell, as it in¬
creases in size, stones, or fragments of other shells and
corals ; from whence they Have been called respectively
the Conchologist and the Mineralogist. The Phori have
a subannular operculum, very like that of the Buccinum.
Cases 42 — 48 contain the third order of Ctenobran-
chons Gasteropodes, which are herbivorous, and have an
entire mouth to their shells like the former, but, like
the snail, they are hermaphrodite. The sides of the body
are furnished with a series of filaments. Many of these
have spiral shells, which are of a pearly lustre internally ;
as the family of the Turbines, ( Tmhinidce,) which have a
rounded mouth and a shelly operculum, as the genera
Turbo, Imperaior, and Phasianella, The family of th«
Trochi ( Trochidce) have a square mouth and horny spiral
operculum ; as Trochus, Rotella, Monodonta and Solarium^
The family of the Ear-shells {Haliotidm) are allied to the
former, but they have a very expanded mouth, and ne
operculum most of these have a groove, a series of holes,.
88 NATURAL HISTORY. ^UPPER FLOOR..
or a canal in the outer lip over the gills^ as in the genera
Fleur otomaria, Scissurella^ Halioiisy Stomatia and Sio-
7natella,
The other shells of this order are simply conicah and
not pearly ; as the family of the Keyhole Limpets^ {Emar^
ginulidce,) which have an animal very like the Ear-shelly
but the shell is depressed, and furnished with a hole,
placed either in the front of the apex, as in Fissurellay or
with a notch in the front of its edge, as in Ernarginula and
ParmophoruSn These holes or grooves afford a passage for
the water to the respiratory organs. Here must also be
placed the family of the Tooth-shells, which
have been, till lately, regarded as the tubes of worms, but
are now known to be formed by true Molliisca ; as the
Tooth-shell, Eenfalium : likewise the shells of the genus
Lottla, which are so similar to those of the FatellcEy that
it is impossible to distinguish them from each other : the
animals, however, which form them are quite different
from those of the latter shells, whilst they are closely
allied to the Fissurellce, from which they scarcely differ,,
except in having only one gilL
Case 49 contains the third order of Gasteropodous Mol-
lusca. They have their gills placed on the right side of the
back, and covered with a thin mantle, which is generally
enclosed or protected by a small shell. They have no oper->
culum, and usually swim about, aided by the membrana¬
ceous appendages on the side of the foot.
In some Gasteropoda, the gills are on the side of the
back, and covered by the mantle, as in the family of Bui-
lidce. The head or front part of the animals belonging to
this family has no distinct tentacula, the eyes being placed
in a flat shield, as in the genera Bulla, Bullcea, Acera, and
Gasteropiera ; the latter has no shell, and the sides of its
head are dilated into large wings, by means of which it
swims about in every direction. The Bullcece are peculiar
for being provided with a hard shelly gizzard. The family
of Sea Hares, (Aplysiadce,') so called from the form they
assume when sitting on the rocks, have an elongated head
and distinct tentacula, as the genera Aplysia, Dolabella,
and Notarchus ; the latter has no shell. The Syphonarlce
have an external conical shell, with a groove in the side
m
ROOM XIII.] NATURAL HISTORY.
for the passage of the water to the gills^ as those of the
genus Syphonaria* The genus Gadinia appears to be
very nearly allied to the preceding ; but the grooves are
placed in the front of the muscular scar, whereas in the
former they are placed in the side of it.
The other animals of this order have their branchieg
placed on the right side of the body, in the groove between
the edge of the mantle and the foot, as in the family of the
Fleur Sjranchidcje, consisting of the genera Berthella and
PleurohrancJius, which have a very thin membranaceous
shell inclosed in the mantle : the family of the Umbrellidce,
Avhich includes only the genus Umbrella, has a suborbi-
eular, flat, hard, external shell. This genus was for¬
merly supposed to have its shell placed on its foot, and
was called Gastroplax, but this has been proved to be an
error.
Case 50 contains the fourth order of Gasteropodous
Mollusca, which have their gills in the form of plates on
the back, or placed in a series round the edge of the mantle
of the animal. It is only necessary here to refer to those
which have the gills of the latter form, as they alone are
provided with shells ; as the family of Limpets, {Patellidce,)
which have a simple conical shell, with the apex directed
towards the head of the animal, contrary to what prevails
in almost all other shells : it consists of the genus Patella
also the family of Sea Woodlice, {Chitonidce^ as anomalous
as the above, since instead of having a single shell, it has
a row of shelly valves, like plate armour, arranged in re¬
gular series down the middle of the back ; as in the genera
Chiton^ Acardhochetes, and Chitonellus : the second of
these is peculiar for having a bundle of bristles placed on
each side of the valves ; and the last, for the valves being
nearly hid in the mantle of the animals.
Cases 53 — 60 contain the fifth class of Gasteropodous
Mollusca : they respire free air, which is received into a
cavity between the mantle and the back, lined internally
with numerous reticulated vessels. They are mostly ter¬
restrial, and when aquatic, they come to the surface of
the water to respire ; but they have the power of sus¬
pending their respiration, for a considerable time dur¬
ing the cold of winter, and in the dry season, in warm
Qlimateso.
90
NATURAL HISTORY. [^UPPER FLOOR,
Tlie tentacula of the kinds which always live on land,
are retractile into themselves, like the finger of a glove, as
in the family of the Slugs {Limacidce'), Case 55 ; which
have either only a few calcareous grains in the mantle, as in
the genus Avion ; or a small shell imbedded in this part,
as in the Limax ; or a small ear-shaped shell placed over
the mantle at the end of the body, as in Testacella. The
family of Snails {Helicidce) have a large shell, into which
the animal can withdraw itself, as in the genera HeliXj
Bulimus, Partula, Pupa, Vertigo, and Clausilia, These have
the edge of the mouth thickened, and often toothed ; others,
as Succinia, Achatina, Zonites, Namnia, and Vitrina, have
the edge of the mouth thin : the last two have the front
of the mantle produced beyond the mouth of the shell,
like a shield, and a lobe at its side, which partly covers
the shell, and gives it the polished coat for which they are
peculiar.
Those which live in water, have subulate, contractile
tentacula, with the eyes on their inner base, as in the family
of Aui'iculidce, containing the genera Auricula and Me-
lampus, and others, have their eyes near their outer base,
as in the family of Pond Snails, (^Lijmnceadce). Some of
these, as the Lymncea, have the inner lip of the shell
plaited ; while others, as the Physce and Planorbes, have
the shell constantly reversed, or with the whorls turning
from the left to the right, contrary to their direction in
most other shells ; — the Ancyli have simple conical shells,
with the tip bending in the same direction. Many of these
animals, during their torpidity, cover the mouths of their
shells with a membranaceous or calcareous case, which is
dissolved or thrown off when they revive.
The family of the Cyclostomidce differ from all the other
Land Mollusca, in having the respiratory cavity open in
front, and in not being hermaphrodite : they have subulate
contractile tentacula, with the eyes at the base, like the
pond-snails. They are the only land shells which have an
operculum ; this family contains the genera Cyclostoma
and Helicina.
The Cases 66 to 86 contain the second class of Mollusca,
which have bivalve shells, and whose animals are always
covered with a two-lobed mantle, each protected by a
shelly valve, and they have within the mantle, between it
ROOM XIII.]
NATURAL HISTORY.
91
and the compressed body, a pair of laminar branchise
on each side. The lower part of the body is generally di¬
lated into a keeled or horn-shaped foot, by which they
walk along the sand or mud of the shore, or a flat disk, by
which they attach themselves to rocks and form holes in
their surface. They are all aquatic and are divided into
orders, according to the structure of the mantle. In some
of these, the elastic cartilage by which the valves are se¬
parated from one another when the muscles which close
them are relaxed, forms an external band along the hinder
edge of the shell, between the shell and the ligament by
which the two valves are fastened together; as in the
genera Venus, Tellina, Cardium, and Solen. In the last
genus, the cartilage and ligament are very prominent, and
the ridge on the margin of the shell from which it arises,
and against which the cartilage is pressed by the ligament
when the valves are closed, is very large and distinct. In
others, as the Mactrce and Crassatellce, the cartilage is
placed in a small triangular cavity, situated just at the
back of the teeth, and the longitudinal fibres, of which it
is formed, are pressed by the surface of the valves when
they are closed ; these shells have the ligament placed
exactly as in other bivalves. In some few, as the Pid-
docks (Pholas)y there is no cartilage, its place being sup¬
plied by muscles, which are attached to the posterior edge
of the valves, which are covered by a thin skin instead of
a ligament, in which shelly plates are usually imbedded.
The animals of bivalve shells are in general free, and walk
about by means of their compressed foot, forming for them¬
selves holes in the sand or mud on the sea-coast, in which
they rest with their syphons near the surface, and their
mouths downwards. Others, as the Petricolce, Liihodomi^
and Pholades, form for themselves holes in calcareous
rocks or old shells, in which they constantly remain dur¬
ing the whole of their lives. Some few line these holes
with a calcareous secretion, as the Gastrochcence and Tcre-
dines. The Clavagella and Aspergillum form testaceous
tubes, to which the former fixes one of its valves, leaving
the other free to move at the will of the animal, while the
latter fixes them both, so that the valves appear to form
a part of the tube, their apices only being visible exter¬
nally. Those animals which fix the valves to their tubes.
92
NATURAL HISTORY. [UPPER FLOOR.
have the ends thereof pierced with holes^ and they only
appear to increase it;, at its upper or exposed hinder edge ;
while in those in which the valves are free, the case is ex¬
tended, at its lower part, by the animals boring into the
substance in which it is lodged. Some shells, as the Arcce,
Nuculce, and SolenomycE^ attach themselves to rocks and
stones, by a secretion which they emit from the ex¬
panded end of the foot : this secretion often hardens, and
is calcareous. Other shells are attached by a byssus,
which arises from a sheath at the base of the front part of
the foot, and is projected either from the gape of the shell,
as in the MytiU, Pinnce, and Tridacnce^ or from a groove
in the anterior and upper part of the edge of the right
valve, as in the Pectmes, Aviculce^ and Mallei.
The Anomice differ from the former, in being fixed by a
muscle passing out of a deep notch in the under valve,
which secretes a hard disk at the places of its attachment
to the rock : others, as the Chamce jEtJierice, Spondyli,
and Ostrece are attached by the outer surface of the shell
to rocks, dec. These shells, or those which inhabit tubes,
do not become attached until some time after they are ex¬
cluded from the egg : the young shells, which at first are
not distorted, are often to be seen on the outside of the
umbones of the parent shells.
The lobes of the mantle of these animals are often united
behind, and extended into longer or shorter syphons,
through which the water passes to the gills. Most of the
shells, which have these tubes long and free, are marked
with a deep sinus in the hinder part of the muscular im¬
pression, which passes round the inner margin of the shell.
But some shells, as the Cyclas, Cardium, and Loripes, with
moderate syphons, have no such sinus, the muscular im¬
pression continuing parallel to the edge, as in those animals
which have the lobes of their mantle quite separate, except
on the dorsal margin.
The animals of most of the larger species of these shells
are used for food in various parts of the world. Many of
them are liable to a disease, which causes them to form cal¬
careous pearly secretions, either in the substance of their
bodies or on the surface of their shells ; these secretions al¬
ways agree in colour with that of the inner surface of the
shell to which the animal belongs. Thus those of the Pinna,
BOOM XIII.] NATURAL HISTORY. 93
are pale brown and transparent ; those of the Oyster, are
white and opaque ; and those of the Muscles are either
white or purple ; while those of the shells which have a
pearly lustre, as the Aviculce, Uniones, and Anodons, par¬
take of the same mild brilliancy.
As the peculiar lustre of Pearls greatly depends on their
more or less globular form, the Chinese have attempted,
for no very honest purpose, to make the pearly inside coat
of some of the pond-muscles assume that shape, by placing
hemispherical pieces of mother of pearl, between the animal
and the shell, which it eventually covers with a pearly
coat (see Case 83). In other countries, spurious Pearls
have been produced, for an equally laudable object, by
placing pointed pieces of wire in a similar situation.
Case 88 contains the shells of Branchiopodous Mollusca,
which are inclosed by two regular shelly valves. They
have no distinct head, but the mouth is placed on the
hinder part of the cavity, and is furnished with two long
spirally twisted arms, by which they reach their food;
the organs of respiration are placed on the edge of the
mantle. All these shells are attached to marine bodies:
some of them are regular, and somewhat like a Grecian
lamp in form, and have therefore been called Lamp-shells.
They are attached by means of a tendinous band, which
passes out of the hole in the apex of the upper valve, as in
the Terehraiulce and Spiriferi : others, as in the Lingula,
are attached by a tendinous tube, resembling the stem of
the Barnacles, which projects between the apex of the
gaping valves. The JAiscinoe, on the other hand, have
the tendon passing out of a linear slit near the middle of
the under valve; and the Cranice are immediately at¬
tached by the outer surface of their shells.
J. G. Children.
LONG GALLERY.
The Long Gallery above the King’s Library is appro¬
priated to the collections of Mineralogy and Secondary Fos¬
sils, the arrangement of the latter of which is not yet com¬
pleted. The system adopted for the arrangement of the
minerals, with occasional slight deviation, is that of the
Baron Berzelius, founded upon the electro-chemical theory
and the doctrine of definite proportions, as developed by
him in a memoir read before the Royal Academy of Sciences
94
NA’TURAL HISTORY.
[lono
at Stockholm^ in 1824. The detail of this arrangement
cannot here be entered into : it is^ however^ partly supplied
by the running titles at the outsides of the glass Cases, and
by the labels within them.
The first two Cases, and part of the third, contain the
electrO”positive native metals: iron, copper, bismuth, lead,
silver,.mercury, palladium, platinum, osmium and gold.
Case 1. Of native iron, found in insulated masses, and
disseminated in meteoric stones, the following specimens
are deposited ; — native iron from Gross-Kamsdorf in Sax¬
ony ; — two small polished pieces of the mass found in
Southern Africa, which weighed about 250 pounds, and is
now in the cabinet of Haarlem fragment of the iron
from Senegal ; — ^specimens of the native iron from Otumpa,
in the Gran Chaco Gualamba, in South America, described
by Don Rubin de Celis, who estimated the weight of the
mass to be about 300 quintals, or 15 tons ^ ; — a large piece
detached from the celebrated mass of Siberian native iron,
which was discovered by Pallas on the summit of a hill be¬
tween Abakansk and Belskoi Ostrog on the banks of the
Jenisey, where it was considered by the Tartars as a sacred
relic: the mass originally weighed about 1680 pounds ; —
a mass of iron from Atacama, resembling that of Siberia,
and also containing much of the olivine-like substance
within its cells ; — a piece of the large mass from Ellen-
bogen, in Bohemia, and another of that found on the Col-
lina di Brianza, in the Milanese ; — two specimens of the
mass of iron found at Lenarto in Hungary, one of which
(being polished and treated with acid) exhibits the outlines
of imperfect crystals ; — a small piece of the large mass in
the Capitania di Bahia, Brazil ; — another, from that found
in the province of Durango, Mexico ; — a specimen detached
from the large mass of iron preserved at Aix-la-Chapelle
— an Esquimaux knife and harpoon (from Davis’s Straits,
Lat. N. Long. 66'^ W.), the iron of which is meteoric;
— a large piece of the problematical mass of iron lately
found at Magdeburg, and which, according to Stromeyer’s
analysis, contains (besides nickel and cobalt) also copper,
molybdenum, and arsenik. — Of ineteoric stones (classed
* The large mass of iron placed against the wall on the left of the
entrance, was sent from Buenos Ayres, by Woodbine Parish, Esq. ; it is
supposed to be part of that of Otumpa : its weight 1400 pounds.
GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 95
with native iron, because they all contain this metal, gene¬
rally alloyed with nickel) the following are placed in chro¬
nological order : — a large fragment of the stone which fell
at Ensisheim, in Alsace, Nov. 7th, 1492, when Em¬
peror Maximilian, then king of the Romans, was on the
point of engaging with the French army : this mass,
which weighed 270 pounds, was preserved in the cathedral
of Ensisheim till the beginning of the French revolu¬
tion, when it was conveyed to the public library of Col¬
mar; — one of the many stones which fell, July 3d, 1753,
at Plaun, in the circle of Bechin, Bohemia, and which
contain a great proportion of attractable iron ; — specimens
of those that were seen to fall at Roquefort and at J uliac,
in the Landes of Gascony, July 24th, 1790; — one of a
dozen of stones of various weights and dimensions that
fell at Sienna, in Tuscany, Jan. 16th, 1794; — fragment of
the meteoric stone, weighing 56 pounds, which fell near
Wold Cottage, in Yorkshire, Dec. 13th, 1795; — fragment
of a stone of 20 pounds, which fell in the commune of
Sales, near Villefranche, in the department of the Rhone,
March 12th, 1798; — specimens of stones fallen near the
city of Benares, in the East Indies, Dec. 19th, 1798; —
entire and broken specimens of the meteoric stones of which
a shower descended at Aigle, in the department of the
Orne, April 26th, 1803 ;— fragment of that of Smolensk,
June 27th, 1807 i — fragment of one of those that were
seen to fall at Weston, in Connecticut, Dec. 14th, 1807 ; —
two meteoric stones with shining black surfaces, fallen May
22d, 1808, at Stannern, in Moravia ; — two fragments of
the Tipperary meteorite which fell in August, 1810 : it
contains quartz globules of a green colour, owing to oxide
of nickel ; — a fragment of that of Berlanguillas, in Cata¬
lonia, July 8th, 1811 ; — a fragment of one, weighing 66
pounds, which fell August 5th, 1812, near Chantonnay, in
the Vendee; — fragment of the meteoric stone which fell at
Adare, in the county of Limerick, Ireland, in 1813 ; — frag¬
ment of one of those which fell Sept. 5th, 1814, at Agen,
in the Pyrenees, and another of that which descended at
Juvenas (Ardeche), on June 15th, 1821.
Among the specimens of native copper (which presents
a great variety of forms besides the crystallized, such as
dendritic, filiform, &c.) may be specified the mass frona
NATURAL HISTORY.
|[lonb
Hudson’s Bay, found by Mr. Hearne, and described by
him in his journal. — Native bismuth, massive^ disseminated,
and dendritic, in jasper, &c. : to which are added, speci¬
mens exhibiting the artificial crystallization of the same,
produced by the sudden cooling of the melted metal. — iV«-
iive lead in lava : to which is added a medal cast in the
same lead which was ejected by Vesuvius in 1631,
Case 2. Native silver : among its varieties may be par¬
ticularized those exhibiting the various forms in which it
most frequently occurs, such as tooth-shaped, wire-shaped,
dendritical, mosslike, &c., many of which are aggregations
of minute crystals.— mercury, and hydrarguret of
silver or native amalgam ; the former chiefly as globules,
disseminated in cinnabar, sparry limestone, 8zc. ; the latter
crystallized in perfect and modified rhombic dodecahedrons,
globular, &c. : to which are added figures and ornaments
moulded and modelled in amalgam, by the miners of
Mexico.
Case 3. Native gold, subdivided into pure and alloyed
gold ; the former chiefly massive, in detached crystals and
as grains (from Bengal, Guinea, Sumatra, Brazil), and in
brown iron-stone, in quartz, with needle-ore, &c., from
Siberia ; the alloyed gold (principally from Transylvania)
crystallized in minute cubes and octahedrons variously
aggregated, in reticular plates, &c. With these are placed
a few specimens of the alloys known by the names of au¬
riferous silver and electrum,--^ Native platinum, massive and
as grains : rock specimens of the formation in which it occurs
in the Ural, Siberia. — Osm-iridium, m 2i wrought state.
In this Case begin (continued to Case 12) the electro¬
negative metallic substances (metalloids), and their not
oxidized combinations. — Tellurium and tellurets : the
scarce native tellurium, which (like sulphur and sele¬
nium, &c.) has the property of mineralizing several metals,
combining with them as electro-negative substance : with
bismuth (formerly called molybdena-silver, and considered
by Esmark as native tellurium) ; with lead (foliated tel¬
lurium, or nagyag ore) ; with silver and lead (white and
partly yellow tellurium) ; with silver and gold (graphic
tellurium or schrift-ertz of authors). — Native antimony
from Dauphiny, and antimonial silver or stibiuret of silver
from the Hartz, &c.
NATURAL HISTORY.
97
GALLERY,]
Case 4. Native arsenic (formerly called testaceous or
scherben cobalt) in reniform and botryoidal shapes, from
Andreasberg, &c.; and its chemical combinations (arse-
niurets) : with nickel (commonly called copper-nickel) ;
with cobalty comprising the grey and part of the white
cobalt of some mineralogists, &c.
The remainder of this Case contains the substances be¬
longing to the confined orders of Carbon and of Selenium,
To the former are referred the diamond, anthracite, gra¬
phite ; to the latter the selenium metals or seleniurets.
Among the specimens selected to illustrate the crystalline
forms of the diamond are : — the primitive regular octahe¬
dron I the same with solid angles truncated ; with edges
truncated, forming the passage into the rhombic dodeca¬
hedron ,‘ varieties of the latter, giving rise to the six-sided
prismatic and the tetrahedral forms ; cubes with truncated
and bevelled edges ; various hemi tropic crystals or macles
of diamonds ; an octahedral diamond, embedded in gold ;
another in its usual matrix ; models of the largest diamonds
known, &c. With these are placed specimens of the al¬
luvial rock in which this precious substance occurs in
the East Indies and in Brazil. — Specimens of anthracite
or kohlenblende (to which may be referred the Kilkenny
coal), with native silver from Kongsberg, &c. ; — graphite
(commonly called black-lead), massive, disseminated in
porcelain earth, &c. — Seleniurets, — only those of copper
and silver (eukairite), those of lead and copper, and the
selenium-sulphur, are at present in the collection.
Case 5. The suite of specimens of sulphur (crystallized,
massive, and stalactic, with selenite, sulphate of strontia,
&c. ; and the same found sublimed near the craters of vol¬
canos, &c.) is succeeded by the Sulphur ets, which occupy
half of this and seven of the succeeding glass-cases. They
begin with sulphuret of manganese or manganese-blende,
from Nagyag in Transylvania and from Peru. — Among
the numerous varieties of sulphuret of zinc, or zinc-blende,
may be particularized those relative to colour, viz., the
yellow, the brown, and the black blende of Werner; the
first of which is generally most pure, while the others con¬
tain a portion of iron ; the fibrous blende of Przbram in
Bohemia, in which cadmium was discovered by Stromeyer ;
the variety called testaceous or schaalen blende (the most
98
NATURAL HISTORY.
[^LONG
characteristic specimens of which are from Geroldseck in
the Brisgau) contains, besides iron, a portion of lead.
Case 6. — Sulphiirets of iron, or iron-pyrites : — common
pyrites, smooth and striated, variously crystallized, from se¬
veral localities ; radiated pyrites, a substance very subject to
decomposition, and to which belong most of the varieties
of what is commonly called lenticular or coxcomb -pyrites,
as also the globular pyrites, of a radiated texture, and the
hepatic or liver pyrites of Werner, (distinct from the fer
sulfur e hepatique of some French mineralogists, which is
both radiated and common iron-pyrites converted into
brown iron-stone) ; — magnetic pyrites, which is nearly
allied to the preceding species: massive and crystallized
in six-sided prisms. — Sulphuret of cohalt, from Bastnaes
in Sweden. — Sulphuret of nickel, formerly called capillary
iron pyrites, and afterwards considered as native nickel,
till its real composition was determined by Arfvedson.
Case 7- Sulphuret of copper, or vitreous copper, va¬
riously crystallized, foliated, compact, &c. ; to which ai*ealso
commonly referred the vegetable fossil remains known by
the name of Frankenberg corn-ears, which occur in the
bituminous marl-slate of Frankenberg in Hessia, and are
principally composed of vitreous and grey copper. — Te;2-
nantite. — Sulphuret of copper and iron, to which belongs
the yellow copper or copper pyrites, including the pale-
yollow fine-grained variety, called hematitiform or blistered
copper pyrites ; and the variegated copper ore (buntkupfer-
erz), differing from the former in the proportions of its
constituent parts, and easily known by the reddish colour
of its fractural surfaces ; crystallized, massive, and foliated.
Case 8 contains a suite of specimens of sulphuret of lead
or galena, which include various modifications of crystals,
detached and grouped together, in combination with
blende, pyrites, and many other substances ; galena of
various grain, massive and disseminated ; galena of cor¬
roded appearance, decomposed and regenerated ; the com¬
pact and specular variety, called slickenside by the Derby¬
shire miners.
Case 9. Sulphurets continued: sulphuret of bismuth,
or bismuth glance, in acicular crystals, from Riddarhyttan,
&c. — Sulphuret of copper and bismuth, called copper -bis-
ww/A.— The needle-ore of Werner, a triple sulphuret of
I^ALLERY.]] NATURAL HISTORY. 99
bismuth^ lead, and copper. — Sulphuret of copper and tin^
or tin pyrites* — The remainder of this case is taken up hj
a considerable suite of specimens of sulphuret of mercury
or cinnabars divided by Werner into the dark-red (by far
the most common variety), and the bright-red cinnabar
(native vermilion, much esteemed by painters) ; the hepatic
mercurial ore or liver ores a mixture of cinnabar with bitu¬
minous and earthy particles, from Idria, compact and slaty :
the same with testaceous organic remains (coral ore).
Case 10. Sulphuret of silver ^ vitreous silver, or silver
glances massive, crystallized, and in other external forms,
among which are the laminar and capillary: the black
silver ore appears to be a pulverulent variety of this spe¬
cies ; — flexible silver glance. — Sulphuret of antimony s or
grey antimony, compact, foliated, radiated, and plumose :
the more remarkable among these are the specimens of
crystallized antimony in splendid groups, especially from
Transylvania ; radiated grey antimony with barytes, real¬
gar, &:c., plumose antimony (feather-ore), some varieties of
which, appearing like delicate wool or down, display a fine
iridescent blue, yellow, and red tarnish : it should, how¬
ever, be observed here, that several of the plumose varieties
of grey antimony are referable to the sulphur- salts in the
next glass case.
Case 11. Part of this Case is occupied by the speci¬
mens of sulphuret of arsenics viz. the yellorv orpiments mas¬
sive and in striated, transparent, separable laminae ; and
the red orpiment or realgars perfectly crystallized and
massive — The rest of this and part of the next Case con¬
tain the simple and double sulphur-salts formed by the
sulphurets of antimony and of arsenic, with basic sul-
phurets of electro-positive metals ; they are (besides some
varieties of the plumose antimony or feather-ore) — the
jamesonite or axotomous glance antimony j— the zinkenite,
nearly related to plumose antimony ;■ — the red or ruby
silver ore, divided into the dark and the light red, both of
the same crystalline forms, but in the latter of which sul¬
phuret of arsenic takes the place of the sulphuret of anti¬
mony of the former ; — the miargyrite of H. Rose, first
separated by Mohs from red silver under the name of
hemiprismatic ruby-blende the sulphur-salt commonly
called brittle vitreous silver (the roschgewachs of the Hun-
F 2
100
NATURAL HISTORY.
garian miners) * appears to be composed of the same con¬
stituent elements as the dark and the bright red ruby-
silver ores, but in different proportions; — bournonite) a
sulphur-salt known also by the names of endellion, and
triple sulphuret of lead, antimony, and copper the
scarce polybasite and in the next case.
Case 12, the grey copper or fahl-ore (a double sulphur-
salt, on the chemical constitution of which some light
has lately been thrown by the researches of H. Rose),
crystallized, massive, and disseminated in various sub¬
stances.
The remaining substances in this Case are (besides the
sulphuret of molybdenum or molybdena-glance^ several of
the arsenio-sulphurets, such as the arsenical pyrites or
mispickel (some varieties of which, containing accidentally
admixed silver, constitute Werner's neiss-ertz) ; cobalt
glance, massive and crystallized in the form of the cube
and its modifications, &c.
In the six following Cases the oxides of the electro-posi¬
tive metals are deposited.
Case 13 contains the oxides and hydrous oxides ofman^
ganese, for the present only arranged according to their
old division into foliated, compact, and earthy grey man¬
ganese ; a remarkable variety of the latter is the wad,
which has the property of inflaming spontaneously when
mixed with linseed oil. — Oxide of manganese, zinc and
iron {franklinite) &c.
Case 14. This and the two following Cases contain
the oxides of iron. Specular oxide of iron or iron glance,
among the specimens of which may be specified those
from Elba, remarkable on account of their beautiful iri¬
descence and play of colours ; the variety in large laminar
crystals appearing like polished steel, from Stromboli and
Vesuvius ; — the micaceous iron ore of Werner, belonging
partly to this species, partly to the scaly hydrous oxide
red iron ore, divided into compact red iron stone and red
hematite.
Case 15. Oxydulated iron or magnetic iron-stone,
massive and of various grain, compact, crystallized, in ser¬
pentine, chlorite-slate, &c. ; ore from the East Indies,
which yields the wootz, or salam- steel, remarkable for its
* It is placed in the next glass case, No. 12,
GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 101
hardness ; magnetic iron-sand. With the oxides of iron is
also provisionally placed the crucite of Thomson ; and the
heudantite, which is composed of the oxides of iron and lead.
Case 16. Hydrous oxide of iron or hr own iron-stone,
among the most remarkable varieties of which species are,
the micaceous, called goethite, in delicate transparent
tables of a blood red colour ; that in fine scales coating the
cells of lava ; a shining brownish-black variety used as hair
powder by the Bootchuana natives beyond the Great River
in South Africa ; the fibrous brown iron-stone or brown
hematite ; the compact and the ochrey brown iron-stone —
iand, as appendix to it, the argillaceous or clay iron-stone,
with its many varieties, such as the columnar, the pisiform
(pea iron-ore), the reniform, &c.
Case 17^ Oxide of copper :■ — red or ruby copper ore,
compact, foliated, and fibrous ; one of the more remark¬
able is the bright-red capillary variety from Rheinbreiten-
bach (in which selenium has been discovered by Kersten),
and from the Bank mines in Siberia; — the ferruginous
red oxide of copper or tile-ore, a mixture of red copper
and brown iron ochre ; black oxide or copper black, ge-^
nerally mixed with the oxides of iron and manganese.
^Oxide of lead: — the native minium ivom Hessia (first
described by Mr. Smithson), from Siberia, &c., probably
produced by the decomposition of galena. — Oxide of bis¬
muth or bismuth ochre, from Saxony and Bohemia. — Oxide
of zinc ox red zinc ore from New Jersey.— diodi yellow
earthy cobalt, both called cobalt ochre, which seem to be hy¬
drates of the oxides of cobalt and manganese, frequently
mixed with oxide of iron. — Oxide of uranium, or uran-ochre,
and the hydrous protoxide of the same, called pitch ore.
Case 18. Oxide of tin or tin-stone, divided by Werner
into common tin-stone and wood-tin ; among the speci¬
mens of the former (chiefly from Cornwall, Saxony, and
Bohemia) may be specified the greyish-white crystals re¬
sembling scheel-ore or tungstate of lime, the regular and
macled crystals, the pebble-like and granular tin-stone
(shoad-tin, stream-tin, grain-tin, &c.), the columbiferous
oxide of tin from Finboin Sweden ; fibrous oxide or wood-
tin, a variety of which, composed of radiated-fibrous small
globules, and marked with concentrically disposed brown
and yellow colours, is called toad’s eye wood-tin.
102 NATURAL HISTORY, [[lON©
In the next Case begin the oxides of electro-negative
bodies^ and their various combinations.
Case 19. Alumina and Aluminates, To the former
belongs the corundum, comprehending the precious stones,
commonly called oriental gems (the sapphire, ruby, orien¬
tal amethyst, oriental topaz, oriental emerald), of the crys¬
tallized forms of which the principal modifications are
here deposited ; and the common or imperfect corundum
from Bengal, Mysore, China, the Carnatic (Werner's dia¬
mond spar), Lapland, Piedmont, &c. As appendix to
these are added, the Jihrolite, (bournonite of Lucas,) one
of the concomitant substances of the common corundum of
the Carnatic ; — the indianite of Bournon, being one of the
matrices of the same corundum ; — the emery, which owes its
hardness and consequent usefulness in polishing to an ad¬
mixture of blue corundum.— The dia spore and the gibb^
site : both hydrates of alumina.
Aluminate of magnesia — the spinel : among its varieties
is the blue spinel of Aker in Siidermannia. The ceylon^
ite or pleonaste, and the automolite (also called gahnite),
from Fahlun in Sweden and from Franklin in New Jersey,
are, the former an aluminate of protoxide of iron and mag¬
nesia, the latter an aluminate of zinc. The substance
called plomb gomme, from Huelgoet in Brittany : a
hydrous aluminate of lead.
The five following Cases contain the acid or oxide of
silicium (silica, quartz), the numerous varieties of which,
formerly considered as so many distinct species, are mostly
indebted for their generally very striking external charac¬
ters to the admixture of matter foreign to the species, or
to other casual circumstances that prevailed at their form¬
ation. I
Case 20. Amethyst quartz of various tints, in grouped |
crystals, 6iC. — Rock crystal : various modifications of crys-^
talline forms : small dodecahedral and other crystals, i
known by the names of Gibraltar diamonds, Bristol dia¬
monds, &c. ; varieties of colour, according to which this |
substance obtains the familiar denominations of smoky |
topaz or morion, cairngorm, citrine, &c. ; specimens of rock
crystal enclosing various substances, such as rutile, brown '
iron-stone, micaceous iron, needle antimony, actinote,
asbest, chlorite, &:c. ; groups of rock crystal ; some speci¬
mens of rock crystal in a wrought state are added, among
GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. *103
which is Dr. Dee’s show-stone (see Walter Scott’s Demon-
ology), &c.
Case 21. Common quartz : among the specimens of this
widely diffused substance, which offers such great variety
in its external aspect, the more remarkable are the hacked,
corroded, and cellular quartz from Schemnitz, as also the
pseudomorphous or supposititious crystals, principally
derived from modifications of calcareous and fluor spars ;
and, with regard to colour, the blue quartz, called siderite,
from Salzburg, and the rose or milk quartz, which are both
used as ornamental stones ; — -Jlhrous quartz ; — -flexible
sandstone from Brazil; — fletid quartz, from Nantes ; — iron
flint. In this Case are also deposited several varieties of
stalagmitic quartz or quartzsinter, the most remarkable
among which are the siliceous concretions deposited by the
celebrated hot spring in Iceland, the Geyser; another
variety of it is the pearl-sinter from Santa-Fiora in Tus¬
cany (whence it has obtained the name of Jiorite), and
from the island of Ischia. With these are placed speci¬
mens of the ceraunian sinter or those enigmatical siliceous
tubes which were discovered in the sands of the Senner
Heath in the county of Lippe (where, on account of their
supposed origin, they are called lightning tubes, from
which name those of fulgurite, ceraunian sinter, asiraphya-
lite, are derived), at Drigg on the coast of Cumberland,
and latterly, by the late Capt. Clapperton, near Dibbla in
the Tuarick country, Africa, from which localities speci¬
mens are here deposited. The hyalite is placed here as
- a mineral related both to stalagmitic quartz and calcedony.
— Haytorite, a substance purely sileceous, but presenting
the form of datholite.
Case 22 contains some more of the varieties of common
quartz : prase, which appears to be an intimate mixture of
this substance and actinote the avanturino quartz ; — as
also some varieties of the cat*s eye (mostly from Ceylon),
in which the chatoyant lustre is generally produced by
nearly invisible fibres of amianth lodged in the quartzy
mass. — Part of this Case is occupied by the siliceous sub¬
stance called hornstone, divided into the conchoidal and
splintery varieties ; among these are the remarkable pseu¬
domorphous crystals from Schneeberg in Saxony, derived
from various modifications of calcareous spar ; also beauti-
104 NATURAL HISTORY. [^LONG
ful specimens of wood converted into hornstone, being the
wood-stone of Werner ; hornstone balls from Hannstadt in
Bavaria. — Of flinty a well known substance, some interest¬
ing varieties are deposited. The remainder of this and
the whole of the following Case are occupied bj calcedonic
substances. Among the specimens of common calcedon^^
the most remarkable are, the smalt-blue variety from Fel-
sobanya in Transylvania, crystallized in obtuse rhombohe-
drons ; the branched and stalactical calcedony from Ice¬
land, &c. ; the botryoidal, from Ferroe ; nodules, includ¬
ing water (enhydrites), from Monte Berico, near Vicenza,
where they occur in volcanic rocks.
Case 23. Calcedonic substances continued: cut and
polished pieces of calcedony with red and black dendritic
and other figures, called mocha stones; varieties with
white, brown, and black, straight or curved lines, some
of which were probably among the substances of which
the costly vasa murrhma of the ancients were made ;
red and yellowish varieties of calcedony called carnelian
' — Plasma. — Heliotrope:, an intimate mixture of calce¬
dony and green earth, which, when containing disse¬
minated particles of red jasper, is commonly termed
blood-stone. — The beautiful and much esteemed variety
of calcedony called chrysoprase, hitherto only found at
Kosemiitz in Silesia, and which owes its colour to
oxide of nickel, as does the green siliceous earthy sub¬
stance, named pimelite, which accompanies it. To these
are added specimens of some varieties of the siliceous com¬
pounds called agates, in which either common calcedony^
carnelian, or heliotrope generally form a predominant in¬
gredient.
Case 24. One half of this Case is occupied by the dif¬
ferent varieties of jasper, such as they are enumerated by
Werner, viz. the globular or Egyptian jasper, found chiefly
at Cairo in rounded pieces, which appear not to owe their
form to rolling, but to be original, and produced by infil¬
tration ; — the riband jasper or striped jasper, the finest
varieties of which are found in Siberia ; — the variously-
tinted common jasper ; — the agate-jasper, found only in
agate veins, and the porcelain jasper, by the action
of subterraneous fire on clay slate. The other half of this
Case contains opaline substances (mostly hydrates of silica).
105
GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY.
viz., specimens of the noble opal, which owes its beautiful
play of colours to a multiplicity of imperceptible fissures in
its interior; — the sim or ^ fire opal; — the common opal, a
translucent white variety of which, appearing yellow or red
when held between the eye and the light, is called girasol ;
— the semi“Opal, agreeing in its principal characters with the
common; — specimens of a variety which, having the pro¬
perty of becoming transparent when immersed in water, is
called hydrophane, and vulgarly, oculus mundi ; — wood
opal, or opalized wood ;—jasp~opal, referred by some
authors to jasper; — the menilite, called also liver opal,
found at Menil-Montant, near Paris, in a bed of adhesive
slate, a specimen of which is added.
In the two next Cases are placed the Silicates with one
base.
Case 25 contains the silicates of lime and those of mag¬
nesia. To the former belongs the table spar or wollasto-
nite from Mount Vesuvius, Nagyag, &c. to the latter,
several of the minerals placed by Werner in the talc genus:
— steatite, the more remarkable varieties of which are, that
of yellowish green colour from Greenland, and that from
Gopfersgriin in Bareuth, with small crystals of other mine¬
ral substances, especially quartz, converted into, and form¬
ing part of the massive steatite ; variety called chalk of
Brian^on; — heffehil, or meerschaum, from Natolia, of
which the well-known pipe-bowls are made, and that from
Valecas in Spain; — also a related substance, called
Jiillite by Dr. Fischer, who discovered it in the Crimea ; —
liihomarge, the more remarkable varieties of which are,
that of a reddish yellow colour in porphyry from Rochlitz,
and the fine purplish blue variety from Planitz, formerly
called terra miraculosa Saxonica, &c. — serpentine, the purer
varieties of which (generally hydrates) are called noble
serpentine : they constitute, in combination with primitive
limestone, the verde antico and some other fine green mar¬
bles ; among the varieties of the common serpentine, those
from Bareuth and from Zoblitz in Saxony are best known,
where they are manufactured into vases and various other
articles ; serpentine with imbedded garnets, magnetic iron¬
stone, asbest, &c. — the marmolite of Hoboken in New
Jersey likewise belongs to serpentine.— With these is also
106 NATURAL history, [^LONG
placed the olimne^ which, in its purer state^ is denomi¬
nated chrysolite or peridot, and when protoxide of iron is
predominant^ has, by some, been called hyalosiderite.
Case 26. Silicate of zinc, called also electric or sili¬
ceous calamine, the finest specimens of which are those
from Siberia and Hungary ; the variety called willemite,
from Aix-la-Chapelle. — Silicate of manganese, of which
there are several varieties (some of them only mechanical
mixtures of this silicate, of carbonate of manganese, and
quartz), which have received particular names, such as
allagite, rhodonite, &c. Silicate of cerium or cerite, from
Bastnas, Sweden, — with which is placed the rose-coloured
substance called thulite, found with blue idocrase in Telle-
marken, Norway. — Silicate of iron, to which belong the
hisingerite, sideroschizolite, chlorophceite, and stilpnomelane*
— Silicate of copper, or siliceous malachite, formerly called
chrysocolla and copper green ; to which is also referred the
dioptase or copper emerald, a scarce substance from the
Kirguise country in Siberia — Silicate of bismuth, also
called bismuth-blende, a rare mineral substance in hair-
brown globules from Schneeberg, Saxony. — Silicate of zir^
conia, to which belong Werner*s common zircon, and some
hyacinths, from Ceylon, Auvergne, Chili, the Lake Ilmen
in Siberia ; also the variety called zirconite from Fried-
ricksvarn in Norway, &c. ; — the blue zircon from Vesu¬
vius. — Silicate qf alumina: to this belong the hy anile or
disthene, and its varieties, the bucholzite and the sillimanite;
and also the scarbroite, halloysite, lenzinite, &c.; together
with such varieties of clay as are chemical combinations of
alumina and silica.
For the subdivision into groups of the Silicates with
several bases, the reader is referred to the tickets in the
interior of the following ten Cases, which contain this ex¬
tensive class of mineral species.
Case 27 contains the following zeolitic substances :
apophyllite, or ichthyophthalmite, in fine crystals, from
Hesloe in Faroe; with stilbite; with tessellite of Brewster,
with poonahlite of Brooke, &c. ; a variety of apophyllite,
formerly called albine, by Werner; — chabasite or chabasie,
in groups of primitive rhomboidal and modified crystals ;
— the variety called haidenite from Baltimore ; — mesotype
GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 107
from Auvergne^, Faroe, &c., to which are also referred the
natrolite of Klaproth, the needle-stone of Werner, the
scolicites the mesolite, Icrokalite, &c. 5 — thomsonite ; — anal-
cime^ among the crystallized varieties of which are re¬
markably large specimens of the trapezoidal and triepointe
modifications from Fassa in Tyrol.
Case 28. Zeolitic substances continued ; stilbite and
heulandile ; — brewsterite; — laumontite or lomonite, also
called efflorescent zeolite, because some of its varieties are
subject to decomposition by exposure to the air ; — prehnite,
the grass-green variety of which, discovered in South
Africa by the Abbe Rochon, has been mistaken for chryso¬
lite, chrysoprase, and even emerald to this also belongs
the koupholite of Vauquelin. The substance known by
the name of Chinese jade or you-stone, is likewise placed
with prehnite, to which it has been referred by Count
Bournon ; but no chemical analysis has as yet been given
of it. — A suite of specimens of comptonite from Vesuvius,
lining the cavities of a pyroxenic lava, &c., accompanied
by gismondine and other crystallized substances ; — gmeli-
nite or hydrolite ; — levine, and some other new species of
this extensive family of minerals.
Case 29. To the same family belongs the harmotome
or cross stone, divided into baryte-harmotome and potass-
harmotome, to which latter are to be referred the Vesuvian
minerals called zeagonite, gismondine, abrazite, and also
the philipsite.
The remainder of this Case is occupied by species of the
feldspar family, — Common feldspar, variously crystallized
and massive : among the specimens here deposited may be
specified — the fine green variety from Siberia, called ama¬
zon stone ; the beautiful large crystals from Baveno ; feld¬
spar with embedded crystals and fragments of quartz (gra¬
phic stone, graphic granite), from Siberia, &c. ; — Labra¬
dor feldspar (also called opalescent feldspar, being remark¬
able for its beautiful play of colours), chiefly from the
coast of Labrador and from the transition syenite of Laur-
wigin Norway; — adularia or naker feldspar, principally
found on Mount St, Gothard, but not in the valley of
Adula from which its name is derived : the fine variety
from Ceylon, when cut en cahochon, is called moon-stone ;
^nd a yellow naker feldspar with reddish dots has obtained
108 History. [long
the name of sun-stone, which is also sometimes given to
the beautiful avanturino variety of common feldspar placed
in this glass-case.
Case 30. Feldspathic substances continued: — ice-spar
and sanidme or glassy feldspar, both nearly allied to com¬
mon feldspar ; albite, or clear elandite, the finest specimens
of which are those from Dauphine and Siberia, and peri-
dine, united by some mineralogists with the preceding
species, from St. Gothard, Tyrol, &c. ; — anorthite from
Vesuvius; — oligoclase, also called natron-spodumen — to¬
gether with some other species separated, perhaps unne¬
cessarily, from common feldspar and cleavelandite ; — leu-
cite or amphigene, chiefly from Vesuvius, in separate crys¬
tals of various sizes and degrees of transparency, massive,
embedded in pyroxenic and other lavas ; — triphane or spo-
dumen diui petaUte: substances in which lithia, or the oxide
of lithium, was first discovered by Arfvedson.
Case 31. This Case contains — nepheVine, from Mount
Vesuvius, with which are now combined several varieties
of the elceoVile or fettstein of Werner ; — rvernerite, under
which name, formerly confined to some varieties of com¬
mon and compact scapolite, are now united the meionite of
Vesuvius, and the greater part of the scapolite of Werner,
the paranthine and also the dipyre ; substances which, to¬
gether with several others provisionally placed in this
glass Case, stand in need of further investigation as to their
chemical and cry st allograph! cal characters.
Case 32 contains micaceous and ialcose substances.
Our imperfect knowledge of the optical properties and
chemical constitution of many varieties of the former, does
not admit of their being arranged according to those distinc¬
tive characters ; such varieties as have been more closely
examined in this respect, may be divided into potassa-mica
(by far the most common), which has two axes ; magnesia-
mica (from Vesuvius, Siberia, and Monroe, in New York),
which has but one axis; — and the lithia-mica, which, be¬
sides the beautiful peach blossom, red, violet, greenish-
grey, and white scaly varieties known by the name of lepi-
dolitCy from Rozna in Moravia, likewise comprises several
large-foliated varieties of what was formerly considered as
common mica, such as that from Zirinwald in Bohemia and
Altenberg, accompanied by apatite, tin-stone, and topaz.
NATURAL history.
109
<5ALLERY.]
— The species and varieties of the talcose substances are
likewise very imperfectly understood. Among the Speci¬
mens talc in this glass Case may be specified the com¬
mon or Venetian (which enters into the composition of cos¬
metics), and the indurated talc ; to the former of which
may he referred the green radiated variety from Siberia,
composed of distinct groups of small diverging laminae,
and to which the name oi pyrophyllite\id^% lately been given ;
agalmatolite, (Werner’s bildstein, Haiiy's talc gla-
phique), employed by the Chinese for carving images,
vessels, &c. ; — chlorite, crystallized in aggregated, small,
modified rhombic prisms ; the earthy and foliated varieties,
coating crystals of octahedral magnetic iron-stone, &c. ; —
pinite, crystallized in regular hexagonal prisms, and gie-
seckite, from Greenland, which appears to be a variety of
this species. — Fahlunite, under which name several dis¬
tinct substances have been noticed by authors.
Case 33. This and part of the following Case chiefly
contain substances related to hornblende or amphibolic
minerals, among which may be specified the basaltic and
common hornblende, including the pargasite ; — the actino-
lite or strahlstein (divided by Werner into the glassy,
common, and fibrous varieties) —the gramma tile or tremo-
lite (so called from Val Tremola, where, however, it is
not found), among the specimens of which are the fine,
fibrous varieties, resembling asbest ; the glassy tremolite,
in dolomite and granular limestone, &c. — Arfvedsonite —
Anthophyllite,
Case 34. Part of this Case is filled Avith the mineral
substances called asbestine, many of which appear to pass
into some of the varieties of amphibole in the preceding
glass Case. Among these may be observed specimens illus¬
trative of the transition from a very close to a loose-fibrous
structure ; — several varieties of the flexible asbest or
amianth, with some antique incombustible cloth, paper,
&c., made of it; — the varieties called common andschiller-
asbest, mountain Avood, mountain cork, or nectic asbest,
&c., separate, and in combination with other substances ;
— the blue and yellow asbest from South Africa, to which
the name of krokydalite has been given. The remainder of
this Case contains pyroxenic minerals : — augite, in separate
crystals, and imbedded in lava from Vesuvius, together with
110
NATURAL HISTORY.
[long
groups of well-defined crystals from Arendahl in Norway,
where this substance occurs in primitive rocks j— the jef-
fersomte ; — the granular variety called coccolite ; — the va¬
rieties of diopside^ at first considered as a distinct species,
including the mussite and alalite from Piedmont ; — the
sahlite or malacolite, to which also belongs the haikalitei of
which a few fine specimens are here deposited j the pyrgome
01 fassaite^ and the achmite. The metalloid diallage or
diallagite, also called schiller-spar, from the Hartz, Salz¬
burg, &c., the hronzite and the hyper sthene or paulite (La¬
brador hornblende of Werner), may likewise be referred
to this tribe of minerals.
Case 35. Among its contents may be specified the
mineral substances which have been described under the
appellations of thallite, arendalite, acanticone, delphinite,
&c.; most of these are Werner’s pistacite and are now more
generally designated by the name of epidote, given to them
by Haiiy. To this also belongs the manga nesiferous epi-^
dote^ considered by some as an ore of manganese.—
ionite, — Zoisite, — Among the specimens of idocrase (vesu-
vian of Werner), the more conspicuous are the large beau¬
tiful crystals (the unibinaire of Haiiy), discovered by
Laxmann on the banks of the Vilui in Kamschatka, em¬
bedded in a steatitic rock | those from Vesuvius, where
this substance occurs accompanied by other volcanic ejec¬
tions, have, in Italy, obtained the name of Vesuvian gems,
hyacinths, and chrysolites ; the varieties called egerane,
lohoite, and that from Tellemarken in Norway, coloured
blue by oxide of copper, and known by the name of cy-
prine ; — essonite {hessonite') or cinnamon-stone, chiefly from
Ceylon, which was supposed to contain zirconia, till a
more accurate analysis proved it to be nearly allied to vesu¬
vian: most of the hyacinths of commerce are cinnamon-stone.
Case 36. The greater part of this Case is appropriated
to the various species and varieties of the garnet tribe,
formerly divided into noble and common garnets. Among
the more distinct chemical species now established are : —
the pyrope or chrome garnet, generally called Bohemian
garnet, which occurs in rounded grains, and also embed¬
ded in serpentine, &:c. the colophonite, so called from
its resemblance to rosin, from Norway and North America ;
— the melaniie, found particularly in the neighbourhood
GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. Ill
of Frascati ; — the grossular or Wilui garnet^ a fine light-
green species from Kamschatka^ so called from the fancied
resemblance which its separate crystals bear to a goose¬
berry ; — the allochroitef also called splintery garnet, from
Drammen in Norway ; — the romanzovite. In this Case
are also deposited — the gehlenite, from the Monzoni in
Tyrol, to which species the melilite from Capo di Bove,
near Rome, is referred by some mineralogists ; — the loViU
or pelioma, now generally called dichroite (from its exhi¬
biting two different colours when viewed in different posi¬
tions), massive and crystallized, from Capo di Gate, from
Greenland, Bodenmais in Bavaria, and Orayervi in Fin¬
land {stemheilite) ; — the sordawalite from Finland j — the
karpkoUte from Bohemia, &c.
Case 37. This Case contains the following substances ;
— staurolite, a bisilicate of alumina and of oxide of iron,
called also granatite and cross-stone, among the specimens
of which are the fine macled crystals from Brittany, and
the modifications of the simple crystals from St. Gothard,
accompanied by prisms of disthene, perfectly similar to
those of the staurolite, and sometimes longitudinally
grown together with them. — Silicates containing yttria and
protoxide of cerium ; viz. the gadolinite, from Ytterby
and Kararfvet in Sweden ; the allanite from Greenland
(to which may be referred the cerine of Bastnaes) ; the
orthite and pyrorthite.
Silicates containing glucina, the principal species of
which is the emerald, or beryl, the former being a variety
which owes its fine green colour to oxide of chromium:
from Santa Fe, from Mount Zahara in Egypt, and from
Heubachthal in Salzburg, embedded in mica slate ; — beryls
of various colours, the more common of which is the variety
called aquamarine; the perfectly white and limpid, and
hne oil green varieties from Nerchinsk and Odontchelong
in Siberia ; the large beryls of Limoges, and from Ac-
worth in New Hampshire, where crystals weighing up¬
wards of fifty-nine pounds have been found, (the fragment
of a prism in the centre of the Case weighs nearly forty-
three pounds) ; — the euclase, a rare crystallized mineral
substance, discovered by Dombey in Peru, but since only
found, as loose crystals, at Capao, near Villaricca, in Bra¬
zil, and in the chlorite slate of that neighbourhood ; —
112
NATURAL HISTORY.
[long
cJirysoheryl or cymophane^ among the specimens of which
may be specified those in a matrix of quartz and feldspar
wdth garnets, from Haddarn in Connecticut, and also those
from Saratoga and New York ; helvine, a substance %vhich
is considered by some as a triple silicate of glucine, iron
and manganese. In this Case are also placed the speci¬
mens of lazulite or lapis lazuli, (which furnishes the
valuable pigment known by the name of ultramarine,)
massive and exhibiting planes of the rhomboidal dodecahe¬
dron ; the hauyne, and a few other of the imperfectly
known silicates of alumina, soda and lime combined with
sulphates : such as the spinellane, &c.
Case 38. In this Case are provisionally placed (be¬
sides sodaliie, eudialyte, and jyyrmmalite, substances which,
being chloriferous, may perhaps be referred to the chlo¬
rides, Case 60) the suites of tourmaline and short, many
varieties of which have been found to contain boracic acid.
Among those here deposited are, the ruhellite, also called
siberite (tourmaline apyre of Haiiy), a specimen of which,
remarkable both for size and form, is that in the centre of
the Case : it was presented by the king of Ava to the late
Colonel Symes, when on an embassy to that country, and
afterwards placed by the latter in the Hon. Charles Greville’s
collection ; other red and blue varieties, chiefly from Siberia
and from Massachusetts in North America ; the flesh-
coloured tourmaline, from Rozena in Moravia ; the dark
green, called Brazilian emerald ; the asparagus-green
variety in dolomite, from Campo Longo ; varieties of com¬
mon shorl ; — axinite, in most beautiful crystals, from
Bourg d'Oisans in Dauphiny, from Norway, &c.
Case 39. The silicates terminate in this glass Case,
with the topaze and chondrodite, two species which, from
their chemical composition, might be classed with the
fluorides (in Case 59) ; — among the specimens of topaz
here deposited may be specified a series of crystals of
Saxon, Brazilian, and Siberian varieties, among which
there are several new modifications ; Saxon varieties im¬
bedded in the topaz rock, an aggregate of topaz, shorl,
quartz, and sometimes mica ; fine Brazilian topazes, yel¬
low and pink, imbedded in rock crystal, &c. ; — also the
pyrophysalite from Fahlun in Sweden, and the pycnite,
formerly considered as a variety of beryl, are referable to
GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 113
topaz ; — chondrodite (maclurite^ brucite) from New Jer¬
sey, and from Pargas in Finland.
The rest of this Case is occupied by oxide of titanium
and titanates ; — rutile^ also called titan-shorl^ massive,
crystallized, and fibrous, to which belongs the reticulated
variety with golden varnish, from Moutier near the Mont-
blanc ; acicular and capillary crystals of rutile in rock
crystal, from Brazil, &c. ; — the anaiase, or octahedrite,
from Bourg d’Oisans the silico-titanate of lime, called
sphene or titanite, among the varieties of which are those
called brown and yellow menakan-ore, in large crystals,
from Arendal in Norway, and that from St. Gothard de¬
nominated rayonnante en gouttiere by Saussure, on feldspar
with chlorite, &c. ; — titanate of lime with titanate of ura¬
nium, &c., called pyrochlore^ from Fredriksvarn in Nor¬
way; — titanates of iron, to which belong the nigrine, ise^
rine, ilmenite, and most of the volcanic and other specular
iron with glassy fracture; — crichtonite, brookite, polymig^
nite, &c.
Case 40. Columbates : — columhite or tantalite : a por¬
tion of the specimen from North America, in which Mr.
Hatchett discovered the metal ; variety of the same from
Babenstein, Bavaria, accompanied by beryl and uranite ;
— the Finho- and the Brodbo-tantalites of Berzelius ; —
yttrotantalite, from Ytterby.
Oxides of antimony and antimoniates : — antimony -ochre
on native and grey antimony ; — white antimony, formerly
considered as a muriate: on galena, quartz, &c. ; — red
antimony (a combination of oxide and sulphuret of this
metal), mostly in fine capillary crystals, from Braun sdorf
in Saxony, Malazka in Hungary ; and an argentiferous
variety from the Hartz, in fibrous flakes resembling tinder,
and therefore called zunderertz {tinder ore).
Tungstates : — tungstate of lime (scheelin calcaire of
Haiiy), also called scheelite and tungsten (heavy stone),
among the more interesting specimens of which is the pri¬
mitive acute octahedron from Allemont in Dauphiny ;
— tungstate of iron and manganese or wolfram, massive
and crystallized, from Bohemia and other countries ; also
as octahedral supposititious crystals, derived from tung¬
state of lime; — tungstate (f lead,, or scheeUlead ore, from
NATURAL JaiSTORir.
114
[[long
Zinnwald in Bohemia^ formerly confounded with the
molybdate of this metal.
Molybdic acid and molybdates ; — ochry molybdenum or
molyhdic acid^ as a yellow powder on the sulphuret of this
metal^ from Sweden, &c. | — molybdate of lead^ or yellow
lead ore, massive, lamelliform, and crystallized in splendid
groups on compact limestone, &c. ; chiefly from Bleiberg
in Carinthia.
Case 41 . Oxide of chromium and chromates : — a suite
of specimens of chromate of lead^ or red lead ore, from the
gold mines of Beresof in Siberia, w'here it chiefly occurs in
a kind of micaceous rock, mixed with particles of quartz
and brown iron-stone ; — chromate of lead and copper, called
imuquelimte, a concomitant of the Siberian red lead ore j—
chromate of iron, from the department of Var in France,
and from Baltimore in Maryland, intermixed with talc
stained purple by chromic acid.
Vanadic acid and vanadiates. Vanadium was disco¬
vered in some ores of iron from Taberg in Smaland, by
Sefstrom : by Del Rio the acid of this metal, which he
called erythronium, had been found, combined with oxide
of lead, in the brown lead ore of Zimapan in Mexico.
For the discovery of the vanadiate of lead at Wanlock-
head, and the analysis of this mineral substance, science is
indebted to Mr. Johnston, of Edinburgh ; — vanadiate of
lead from Beresof, Siberia.
Boracic acid (sassoline) and borates ; — borate of soda,
the salt known by the names of borax and tincal, from
Tibet, Monte-rotondo, Tuscany, &c. — borate of magnesia
or boracite in separate crystals, and the same embedded
in gypsum — datolite, being a borate with tri-silicate of
lime, from Arendahl in Norway * the variety from Sont-
hofen (supposed to be a distinct species, called humbold-
tite by Levy) ; and the globular-fibrous variety (which has
received the name of botryolite) likewise from Arendahl.
In this Case begins the family of the Carbonates. — Car-
bonate of soda, from various localities, and among which is
the African trona.^ — Carbonate of strontia, also called
strontianite, in prismatic and acicular crystals, which latter
have sometimes been mistaken for arragonite. — Carbonate
of baryta or witherite, among the specimens of which may
GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 115
be particularised the beautiful groups of double six-sided
pyramids, and those of six-sided prismatic crystals. — Ba’*
rytocalcite.
Case 42. Carbonate of lime. The whole of this glass
Case is appropriated to the species called arragonite^
among the principal specimens of which are the groups of
prismatic crystals from Kosel, Bohemia, Arragon, &c. ;
those of the coralloid variety of this substance from Eisen-
ertz in Stiria, formerly called jios ferri, &c. To the
massive varieties some of the calcareous deposits of Carls¬
bad in Bohemia may be referred.
Cases 43, 44, and 45 contain the crystallized varieties
of carbonate of lime or calcareous spar. Among the speci¬
mens in Case 43 may be specified those illustrative of the
double refraction, cleavage, supernumerary joints, colour,
&:c. ; likewise the various secondary obtuse and acute
rhombohedrons ; among the former of which the most
common, but not the least striking, is the inverse variety
of Haiiy, so called from its being as it were an inversion
of the primitive rhombohedron of calcareous spar ; and the
same with a considerable admixture of quartz, commonly
called crystallized sandstone of Fontainebleau, &c. In the
next two Cases are deposited many interesting and beautiful
specimens, from the Hartz, Derbyshire, &c., of prismatic
and pyramidal modifications of the same substance.
Case 46 contains various specimens of stalactic lime’-
stone, some varieties of which (such as those here deposited
from Egypt, Shir Amin in Persia, &c.) bear the name of
alabaster in common with the finer varieties of gypsum,
and have, by Werner and other mineralogists, been re¬
ferred to fibrous limestone ; the most beautiful modifica¬
tions of which latter are those from Cumberland and Swe¬
den, with pearly lustre (which has obtained for the former
the appellation of satin-spar), and that in coloured layers
from Africa. Also some specimens of granular limestone
(granular marble) are placed in this Case.
Case 47 is set apart for such compact varieties of lime¬
stone as are generally called Marbles ; for the present it
only contains some varieties of shell limestone, the most
esteemed of which, for ornamental purposes, is that from
Carinthia, called lumachella or fire marble.
Case 48 contains the remaining varieties of carbonate
116 NATURAL HISTORY. [[lONG
of lime^ ailiong which may be specified the well-known
depositions from the hot springs of Carlsbad in Bohemia,
particularly the pisiform limestone, or jpea stone, as also
the globular variety (considered by some as magnesian
limestone) found in the bed of a small river near Tivoli,
and known by the name of Confetti di Tivoli, — the
ceous limestone, in porous, spongy, cellular, tubular and
other imitative forms, as incrustation on various objects,
siich as on the human skull here deposited, which was
found in the Tiber at Rome ; calcareous deposition formed
in a square pipe in a coal mine in Somersetshire ; casts
made at the baths of San Felippe, where moulds of
medals, gems, &c., are placed in suitable situations to
receive the spray impregnated with calcareous particles.* —
Chalk. — Anthraconite or madreporite. — Marie, &c.
Case 49. In this Case, besides some specimens of
carbonate of magnesia, or magnesite, from Baudissero
and from New Jersey, are placed those substances which,
being chiefly composed of carbonate of lime and car¬
bonate of magnesia, are called magnesian limestone, or
dolomite, comprising Werner’s rhomb-spar, dolomite and
brown spar. Among the varieties of the first of these
subspecies are those called miemite, tharandite, and some
modifications of pearl spar; among those of dolomite,
a remarkable one is that from Pittsfield, Massachusetts,
North America, which exhibits a considerable degree of
flexibility : and another having the same property will be
found among the singular varieties of magnesian limestone
from the vicinity of Sunderland. Of the varieties of
Werner’s brown spar or pearl spar, which in some cases
is with difficulty distinguishabie‘'*fhqm rhomb spar, several
interesting specimens for figure, colour and lustre, are de¬
posited in this Case, and continued in
Case 50, which is partly occupied by those fibrous
varieties of brown spar, several of which were formerly
referred to common fibrous limestone. — Carbonate of iron,
or sparry iron ore, crystallized, fibrous, massive, and bo-
tryoidal {sphcerosiderite of Hausmann). — Carbonate of
manganese, in globular and botryoidal shapes of various
shades of rose colour, on sulphuret of manganese, &c.
The remainder of this glass Case is occupied by the
several varieties of carbonate of zinc, (also called calamine.
(JAI^LERY.] natural history. 117
in common with the silicate of zinc in Case 26) crystal¬
lized^ botryoidal, and in other formS;, among which are the
pseudomorphous crystals^ derived from modifications of
carbonate of lime.
Case 51. In this Case are deposited the specimens of
carhonate of lead, or white lead ore, among which are the
delicately acicular varieties from the Hartz^ accompanied
and partly coloured by green carbonate of copper; the
crystallized varieties from Siberia, Mies in Bohemia ; the
pulverulent variety, &:c. It also contains part of the
specimens of carhonate of copper, viz. the blue copper, or
copper azure, the more remarkable varieties of which are
those from Chessy, and from the Bannat, combined with
various substances ; — the earthy varieties, some of which
have been used as pigments under the name of mountain-
blue ; — those crystallized varieties which, passing from the
state of blue into that of green carbonate, have, by Haiiy,
been called cuivre carbonate epigene.
Case 52. Carbonates of copper continued : green car¬
bonates ; among which are the fine and rare varieties of
fibrous malachite, in acicular crystals, and massive with
fibrous structure and velvety appearance, accompanied by
carbonate of lead, &c. ; and, among the specimens of compact
malachite, those characteristic and splendid ones from the
Gumashevsk and Turja mines, in the Uralian mountains.
Case 53. Arsenious acid and arseniates : the former
(also called arsenic-bloom, or octahedral oxide of arsenic)
is frequently confounded with arseniate of lime, and the
white octahedral crystals, often seen in collections, on
realgar and orpiment, are generally artificially produced in
the interior of mines. — Of arseniates we have in this glass-
case: — arseniate of lime, called pharmacolite, chiefly in
white acicular crystals, from Wittichen in Suabia, and
Riegelsdorf in — Arseniate of iron or pharmacosu
derite, which occurs only crystallized, chiefly in cubes
(whence Werner’s name of cube-ore), from Cornwall, from
San-Antonio“Pereira, Brazil, on hydrous oxide of iron,
&c. ; — skorodite, a substance which appears to be closely
allied to Bournon’s martial arseniate of copper. — Arse¬
niates of copper, consisting of the foliated arseniate or
copper mica, the lenticular arseniate or lentil ore, and the
olive ore of Werner, which are formed into five species by
118 NATUBAL HISTORY. [lONG
Bournon^ and probably admit of further subdivision. To
these also belongs the Jcupferschaum of Werner^ at least
that from Falkenstein in Tyrol : for some other varieties
appear to be referable to carbonate of zinc. — Arsen iate of
mhalt^ or red cobalt ore^ comprising the earthy [cobalt-
crust) and the radiated {cobalt-bloom) varieties^ from Sal-
feld^ Allemont^ &c. — Arsemate of lead horn CornwalhNert-
chinsk in Siberia^ Johanngeorgenstadt in Saxony^ &c.
Case 54. Thisj and part of the next Case^ contain the
phosphates : among the phosphates of lime may be speci¬
fied several very scarce and interesting crystallizations of
Werner's apatite^ such as the large violet-coloured crystals
from St. Petersburg ; the groups from Ehrenfrieders-
dorh Maggia on St. Gothard^, Traversella in Piedmont,
&:c. ; the variety called asparagus stone ^ particularly the
specimens from Jumilla in Murcia; the Norwegian apatite
lulled moroxite ; also the phosphorite or fibrous and com¬
pact phosphates of lime^ and the pulverulent variety,
known by the name of earth of Marmorosh, and which
was formerly considered as a variety of fluoride of calcium
(fluate of lime). — Phosphate of lead, or pyromorphite, gene¬
rally divided into brown lead ore and green lead ore :
among the varieties of the former, the more remarkable
are the large six-sided prisms from Huelgoet in Brittany ;
of the latter we have the massive botryoidal {trauben-
ertz), the spicular, and crystallized varieties, of various
shades of green passing into greenish- white, into yellow
and orange. — Phosphate of yttria, or phosphyttrite , a very
scarce mineral substance, first found in the granite of Lin-
denas in Norway, and subsequently in equally small quan¬
tities at Ytterby in Sweden. — Phosphate of iron, Werner's
mvianite, in variously grouped crystals (from Bodenmais
in Bavaria, from Cornwall, and from Fernando Po), mas¬
sive and pulverulent : among the specimens of the latter are
the massive variety of New Jersey, and several earthy blue
varieties in clay, peat, wood, &c. : the chalcosiderite of Ull-
mann, Werner's green iron earth, and Thomson’s mullicite,
are likewise phosphates of imn.— Phosphate of manganese
or triplite, from Chanteloube, near Limoges, in the depart¬
ment of Haute Vienne in France, where several other mineral
substances have lately been found, the essential component
parts of which are iron, manganese, and phosphoric acid.
GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 119
^Triphyline, a phosphate of iron, manganese and lithia.
— Phosphate of copper, of which the best characterised
Species are — the octahedral, also called olive malachite,
from Lebethen in Hungary ; and the prismatic, called
pseudomalachite, from Rheinbreitenbach, where it occurs
with quartz which sometimes passes into calcedony.
Case 55. Part of this case is occupied by the remaining
phosphates. Phosphates of alumina, to which belong — the
wavellite, a substance which was originally mistaken for a
hydrate of pure alumina, and therefore called hy dr argillite,
from Devonshire, Ireland, Brazil, Greenland, from Amberg
in Bavaria (called lasionite), from Aussig in Bohemia, on
sand stone, &c. — the klaprothite, called also blue spar, and
lazulite, and therefore sometimes confounded with the lapis
lazuli in Case 37 ; — together with some other substances
of which no exact analyses have as yet been published,
though they are known to be chiefly composed of alumina,
in combination with phosphoric acid, such as — the calaite,
or real turqiiois {Jiruzah in Persian ), an opaque gem found
chiefly at Nishapur, in the province of Khorasan, Persia,
in nodules or as small veins traversing a ferrugino-argil-
laceous rock, and greatly esteemed on account of its beau¬
tiful blue colour, which will in most cases be sufficient to
distinguish it both from the blui silicate of copper (Case
26) and from fossil bones (particularly teeth) impregnated
with blue phosphate of iron or carbonate of copper (the
occidental turquoises of lapidaries). The kakoxene, a rare
substance of a crystalline diverging-fibrous structure and
yellow colour, found in the Assures of argillaceous iron¬
stone, near Zbirow in Bohemia ; — and the childrenite from
Tavistock, in Devonshire : both which mineral substances
contain alumina and oxide of iron combined with phos¬
phoric acid, but require to be subjected to closer chemical
examination. — Phosphate of uranium : — to these belong
the yelhrv uranite or uran mica from Autun, Limoges,
Bodenmais ; and the green uranite, or chalcolite, chiefly
from Cornwall and Saxony : both of them phosphates of
oxide of uranium, but distinct by containing, the former a
small portion of phosphate of lime, and the latter an
equivalent portion of phosphate of copper. — This Case
also contains the nitrates and part of the sulphates. Ni¬
trate of potassa, native nitre or saltpetre, found as elflo-
rescence, mixed with other nitrates, and as crystalline crusts;
120 NATURAL HISTORY. [lONO
from Pulo di Molfetta in Apulia^ from near Burgos in
Bpain^ &c. — -Nitrate of soda, — Sulphate of soda, or glanber
salt, — Thenardite^ a hydrous sulphate of soda, found in
crystalline crusts, at the bottom of the briny waters at
the Salines d'Espartines, five miles from Madrid ;--glau-^
berite, a mineral composed of the anhydrous sulphates of
soda and of lime, from the salt mines of Villarubia and
Aranjuez in Spain, embedded in salt and clay.^ — Among
the specimens of sulphate of strontia^ or celestme, the
more remarkable are, the sptodid groups of limpid pris¬
matic crystals from La Catolica in Sicily, accompanied by
sulphur ; those from the vicinity of Bristol, from St. Beat
in the Dep. des Landes ; those from Falkenstein in Tyrol ,*
from the salt mines of Aranjuez ; the acicular variety in
the hollows of compact sulphate of strontia from Mont¬
martre ; in the fissures of flint and in chalk, from Meudon ;
the radiated and fibrous celestine from Pennsylvania, &c.
Case 56. The whole of this Case is occupied by the
sulphates of baryta^ {barytes or heavy -spar,) among which
may be specified the splendid groups of straight -lamellar
crystallised heavy-spar, especially those from Schemiiitz in
Hungary, and Clausthal in the Hartz, Traverseila in Pied¬
mont, &:c, ; the curved-lamellar varieties ; the columnar,
resembling carbonate of lead ; the radiated, to which be¬
longs the Bolognese spar, from Monte Paterno, near
Bologna, from Bavaria, &c. ; the beautiful variety called
ketten-spath, or chain-spar, from the Hartz | the fibrous
and the granular varieties ,* the compact, called barytic or
ponderous marble, &:c. ; fetid barytes or hepatite, an inti*^
mate mixture of sulphate of baryta with bituminous
matter ; earthy barytes : also the wolnyne from Muzsay
in Hungary is a variety of sulphate of baryta.
Case 57 contains the sulphates of lime, the principal
varieties of which are,-“-the selenite or sparry gypsum, in
detached crystals and splendid groups, from Bex in Swiss-
erland, Montmartre near Paris, Oxford, &c. ,* from St.
Jago di Compostela, stained by red iron ochre] the fibrous
gypsum with silky lustre, from Derbyshire, Swisserland,
Slontserrat ] the granular gypsum or alabaster ; the com¬
pact variety, to which belongs the stalagmitical gypsum
from Guadaloupe ; the scaly gypsum (chaux siilfatee nivi-
forme of Haiiy) from Montmartre ; common earthy gyp¬
sum, Slc, — Anhydrous sulphate of lime, also called anhy-
GALLERY.]
NATURAL HISTORY.
121
drite, cuhe-spar and muriacite, crystalline, fibrous, granular
and compact ; to the last of which belong some of the
Italian varieties known by the name of bardiglio and bar-
diglione, as also the singular fibrous-compact variety fami¬
liarly called tripe-stone (pierre des trippes), from the salt
mines of Wieliczka.
Case 58. Sulphates continued: — sulphate of magnesia,
generally occurring in crystalline fibres : the fine variety
from Caiatayud in Arragon ; also the haar-salz (capillary
salt) of Idria belongs to this species, and the stalactic co¬
balt-vitriol, as it is called, from Herrengrund in Hungary,
which is only sulphate of Magnesia, coloured red by oxide of
cobalt. — Poly^alite, a chemical compound of several sul¬
phates, formerly mistaken for anhydrous sulphate of lime :
compact and fibrous, from the salt formation of Berchtes-
gaden in Bavaria, and Ischel in Austria. — Sulphate of
zinc, white or zmc vitrioL — Sulphate of iron, or green
vitriol, (a salt mostly produced by the decomposition of
iron pyrites,) in beautiful large rhombohedral crystals, from
Bodenmais in Bavaria, and massive, and in stalactic-
fibrous forms, such as the specimens from the Rammels-
berg, in the Hartz, where it also occurs in the form of
yellow scales, known by the name of misy ; and as concre¬
tions of a red colour, called vitriol-roth or botryogene : the
plumose vitriol (federsalz), and a botryoidal-reniform sub¬
stance called bergbutter, are nothing but casual mixtures of
sulphate of iron and hydrous sulphate of alumina. — Sul¬
phate of cobalt. — Sulphate of copper or blue vitriol: —
the finest sky-blue specimens here deposited, together with
the stalactic, fibrous and crystallized varieties, (the large
group of crystals is artificially prepared,) are from Herren¬
grund in Hungary. There are also two or three sub-sul¬
phates of copper placed in this Case, which, however, stand
in need of more accurate chemical examination. — Sulphate
of lead, or lead vitriol, of which we have a suite of
specimens with brilliant and well defined crystals from
Baden weiler in Suabia, from the Parys mine in Anglesea,
&c. ; the sulphato-carbonate, and sulphato-tricarhonate of
lead, from Leadhills, &c. The rest of this Case is occupied
by sulphates of alumina : — common alum, crystallized,
fibrous, &c., from various places ; and the hydrous sub-
sulphate of alumina, called aluminite, or web sterile, from
Sussex and from Halle in the territory of Magdeburg,
G
122
NATUKAL HISTORY.
[[long
which was by some mistaken for pure alumina^ and by
others for hydrate of alumina with mechanically admixed
sulphate of lime : it must not be confounded with another
substance also called aluminite or alum-stone (alunite of
some mineralogists^) from Tolfa^ &c.^ which is a basic sul¬
phate of alumina and potassa.
Case 59 contains the fluorides, of which by far the most
important species is the fluoride of calcium^ generally
colled fluate of lime and fluor spar : among its numerous
varieties may be particularized^ the rose-coloured crystals
from Chamouni ; the phosphorescent massive fluor spar,
called chlorophane, from Siberia ; the varieties called forti-
flcation fluor ; earthy and compact fluor, &c., chiefly from
Derbyshire and Saxony. — Fluoride of calcium, yttrium and
cerium ; — yttrocerite ; and some related minerals from
Finbo and Brodbo near Fahlun in Sweden. Fluoride of
sodium and aluminum, called cryolite, found in West
Greenland : pure and mixed with brown iron stone,
galena, &c.
Case 60 contains the chlorides. — Chloride of sodium
{muriate of soda), or 7'ock salt: the most interesting speci¬
mens here deposited of this important mineral substance,
are the crystallized varieties, the massive and fibrous
coloured varieties, the red chiefly from Hallein in Tyrol,
the blue and violet from Ischel in Upper Austria ; the
stalactical rock salt from Mexico, &c. — Chloride of am¬
monium or sal ammoniac, from Vesuvius, Saint Etienne en
Forez, &c. — Chlorides of lead : to these belong, the co-
tunnite from Vesuvius ,* the basic muriate of lead from
Mendip; and the murio-carhonate of lead from Derby- '
shire, of which most rare substance a considerable suite is
deposited in this glass Case. — Chloride of copjjer or ataca-
mite, in crystallized splendid groups, chiefly from Remo-
linos, Solidad and Veta negra della pampa larga, in Chili ;
what was originally termed Peruvian green sand, or ataca-
mite (being obtained from the desert of Atacama between
Chili and Peru) is now known to be artificially produced
by pounding the crystallized and laminar varieties for the
purpose of using the sand (arenilla) in lieu of blotting
paper. — Chloride (or muriate) of silver, called also horn-
silver and corneous silver : amorphous, botryoidal, in
laminae, and crystallized in minute cubes and octahedrons,
123
GALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY.
from Veta Negra in Chili, the Saxon Erzgebirge,
— Chloride or muriate of mercury , with native quicksilver
from Moschel Landsberg, Almaden, &c.
Cases 61 and 62 contain a small collection of organico-
chemical, or such mineralized substances as are composed
after the manner of organic bodies, from which they derive
their origin. They are divided into salts, resins, bitumen,
and coal. To the salts belong — the 7nellate of alumina ^
also called mellite or honey-stone, found in the beds of
brown coal at Artern in Thuringia ; and the oxalate of
iron, formerly known by the name of resinous iron, but to
which that of humholdtite is now generally applied. — To
the resins may be referred — the amber, of the varieties of
which a considerable suite is deposited in Case 61, many
of them enclosing insects, &c. ; to which, for the sake of
comparison, are added, specimens of recent copal, likewise
containing insects ; fossil copal or High gate resin ; retinite
or retin-asphalt, found at Bovey j together with some other
undetermined resinous substances. To the bitumina be¬
long the mineral pitch of various degrees of consistence,
from the fluid naphtha and mineral oil or petroleum, to the
solid asphalt diuAjet ot pitch coal; the elaterite or elastic
bitumen of Derbyshire, (a suite of specimens exhibiting all
degrees of solidity^ from that of honey to that of a com¬
pact ligneous substance ; with which is also placed the
dapeche, an inflammable fossil substance found by Hum¬
boldt in South America, having several properties of the
common caoutchouc or Indian rubber ;) — the hatchettine, a
bituminous substance from Merthyr Tydvil in South
Wales. — Coal: blach coal, and brown coal — of these a few
specimens only are placed in glass Case 62, their different
varieties being rather objects for a geological collection.
The arrangement of the secondary fossils in this Gallery
is proceeded with as expeditiously as circumstances will
admit. Several upright glazed Cases are fitted up for the
Class Reptilia, comprising osseous remains of the Batra-
chian, the Chelonian, the Emydosaurian, and the Enalio-
saurian Orders. The objects already deposited belong
chiefly to the two last mentioned natural orders, the first of
which is divided into the families of the Crocodiles and the
Iguanas. Among the specimens under arrangement the
following may be specified :—a species of gavial (now
G 2
124 NATURAL HISTORY. [^LONG
considered a distinct genus^ bearing the name of j®olodon)
from the lias at Monheim in Franconia, being the unique
specimen described and figured by Soemmerring in the
Memoirs of the Academy of Munich, under the name of
Crocodilus priscus portion of the head, with the
snout, &c., of a gavial (Teleosaurus Chapmanni) from
Whitby, which, though correctly determined by its dis¬
coverer, Capt. W. Chapman and also by Wooller (Phil.
Trans, for 1758), was subsequently mistaken for a species
of Ichthyosaurus ; — a head of Crocodilus Toliapicus,
mentioned by Cuvier as Crocodile de Sheppy ; — the head
and other parts of the Geosaurus (the Lacerta gigantea
of Soemmerring) found together with the preceding, and
first figured and described by the last mentioned naturalist
in the Transactions of the Academy of Munich ; — the lower
jaw and other parts of the cranium, vertebrae, &c., of the
huge reptile (Mososaurus Sancti Petri) from the St. Peter's
Mountain near Maestricht, presented, in 1784, by the
celebrated Peter Camper, and figured by Cuvier ; — a por¬
tion of a new species, from Lyme Regis, of the remarkable
genus of flying reptiles, the Pterodactylus of Cuvier,
described and figured by Buckland in the Transactions of
the Geological Society, under the name of P. macronyx ;
together with a coloured cast of the unique P. longirostris
of Cuvier from Solenhofen, the quarry of which place has
also furnished the small lamina of lias on which may be
observed the impression (with some of the osseous substance
remaining) of the last two articulations of the toe of a flying
animal, considered by Spix as related to the Vampire, but
which is more probably a large and distinct species of pte-
rodactyle.
The order of Enaltosauri is confined to the genera
Ichthyosaurus and Plesiosaurus, among the exhibited spe¬
cimens of which are — a very perfect head (formerly in
the museum of Mr. Bullock) of a pretty large specimen
of the Ichthyosaurus commu?iis ; — a full length specimen
of the same (in a separate glass Case) : the restored parts
distinguished by a colour ditferent from that of the genuine
portion of the skeleton ; — part of the head of another of
still larger dimensions, cut transversely to show the internal
structure of the jaws ; — the carpal bones of one of the ex¬
tremities of a most gigantic species (Ichthyosaurus im^
C?ALLERY.] NATURAL HISTORY. 125
manis) : all from the lias of Lyme Hegis ; — a new small
species (Ichthyosaurus latifrons), in which the spiracle
on the top of the head^ between the eyes, claims particular
attention : this specimen was found at Balderton in the
county of Nottingham, twelve feet under the surface, about
three miles and a half south of Newark-upon-Trent, near
the drain dividing the counties of Lincoln and Notting¬
ham : presented by Dr. Bland. — From nearly the same
locality is the specimen here deposited of a species of pie-
siosaure, an account and figure of which have been given
in the Philosophical Transactions for 1719, by Mr. Stukely,
who took it for a crocodile. A very perfect specimen,
with head exhibiting the teeth, of the long-necked plesio-
saure (Plesiosaurus dolichodeirus of Conybeare) from
Lyme Regis ; and another, apparently specifically distinct,
plesiosaure (as likewise a cast of the same, with restora¬
tions) from Street in Somersetshire.
As illustrative of the natural order of Chelonidje, we
have some interesting specimens, chiefly from the isle of
Sheppey, and the coast of Essex.
The only fossil species of the Batrachian Reptiles in this
collection is the gigantic Salamander, the subject of worthy
ScheuchzeFs dissertation. Homo diluvii testis et theoscopos,
Tiguri, 172().
The two upright Glass Cases of the western wall of the
centre compartment contain osseous remains (both original
and in plaster casts) of the orders Edentata and Pachy-
dermata. To the former of these the Megatherium (M.
Cuverii) is generally referred, of which the casts here depo¬
sited, though constituting only a small portion of the whole
skeleton, are sufficient to convey an idea of the consider¬
able dimensions of this animal. — Among the specimens of
the last mentioned natural order, may be specified the
casts, chiefly of the lower jaw, of two species of that ex¬
traordinary genus the Dbinotherium, lately discovered
in Bavaria, some of the teeth of which were known to
Cuvier, who supposed them to belong to gigantic tapirs ;
— ^jaws, tusks, molar teeth, and other osseous parts of the
elephant (EuEPHAspriwe^cwm^ of Blumenbach), especially
those of the Siberian variety, which is the Mammouth of
early writers : a name erroneously transferred to the gi¬
gantic Mastodon (Mastodon ohioticus). There are va-
120
NATURAL HISTORY.
[long
rious species of this latter genus, the osseous remains of
which are now under arrangement, together with those of
several species of Rhinoceros, Anoplotherium, Palseothe-
rium. Tapir, &c.
In a distinct Case at the same side of this compartment
is deposited the fossil human skeleton embedded in lime¬
stone, brought from Guadaloupe by Admiral the Hon. Sir
Alexander Cochrane, and presented to the British Museum
by the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty,
The upright glass Cases on each side of the northern
entrance into this Gallery contain a collection of Fossil
Vegetable Remains, consisting chiefly of Coal plants (with
coloured casts in plaster of Paris for the sake of exhibiting
their forms more distinctly) ; a suite of impressions of parts
of vegetables in bituminous marl state from Oeningen, &c.|
an extensive collection of certain fossils from the blue clay
of the cliffs in the isle of Sheppey, indiscriminately deno¬
minated fruits and seeds, although a considerable portion of
them belongs to the class of Zoophytes.
In the upright Glass Cases of the eastern wall of the
centre compartment is deposited a collection of minerals
from the Hartz mountains, presented by his late Majesty
King George IV.
The sculptured tortoise in the centre of the Gallery,
placed on a round table inlaid with various antique mar¬
bles and other mineral substances, is wrought out of ne¬
phrite or jade. It was found on the banks of the Jumna,
near the city of Allahabad, in Hindostan, brought to Eng¬
land by Lieutenant-General Kyd, and presented to the
Museum by Thomas Wilkinson, Esq.
GALLERY.]
NATURAL HISTORY.
127
ALPHABETICAL LIST
OF THE
MINERALS IN THE LONG GALLERY,
WITH REFERENCES TO THE TABLE CASES.
Abrazite, 29
Acanticone, 35
Achm|te, 34
Acid, arsenious, 53
— — boracic, 41
- molybdic, 40
— silicic, 20, 24
- sulphuric, 55
Actinote, 33
Adularia, 29
jEschynite, 39
Agalmatolite, 32
Agates, 23
Agate-jasper, 24
Alabaster, 46, 57
Alalite, 34
Albine, 27
Albite, 30
Allanite, 37
Allochroite, 36
Allophane, 26
Alum, 58
Alumina, 19
- fluoride, 59
- mellate, 61
- phosphate, 55
- silicate, 26
- sulphate, 58
Aluminite, 58 *
Alum stone, 58
Amalgam, native, 3
Amazon stone, 29
Amber, 61
Amblygonite, 55
Amethyst, 20
- oriental, 19
Amianth, 34
Ammonium
chloride, 60
Amphibole, 33
Amphigene, 30
Analcime, 27
Anatase, 39
Andalusite, 31
Anhydrite, 57
Anorthite, 30
Anthophyllite, 33
Anthracite, 4
Anthraconite, 48
Antiraoniates, 40
Antimony, grey, 10
- native, 3
- ochre, 40
- oxysulphuret,40
- plumose, 10
- red, 33
- sulphuret, 10
- white, 40
Apatite, 54
Aphrite, 45
Apophyllile, 27
Arendalite, 35
Arfvedsonite, 33
Arragonite, 42
Arsenic, native, 4
- oxide, 53
- sulphurets, 11
Arsenic bloom, 53
Arsenious acid, 53
Arseniurets, 4
As best, 34
Asparagus-stone, 54
Asphalt, 62
Atacamite, 60
Avanturino-quartz,22
- feldspar, 29
Augite, 34
Automolite, 19
Axinite, 38
Azurite, 37,54
Babingtonite, 34
Baikalite, 34
Baryta, carbonate, 41
— — sulphate, 56
Barytes, 56
Barytocaicite, 41
Baudisserite, 49
Bergmannite, 31
Berthierite, 11
Beryl, 37
Beudantite, 13
Bildstein, 32
Bismuth
- carbonate, 50
- glance, 9
- native, 1
- oxide, 17
Bismuth blende, 26
Bitumen, 62
Black lead, 4
Blende, 5
Blood stone, 23
Blue spar, 55
Bog-iron ore, 16
Bolognese spar, 56
Boracic acid, 41
Boracite, 41
Borax, 41
Botryolite, 41
Bournonite, 11
Breunerite, 49
Brewsterite, 28
Bronzite, 34
Brookite, 39
Brown coal, 62
Brown spar, 50, 51
Brucite, 39
Bucholzite, 26
Bucklandite,
Buntkupfer, 7
Bustamite, 34
Calaite, 55
Calamine, 50
- electric, 26
Calcareous spar, 43-45
Calcedony, 22, 23
Calcium, fluoride, 59
Carnelian, 23
Cat’s eye, 22
Celestine, 55
Cererite, 26
Cerine, 37
128
NATURAL HISTORY,
[^LONG
Cerite, 26
Cerium, carbonate, 5<
- fluoride, 59
- silicate, 26
Ceylonite, 19
Chabasite, 27
Chalcolite, 55
Chalcosiderite, 54
Chalk, 48
Chiastolite, 48
Childrenite, 55
Chlorides, 60
Chlorite, 32
Chloropal, 26
Chlorophaeite, 26
Chondrodite, 39
Chrome-garnet, 36
Chromium, oxide, 41
Chrysoberyl, 37
Chrysolite, 25
Chrysoprase, 23
Cinnabar, 9
Cinnamon stone, 35
Clay-iron stone, 16
Cleavelandite, 30
Coal, 62
Cobalt, arseniate, 53
- grey, 4
- oxides, 17
- sulphate, 58
- sulphuret, 5
- vitriol, 58
- white, 4
Cobalt-bloom, 53
Cobalt-crust, 53 ,
Cobalt-glance, 12
Coccolite, 34
Colophonite, 36
Columbite, 40
Gomptonite, 28
Conite, 49
Copper, arseniates,53
- bismuth, 9
- blue, 51
- carbonate, 51, 52
- chloride, 60
- native, 1
- oxides, 17
- phosphate, 54
- red, 17
— — seleniuret, 4
Copper, silicate, 26
) - sulphate, 58
- sulphurets, 7
- variegated, 7
- yellow, 7
Copper-azure, 51
Copper-black, 17
Copper-emerald, 26
Copper-glance, 7
Copper-mica, 53
Copper-nickel, 4
Copper-pyrites, 7
Coral-ore, 9
Corundum, 19
Cotunnite, 60
Couzeranite, 29
Crichtonite, 39
Cross-stone, 29
Crucite, 14
Cryolite, 59
Cube-ore, 53
Cube-spar, 57
Cubicite, 27
Cummingtonite, 35
Cymophane, 37
Cyprine, 35
Bapeche, 61
Datolite, 41
Diallagite, 34
Diamond, 4
Diamond spar, 19
Diaspore, 19
Dichroite, 36
Diopside, 34
Dioptase, 26
Dipyre, 31
Disthene, 26
Dolomite, 49
Egerane, 35
Elaterite, 61
Elaeolite, 31
Electrum, 3
Emerald, 37
Emery, 19
Endellion, 11
F pi dote, 35
Essonite, 35
Eucairite, 4
Euclase, 37
Eudialyte, 38
Fahl-ore, 12
Fahl unite, 32
Feather-ore, 10
Feldspar, 29
Fettstein, 31
Fibrolite, 19
Fiorite, 21
Fire-marble, 47
Fire opal, 24
Flint, 22
Fluorides, 59 «
Fluor spar, 59
Franklinite, 13
Frugardite, 35
Fulgurite, 21
Gadolinite, 37
Gahnite, 19
Galena, 8
Garnet, 36
Gehlenite, 36
Gems, oriental, 19
Gibsite, 19
Gillingite, 26
Gismondine, 29
Glance cobalt, 12
Glauberite, 55
Glauber salt, 55
Gmelinite, 28
Goethite, 16
Gold, native, 3
Grammatite, 33
Granatite, 37
Graphite, 4
Grey Copper, 12
Gross ular, 36
Guano, 61
Gurhovian,49
Gypsum, 57
Haarsalz, 58
Haidenite, 27
Halloysite, 26
Harmotome, 29
Hatchettine, 61
Hausmannite, 13
Haiiyne, 37
Haytorite, 21
Heavy spar, 56
Heliotrope, 23
Helvine, 37
Hematite, red, 14
- brown, 16
Hepatic ore, 9
GALLERY.]
Hepatite, 56
Hessonite, 35
Heulandite, 28
Hisingerite, 26
Honey-stone, 61
Hornblende, 33
Hornsilver, 60
Hornstone, 22
Humboldtite, 41, 61
Hyacinth, 26
Hyalite, 21
Hyalosiderite, 25
Hydrargillite, 55
Hydrolite, 28
Hypersthene, 34
Ic8.-spar, 30
Ichthyophthalmite,1^7
Idocrase, 35
Ilmenite, 39
Ilvait, 34
Indianite, 19
lolite, 36
Iridium, 3
Iron, arseniate, 53
- carbonate, 50
- chromate, 41
— - meteoric, 1
- native, 1
- oxides, 14, 15
- phosphate, 54
- silicate, 26
- sulphate, 58
- sulphurets, 16
- titanale, 39
- tungstate, 40
Iron-flint, 21
Iron-glance, 14
Iron-mica, 14
Iron-ore, pisiform, 16
Iron-pyrites, 6
Iron-sand, 15
Iron-spar, 50
Iron-stone, brovrn, 16
- green, 54
- magnetic, 15
- micaceous, 14
- red, 14
- sparry, 50
Iron vitriol, 58
Iserine,39
Ittnerite, 31
NATURAL HISTORY.
129
Jade, Chinese, 28
Jamesonite, 11
Jasper, 24
Jasp-opal, 24
Johannite, 58
Karpholite, 36
Kakoxene, 55
KefFekilite, 25
Klaprothite, 55
Kohlenblende, 4
Konigine, 58
Koiipholite, 28
Krokalite, 27
Krokydalite, 34
Lime, fluate, 59
- - nitrate, 55
- phosphate, 54
- sulphate, 57
- tungstate, 40
Limestone,coinpact,47
Limestone, granular,
46
- fibrous, 46
- fetid, 48
- ; magnesian, 49
- stalactic, 46
- tufaceous, 48
Lithomarge, 25
Kiipferschaum, 50, 53 Liver-ore, 9
Kyanite,26 Liver-pyrites, 6
Labrador spar, 29
Lapis lazuli, 37
Lasionite, 55
Latrobite, 31
Laumontite, 28
Lazuli te, 37, 55
Lead, aluminate, 19
- - arseniate, 53
- brown, 54
- carbonate, 51
- chromate, 41
- green, 54
- molybdate, 40
- murio carbo¬
nate, 60
— — native, 2
- oxides, 17
Lomonite, 28
Lumachella marble, 47
Lydian-stone, 21
Maclurite, 39
Madreporite, 48
Magnesia, aluminate,
19
- carbonate, 49
- silicate, 26
- sulphate, 58
Magnesite, 49
Malachite, 52
Malacolite, 34
Manganese, carbo¬
nate, 50
- oxides, 13
- - phosphate, 54
- silicate, 26
- sulphuret, 5
Marie, 49
phosphate, 54
— red, 41
— sulphate, 58 _ ,
— snlphato-car- Marmolite, 25
bonate, 58 Mascle, 37
— sulphuret, 8
— tungstate, 40
— vanadiate, 41
yellow, 40
Lead vitriol, 58
Lentil-ore, 53
Lenzinite, 26
Lepidolite, 32
Leucite, 30
Levine, 28
Lievrit, 34
Lime, arseniate, 53
Meerschaum, 25
Mei’onite, 31
Melanite, 36
Meiilite, 36
Mellile, 61
Menacanite, 39
Menilite, 24
Mercury, native, t
- chloride, 60
- muriate, 60
- sulphuret, 9
Mesotype, 27
carbonate, 42^48 Meteorites, 2
G 3
130
NATURAL HISTORY.
Miargyrite, 11
Mica, 32
Miemite, 49
Minium, native, 17
Mispickel, 12
Misy, 58
Molybdates, 40
Molybdena snl-
phnret, 12
Molybdena-ochre, 40
Molybdic acid, 40
Moonstone, 29
Moroxite, 54
Mountain blue, 51
Mountain cork, 34
Mountain wood, 34
Muriacite, 57
Mussite, 34
Nagyag-ore, 3
Naker-feldspar, 29
Naphtha, 62
Natrolite, 27
Needle-ore, 9
Needle-stone, 27
Nepheline, 31
Nickel, arseniate,53
- green, 53
- - sulphuret, 6
Nitre, native, 55
Nosine, 37
Nutallite, 31
Obsidian, 31
Octahedrite, 39
Oligist-iron, 14
Oligoclase, 30
Olive-malachite, 54
Olive-ore, 53
Olivine, 25
Opal, 24
Orpiment, 11
Orthite, 37
Osm-iridium,3
Palladium, 3
Pargasite, 33
Paulite, 34
Pea iron ore, 16
Pea stone, 48
Pearl sinter, 21
Pearl spar, 60, 51
Pearl stone, 31
Pelioma, 36
. [long gallery.
Pericline, 30
Peridot, 25
Petalite, 30
Pharmacolite, 53
Pharmacosiderite,
Phenacite, 37
Philipsite, 29
Phosphorite, 54
Phosphyttrite, 54
Picrolite, 25
Pimeiite, 23
Finite, 32
Pistacite, 35
Pitch ore, 17
Plasma, 23
Platinum, 3
Pleonaste, 19
Plomb-gomme, 19
Polybasite, 11
Polyhalite, 58
Poiymignite, 39
Polysphserite, 54
Poonahlite, 27
Porcelain jasper, 24
Potassa, nitrate, 55
Prase, 22
Prehnite, 28
Prunnerite, 25
Pseudomalachite, 54
Pycnite, 39
Pyrgome, 34
Pyrites, magnetic, 6
Pyrochlore, 39
Pyrodmalite, 38
Pyromorphite, 54
Pyrope, 36
Pyrophyllite, 32
Pyrophysalite,39
Pyrorthite, 37
Pyroxene, 34
Quartz, 21, 22
Quicksilver, native, 3
Realgar, 11
Retinasphalt, 61
Rhomb-spar, 49
Riband jasper, 24
Rock crystal, 20
Rock salt, 60
Rock wood, 34
Romanzowite, 36
Roschgewachs, 11
Rubellite, 38
Ruby, 19
Ruby-copper, 17
Ruby-silver, 11
1 Rutile, 39
Sal ammoniac, 60
Salite, 34
Salt, common, 60
Saltpetre, 55
Sammeterz, 58
Sanidine, 30
Sapphire, 19
Sassoline, 41
Satin-spar, 46
Saussurite, 31
Scapolite, 31
Schaalenblende, 5
Scheelite, 40
Scherbenkobalt, 4
Schiller-spar, 34
Schriftertz, 3
Scolicite, 27
Selenite, 57
Seleniurets, 4
Selenium sulphur, 4
Serpentine, 25
Shelklimestone, 47
Shorl, 38
Siberite, 38
Siderite, 21
Sideroschizolite, 26
Silica, 20 — 24
Sillimanite, 26
Silver, antimomal,S
■ - auriferous, 3
- chloride, 60
- muriate, 60
- native, 2
- red, 11
- - stibiuret, 3
- sulphuret, 10
Silver-glance, 10
Sinter, siliceous, 21
Skorodite, 53
Slate spar, 45
Slickenside, 8
Smaragdite, 31
Soda, carbonate, 41
- muriate, 60
- nitrate, 55
- sulphate, 55
THE KOYAL LIBRARY
131
Sodalite, S8
Sodium chloride, 60
Somervillite, 35
Sordavalite, 36
Sphaerolite, 31
Sphasrosiderite, 50
Sphene, 39
Spinel, 19
^pinellane, 37
Spodumen, 30
Stanrolite, 37
Steatite, 25
Steinheilite, 36
Stilbite, 28
Stink stone, 48
Stones, meteoric, 2
Strontia, carbonate, 41
- sulphate, 55
Strontianite, 41
Sulphur, native, 5
Sulphurets, 5- — 13
Sulphuric acid, 55
Sun opal, 24
Sun-stone, 29
Surturbrand, 62
Talc, 32
Tantalite, 40
Tellurets, 3
Tellurium, 3
Tennantite, 7
Tesselite, 27
Tetradymite, 3
Thallite, 35
Tharandite, 49
Thenardite, 55
Thomsonite, 27
Thulite,26
Tile-ore, 17
Tin, oxide, 18
- sulphuret, 9
- stone, 18
Tincal, 41
Tin pyrites, 9
Tinder-ore, 40
Titan-shorl, 39
Titanite, 39
Topaz, 39
Tourmaline, 38
Trauben-ertz, 54
Tremolite, 33
Triphane,30
Tiipliyline, 54
Triplite, 54
Trona, 41
Tufa, calcareous, 48
Tungsten, 40
Turquois, 55
Uranite, 55
Uran mica, 55
Uranium, oxide, 17
- phosphate, 55
- sulphate, 58
Vauquelinite, 41
Vesuvian, 35
Velvet ore, 58
Vermilion, native, 9
Vivianite, 54
Vitriol, blue, 58
- green, 58
Vitriol, white, 58
Wad, 13
Wavellite, 55
Websterite, 58
Weiss qrtz, 12
Wernerite, 31
Willemite, 26
Withamite, 35
Witherite, 41
W olfram, 40
Wollastonite, 25
Wolnyne, 56
Wood-opal, 24
Wood-stone, 22
Wood-tin, 18
Wootz-ore, 14
Yenite, 34
Y’di-stone, 28
Yttria, phosphate, 54
Yttrium fluoride, 59
Yttrocerite, 59
Yttrotantalite, 40
Zeagonite, 29
Zeolites, 27, 28
Zinc, blende, 5
- carbonate, 51
Zinc, ore, red, 17
- silicate, 26
- sulphate, 58
Zinc vitriol, 58
Zinkenite, il
Zircon, 26
Zoisite, 35
Zunder-ertz, 40
C. Konig.
THE ROYAL LIBRARY.
In this spacious and splendid Room is deposited the
Library formed by his Majesty, King George the
Third ; which embraces the most extensive and im¬
portant Collection of Books ever brought together by
any Sovereign of the British Empire, or indeed of any
other country : and this, not confined to publications
connected with some particular class of literature, but
embracing every species of knowledge. The volumes
132
THE ROYAL LIBRARY.
moreover are, in general, in the best possible condition^
and in very frequent instances, of the most superb
description, being vellum or large paper copies ; the
whole forming a monument worthy the judgment, the
taste, and the liberal mind of the Royal Founder, and
also of the unparalleled munificence of his late Majesty,
King George the Fourth, who by the following
Letter, addressed to the late Lord Liverpool, presented
this Library to the British Nation.
Pavilion, Brighton, Jan. 15, 1823.
DEAR LORD LIVERPOOL,
The King, my late revered and excellent Father, hav¬
ing formed, during a long series of years, a most valuable
and extensive Library, I have resolved to present this
Collection to the British Nation.
Whilst I have the satisfaction by this means of ad¬
vancing the literature of my Country, I also feel that I
am paying a just tribute to the memory of a Parent,
whose life was adorned with every public and private
virtue.
I desire to add, that I have great pleasure, my Lord,
in making this communication through you.
Believe me,
With great regard.
Your sincere Friend,
G. R.
The Earl op Liverpool, K. G., &c., &c., &c.
The Books are systematically arranged in 304 Presses,
according to subjects, as correctly as could be accom¬
plished in placing them according to their sizes upon
their appropriate shelves.
On the right side of the Room as you enter through
the Library of Manuscripts, are deposited the whole of
the extensive range of works relating to the Class His¬
tory, beginning with Geography and Universal History,
Voyages and Travels ; then follow Ancient History, and
Ecclesiastical History. The History of particular Coun¬
tries succeeds in the following order : — The United
Kingdoms of England and Ireland, France, Spain, Por¬
tugal, Italy, Germany.
THE ROYAL LIBRARY.
133
The series of Historians is here interrupted, partly by
an assemblage of various editions of the Greek and Ro¬
man Classics, printed by the Alduses, the Stephenses,
the Elzevirs, and other more eminent typographers, and
principally by a very costly collection of specimens of the
productions of the Press during its earliest history, most
of which, on account of their curiosity and Iheir magnifi¬
cence, excite universal admiration, and deserve special at¬
tention. The collection of Caxtons is singularly extensive.
Passing by nine Presses in the centre of this side of the
Room thus occupied, the series of Historians is resumed,
and embraces the writers on the history of Holland, the
Netherlands, the Northern nations, and of the kingdoms
of, and tribes of people inhabiting, Asia, Africa, and
America. Works on Antiquities, Manners, Customs,
Monuments, Numismatics, and Inscriptions, come next
in order, and are succeeded by much that is valuable
and important in Heraldic, Biographical, and Literary
History. A numerous collection of the Transactions
of the most distinguished Scientific and Literary So¬
cieties occupies the remaining Presses of this side of the
Room.
On the left side of this Room entering it as before
mentioned, is arranged, in the first instance, a well se¬
lected collection of Theological Works, commencing
with the Holy Scriptures, in the extensive series of
which are to be found most of the more rare and va¬
luable editions of the Old and New Testament in their
original tongues, and in the numerous versions of the
same. The most approved Commentators on the Sa¬
cred Writings come next in order, and these are fol¬
lowed by a variety of Liturgical Works, the Proceedings
of Councils, the best editions of the Fathers, and very
many of the standard Works of the most eminent Di¬
vines, whether Catholic or Protestant. The Works on
Jurisprudence follow next in order, and embrace a
curious and useful assemblage of Books on Feudal and
Civil Law, and a very extensive assortment on British
Law. This class, is succeeded by an extensive range of
Books on Intellectual, Moral, Political, Natural and
Mathematical Philosophy. The Presses between and be¬
hind the granite columns are occupied for the most part by
134
THE ROYAL LIBRARY.
various useful and costly editions of the ancient Classic
Writers. The systematic order is then again resumed,
and Works on the Fine Arts, Trades, Sports and Pas¬
times, occupy nearly the whole remaining Presses in this
central portion of the Room. In the class Literature,
which immediately succeeds, will be seen some of the
best Works on Philology and Criticism, and a very
numerous collection of Grammars and Dictionaries of
most of the various languages in the world. Works on
the theory and practice of Eloquence follow ; and
Poetry, in its various kinds, ancient and modern, suc¬
ceeds. The Productions of miscellaneous Writers, and
the best editions of their collected Works, terminate this
class. In the last three Presses of this side of the Room,
are deposited the few Manuscript Volumes which be¬
longed to the Royal Founder of this truly valuable
Library. In the Presses on the left of the door, at the
end of this Room, are deposited Cases, enclosing a
great variety of single Plays, being for the most part the
productions of some of the earliest Italian, French,
and English Dramatic Writers. The Tracts which
follow, also enclosed in Cases, form a numerous series,
and are highly interesting, as connecting, in some in¬
stances, the chain of historical events, and in others,
elucidating particular facts and subjects of every de¬
scription.
The Books deposited in the Galleries follow, according
to subjects, nearly in the same systematic order as those
arranged in the Presses below.
The Tables on the Floor of the Room are occupied by
a most curious, splendid, and useful collection of Geo¬
graphy. In the 124 Cases entitled General Atlas, is
contained, topographically arranged, Maps of every part
of the Globe, and numerous plans of Towns, Buildings,
Gardens, &c., &c.
H. H. Baber.
ROOM I.]
TERRACOTTAS.
135
GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES*
FIRST ROOM.
TERRACOTTAS.
Over the door which fronts the entrance into this
room, is a bust of Charles Towneley, Esq., to whose pro¬
found knowledge of ancient Sculpture, and zeal in the
acquisition of the finest specimens of it, the nation is
indebted for the formation of a considerable part of the
splendid collection of Terracottas and Marbles con¬
tained in this Gallery, The bust was presented by his
uncle, John Towneley, Esq. It is executed in marble by
Mr. Nollekens.
No. 1. A female statue, probably one of the Muses,
PL III.
No. 2. An Amphora.
No. 3. A terminal head of the bearded Bacchus.
PL XXXVII. f. 75.
No. 4. A bas-relief, representing a combat between
two Amazons and two Griffins. PL iv. f. 4.
No. 5. Ditto, representing the head of a Triton, on
each side of which is a Cupid riding on a dolphin.
PL IV. f. 5.
No. 6. Ditto, representing a group of Silenus and
Cupid, before whom is a female Bacchante dancing, and
playing on the tambourin. PL v.
No. 7. Ditto, representing an engagement be¬
tween one of the Arimaspi and a Griffin ; on the left
of the combatants is the bust of an athletic figure, armed
with a battle-axe. PL vi. f. 7-
No. 8. Ditto, intended by the artist as a companion
to No. 7, and to be joined to it in the manner in which
it is here seen. The subject in both pieces is precisely
the same: the bust, however, in this piece is placed on
* All the articles in the following catalogue of antiquities, unless where
it is otherwise specified, belonged to the collection of the late Chartes
Towneley, Esq. More ample descriptions, with Plates, of the antiquities
contained in the British Museum, are in the course of publication ; and
references to the six parts already published are affixed to those articles
which have been therein engraved.
136
GALLERY OE ANTIQUITIES. [^ROOM I.
the right of the combatants, and is armed with a sword
and shield. PI. vi. f. 8.
No. 9. Repetition of No. 6. PL v.
No. 10. A bas-relief, representing a head of Me»
dusa, on each side of which is an eagle in the act of seiz¬
ing with its talons, one of the snakes entwined in the
locks of her hair. PI. vii. f. 10.
No, 11. Ditto, representing a couple of chimaeras
lapping water out of vessels held to them by two youths
who are attired in Phrygian dresses, and are each kneel¬
ing on one knee. PI. vii. f. 11.
No. 12. Ditto, representing a female, who seems to be
overwhelmed with affliction. She is seated, and is rest¬
ing her head upon her right arm, w^hile her attendants,
from the concern visible in their countenances, appear to
participate in her sorrow. This bas-relief probably re¬
presents Penelope dejected at the departure of Ulysses.
PI. VIII. f. 12.
No. 13. Ditto, imperfect, representing a fragment
of Medusa’s head, on one side of which is a figure of
Minerva. PI. viii. f. 13.
No. 14. Ditto, representing the bearded Bacchus,
and a female attendant on Bacchus, each of them hold¬
ing a thyrsus. From the collection of Sir Hans Sloane.
PI. IX. f. 14.
No. 15. Ditto, imperfect, representing a head of
Minerva, and a head of Jupiter. PI. ix. f. 15.
No. 16. Ditto, representing Minerva assisting the
Argonauts to build the famous ship Argo. ^t^PL x.
No. 17. Ditto, imperfect, representing Venus on the
ocean, riding upon a sea-horse. PL xi. f. 17.
No. 18. Ditto, representing Victory pouring out
a libation to Apollo Musagetes. From the collection of
Sir Hans Sloane* PL xi. f. 18.
No. 19. Ditto, representing a candelabrum lighted
for a sacrifice. On each side stands a priestess, who
with one hand supports the sacred fillets which decorate
the candelabrum, and with the other hand raises a small
portion of her robe, like the figure of Hope on coins of
the Roman Emperors. PL xii. f. 19.
No. 20. Ditto, representing Machaon, after he has
TERRACOTTAS.
137
ROOM I.]
been wounded. He is supposed to be sitting in the tent
of Nestor, who is administering a potion to him, as de¬
scribed in the Xlth book of the Iliad. The females in
attendance are slaves. PL xii. f. 20.
No. 21. A bas-relief, representing Bacchus and a Faun ;
the former holds a thyrsus in his left hand, the latter
carries a torch in his right hand, and an amphora on
his left shoulder. PI. xiii.
No. 22. Ditto, representing two Fauns kneeling, one
of them playing upon the tambourin, the other accom¬
panying him with small musical instruments called crotala.
Between them is Ampelus, the lower part of whose figure
terminates in branches of the vine. PI. xiv. f. 22.
No. 23. Ditto, representing two of the Seasons,
Spring and Summer. PI. xiv. f. 23.
No. 24^. Ditto, representing Victory sacrificing a bull
before a lighted candelabrum, which is used at an altar.
PI. XV. f. 24.
No. 25. Ditto, imperfect, representing Perseus cut¬
ting off the head of Medusa. PI. xv. f. 25.
No. 26. Ditto, representing Victory sacrificing a bull
before a small altar, which is placed upon a tripod table.
PI. XVI. f. 26.
No. 27. Ditto, imperfect, representing a female Bac¬
chante offering a basket of figs to the goddess Pudicitia.
From the collection of Sir Hans Sloane. PL xvi. f. 27.
No. 28. Ditto, representing two Fauns gather¬
ing grapes into baskets. PL xvii. f. 28.
No. 29. Ri|petition of No. 21. PL xiii.
No. 30. A nbas-relief, representing Bacchus leaning
on the shoulders of a Faun. At his feet is a panther
holding up his mouth to receive the wine which is
poured from the vase held in the right hand of Bac¬
chus. Before this group is a female attendant on
Bacchus, holding a thyrsus in her hand. PI. xvii.
f. 30.
No. 31. Ditto, representing two Fauns leaning over
a large open vessel of wine, as if observing the reflec¬
tion of their faces on the surface of the liquor. PL
XVIII. f. 31.
No. 32. Ditto, imperfect, representing a trophy, be-
138
GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [rOOM I.
fore which stands a captive attended by a guard, and
secured by a chain fastened round his right wrist. PL
XVIII. f. 32.
No. 33. A bas-relief, representing two Fauns gathering
grapes into baskets. From the collection of Sir Hans
Shane, PI. xxxiv. f. 69.
No. 34. Ditto, representing Paris carrying off Helen,
in a car drawn by four horses. PI. xix. f. 34.
No. 35. Ditto, representing Egyptian hieroglyphics.
PI. XIX. f. 35.
No. 36. Ditto, representing two persons navigating
the Nile in a boat. In the fore-ground are a hippopo¬
tamus, two crocodiles, some birds, and several plants of
the Nymph^a lotus. In the distance are buildings, on
the roofs of w^hich are seen three Ibises. The whole of
this scenery is viewed through two arches supported by
columns. PI. xx. f. 36.
No. 37. Ditto, imperfect, representing a vase with
two handles, on one side of which is a panther leaping
up, a thyrsus, and the letter A. PI. xx. f. 37.
No. 38. A statue of the muse Urania ; both the hands
are wanting ; but from the position of the arms, it is pro¬
bable that the figure held a radius in the right hand, and
a celestial globe in the left hand. It is three feet ten
inches high, and is one of the largest statues that have
been found of terracotta. PI. xxr.
No. 39. An Amphora. From the collection of Sir
Hans Shane.
No. 40. A statue of a muse resting l||r left arm upon
a pile of writing tablets which are placed upon a square
column. The right arm is raised towards the neck.
The figure, in its present state, is three feet four inches
high : the head is lost. PI. xxii.
No. 41. An Amphora. From the collection of Sir
Hans Shane.
No. 42. A bas-relief, representing a short naked
human figure, with a beard ; he holds in each hand the
stem of a plant. On each side of this figure is seated a
quadruped, whose head is that of an elderly man, and
whose tail terminates in a flower. PI. xxiii. f. 42.
No. 43. Ditto, representing Cupids supporting fes¬
toons of fruit. PI. XXIII. f. 43.
ROOM I.] TERRACOTTAS. 139
No. 44. A bas-relief, representing a Faun and a Bac¬
chante dancing, and holding between them the infant Bac¬
chus in a basket used for winnowing corn. PL xxiy. f. 44.
No. 45. Ditto, representing the head of Pan, on each
side of which is the head of a Satyr ; one of the Satyrs
is crowned with branches of the pine^, and the other with
branches of ivy. PL xxiv. f. 45.
No. 46. Repetition of No. 45.
No. 47. A bas-relief, representing the Indian Bac¬
chus received as a guest by Icarus. PL xxv.
No. 48. Ditto, representing two Fauns riding on
panthers. The hinder part of the panthers terminate
in vine leaves. Between the panthers is a vase with
two handles. PL xxvi. f. 48.
No. 49. Ditto, representing a bull and a lion running
in contrary directions. The hind legs of both animals
are enveloped in foliage. PL xxvi. f. 49.
No. 50. Ditto, representing a lighted candelabrum,
which is composed entirely of a plant. The flames issue
from^ the flower, which grows upon a long stem. On
each side stands a priestess, with one hand holding up a
small portion of her robe (see Nos. 19 and 54), and with
the other hand holding one of the branches of the plant.
PL XXVII. f. 50.
No. 51. Ditto, representing tw^o of the Seasons,
Autumn and Winter. PL xxvii. f. 51.
No. 52. Ditto, imperfect, representing the goddess
Salus, feeding a serpent out of a patera. The serpent
is twined rour||j| the trunk of a tree, from a branch of
which are suspended two cast off skins of the serpent.
PL xxviii. f. 52.
No. 53. Ditto, representing a warrior consulting the
oracle of Apollo. PL xxviii. f. 53.
No. 54. Ditto, representing a lighted candelabrum,
on each side of which stands a priestess carrying a pa¬
tera on her head, and holding up a small portion of her
robe with one hand. (See Nos. 19 and 50.) PL xxrx.
No. 55. Ditto, representing Theseus slaying a Cen¬
taur. PL xxx. f. 55.
No. 56. Repetition of No. 18.
No. 57. Repetition of No. 23.
140
GALLERY OF ANTJQUITIES. j^ROOM I.
No. 58. Repetition of No. 50.
No. 59. A bas-relief, representing two Fauns tread¬
ing out the juice of grapes in a wine-press. On one
side is a Faun playing upon the double pipe ; and on
the other side another Faun, somewhat aged in his
appearance, loaded with a heavy basket of grapes.
PI. XXX. f. 59.
No. 60. Ditto, representing a chariot-race. PI. xxxi.
f. 60.
No. 61 . Repetition of No. 6.
No. 62. A bas-relief, representing a mask of Bac¬
chus, between those of a young and an old Faun. PL
XXXI. f. 62.
No. 63. Repetition of No. 62.
No. 64. Repetition of No. 6.
No. 65. A bas-relief, representing two captives in a
car drawn by two horses. The captives have chains
fastened round their necks and round their ancles, and
the ends of the chains are held by guards walking on
each side of the car. PI. xxxii. f. 65.
No. 66. Ditto, representing a head of Jupiter
Ammon, which rests on a flower. The ends of the fillets
with which the head of Jupiter is crowned are held on
each side by a Faun, who is furnished with wings, and
whose figure terminates below in foliage, which curls in
such a manner as to give the figure the appearance of
a Triton. PI. xxxii. f. 66.
No. 67. Ditto, representing two Fauns gathering
grapes into baskets. PL xxxiii. f. 67. 0
No. 68. Ditto, representing a figure of Victory
standing upon a plant, and supporting the branches
of it with her hands. PL xxxiii. f. 68.
No. 69. Repetition of No. 33.
No. 70. A bas-relief, representing Victory sacrificing
a bull before a tripod altar, PL xxxiv. f. 70.
No. 71. Ditto, imperfect, representing Theseus
riding at full speed, and cutting off the head of an
Amazon, whom he has caught by the hair of her head.
PL XXXV. f. 71.
No. 72. Ditto, representing Venus carried through
the air upon a swan. PL xxxv. f. 72.
No. 73. Ditto, representing Cupid pressing Psyche,
141
ROOM II.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.
in the form of a butterfly, to his breast. PL xxxvi.
f. 73.
No. 74. A bas-relief, presenting Cupid flying with
a palm-branch in one hand and a wreath in the other. PI.
XXXVI. f. 74.
No. 75. A terminal head of the bearded Bacchus.
PI. XXXVII. f. 75.
No. 76. A female statue, probably of Thalia, the
pastoral Muse. PI. xxxviii.
No. 77. An Amphora. From the collection of Sir
Hans Sloane.
No. 78. A female statue, the character unknown.
The head and lower arms are modern. PI. xxxix.
No. 79. A statue of Juno, crowned with an indented
diadem. Part of the arms is wanting. PI. xL.
Nos. 80 — 83. Amphorae of various forms.
SECOND ROOM.
GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.
No. 1. A colossal head of Minerva. Pt. 1. PI. i.
No. 2. A funeral urn, ornamented with equestrian
and pedestrian combatants. Pt. 1. PL ii.
No. 3. One of the feet or supports of an ancient
tripod table. Pt. 1. PL iii.
No. 4. A statue of a canephora, anciently made use of
as a column. It was one of the Caryatides which sup¬
ported the portico of a small temple dedicated to Bacchus.
Pt. 1. PL IV.
No. 5. A candelabrum. Pt. 1. PL v.
No. 6. The triangular base of a candelabrum, on the
sides of which three Genii hold each a part of the armour
of Mars ; namely, his helmet, his shield, and his sword.
Pt. 1. PL VI.
No. 7. A vase three feet high, with upright massive
handles ; it is of an oval form, and is ornamented all
round with Bacchanalian figures. Pt. 1. PL vii.
No. 8. A statue of Venus, naked to the waist, and
covered with drapery thence downwards. It was found
in the Maritime Baths of Claudius, at Ostia. Pt. 1.
PL viii.
No. 9. A vase two feet eight inches high, of an oval
142
GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [[rOOM III.
form, with two upright double handles, which spring
from the necks of swans. The body of the vase in front
is enriched with a group of Bacchanalians. Pt. 1. PI. ix.
No. 10. A fountain ornamented with ivy and olive
branches. The water was conveyed through a perfora¬
tion in the back part of this monument to a serpent’s
head, in which a leaden pipe was introduced, part of
which still remains in the mouth. Pt. 1. PI. x.
No. 11. A colossal head of Hercules, dug up at the
foot of Mount Vesuvius, where it had been buried by the
lava of that volcano. From the collection of Sir William
Hamilton, Pt. 1. PI. xi.
No. 12. A colossal head of Hercules, in a very ancient
style of Greek sculpture. Pt. 1. PI. xii.
No. 13. A fragment of one of the three supports of a
tripod basin, composed of the head and neck of a lion. On
the forehead are the horns of a goat. Pt. 1. PI. xiii.
No. 14. The capital or upper division of a votive
cippus. Pt. 1. PI. XIV.
No. 15. The key-stone of a triumphal arch, orna¬
mented with a figure of Victory elaborately hollowed out
between the two volutes. This fragment is inserted in a
modern pedestal. Pt. 1. PI. xv.
No. 16. A colossal head of Minerva, a specimen of
early Greek work. Pt. 1. PI. xvi.
THIRD ROOM.
GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.
No. 1. A bas-relief, representing an old Faun strug¬
gling with a nymph. Pt. 2. PI. i.
No. 2. Ditto, representing a candelabrum. Pt. 2.
PI. n.
No. 3. Ditto, representing a funeral column, near
which is a statue of the god of Lampsacus. Pt. 2. PI. iii.
No. 4. Ditto, representing Bacchus received as a
guest by Icarus. Pt. 2. PI. iv.
No. 5. Ditto, representing warriors consulting the
oracle of Apollo. Pt. 2. PI. v.
No. 6. Ditto, in the flat early style of Grecian sculp¬
ture. It represents Castor managing a horse. Pt. 2.
PI. vi,^
143
KOOM III.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.
No. 7- A bas-relief, representing Hercules securing
the Maenalian stag, which, at the command of Eurystheus,
he had pursued a whole year in the forest of Arcadia.
Pt. 2. PI. VI I.
No. 8. Blank,
No. 9. A bas-relief, divided into three compartments.
In the upper division, the infant Bacchus is represented
riding on a goat ; in the middle, a Triton, in attendance
on Venus, is seizing a marine bull by the horns; and in
the lower division is a company of hunters returning home
with their spoil. Pt. 2. Pi. ix.
No. 10. Ditto, representing a festoon of vine branches
suspended from the skulls of bulls. In the centre, above
the festoon, is a mask of a Faun. It has served as a
decoration in the inside of a circular building. Pt. 2.
PI. X.
No. 11. Ditto, representing the Dioscuri on horse¬
back. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton,
Pt. 2. PI. XI.
No. 12. Ditto, representing a Bacchanalian group,
consisting of three figures ; the first a Bacchante playing
on the tambourin ; the second, a Faun playing on the
double pipe ; and the third, an intoxicated Faun holding
a thyrsus. Pt. 2. PI. xii.
No. 13. Ditto, representing Victory offering a liba¬
tion to Apollo Musagetes. From the collection of Sir
William Hamilton, Pt. 2. PI. xiii.
No. 14. Ditto, which has served as an ornament on
the outside of a circular building. It consists of a couple
of branches issuing from one stem, and curling in oppo¬
site directions. Pt. 2. PI. xiv.
No. 15. Ditto, representing the Centaur Nessus car¬
rying Deianira in his arms. Pt. 2. PI. xv.
No. 16. Ditto, representing a cow suckling her calf,
and drinking out of a circular vessel. Pt. 2. PI. xvi.
No. 17- Two terminal heads, joined back to back ;
one of the bearded Bacchus, the other of Libera. Pt.
2. PI. XVII.
No. 18. A statue of the Goddess of Fortune. Pt. 2.
PI. XVIII.
No. 19. A terminal head of the bearded Bacchus, of
very early Greek work. Pt. 2. PI. xix.
144
GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [rOOM III.
No. 20. A head of Hippocrates. Pt. 2. PI. xx.
No. 21. A terminal head of Mercury. Purchased^
in 1812, at the sale of Antiquities belonging to William
Chinnery, Esq, Pt. 2. PL xxi.
No. 22. A statue of Venus. Pt. 2. PI. xxii.
No. 23. A bas-relief, representing the apotheosis, or
deification, of Homer. The Father of Poetry is seated
on a throne at the foot of Mount Parnassus, the re¬
sidence of the Muses ; before the poet is a group of
figures offering up sacrifices to him. Above are Apollo
and the Nine Muses ; and on the summit of the moun¬
tain is Jupiter, who appears to be giving his sanction to
the divine honours which are paid to Homer. This
highly interesting bas-relief was found about the middle
of the 17th century, at Frattochi, the ancient Bovillae, in
the Appian road, ten miles from Rome. It was for
many years in the Colonna Palace, at Rome, and was
purchased for the British Museum in the year 1819.
Nos. 21*. 22*. Two feet covered with sandals. They
have belonged to the same statue, and are in beautiful
preservation.
No. 23*. A bas-relief, representing a comic and a tra¬
gic mask.
No. 24*. Ditto, representing four Bacchic masks.
Purchased in 181 8.
No. 25*. A tragic mask.
No. 24. A statue of a Faun. Pt. 2, PI. xxiv.
No. 25. A terminal head of Homer, represented in
an advanced age, with a sublime and dignified character.
Pt. 2. PI. XXV.
No. 26. A bust of Sophocles. Pt. 2. PL xxvi.
No. 27. A terminal head of the bearded Bacchus.
Pt. 2. PL XXVII.
No. 28. A statue of a nymph of Diana resting her¬
self after the fatigues of the chase. Pt. 2. PL xxviii.
No. 29. An entire terminus of the bearded Bacchus,
six feet high. Pt. 2. PL xxix.
No. 30. A terminal head of the bearded Bacchus.
Pt. 2. PL XXX.
No. 31. A statue of a youth holding with both hands
a part of an arm which he is biting. This statue be¬
longed to a group, originally composed of two boys who
ROOM III.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. 145
had quarrelled at the game of Tali, as appears by one of
those bones called remaining in the hand of the figure
which i»dost. Pt. 2. PL xxxi.
No. 32. A terminal head of Pericles, helmeted, and
inscribed with his name. Pt. 2. PL xxxii.
No. 33. A statue of a Faun; the trunk of the tree
which supports the figure is inscribed with the name of
the artist. Pt. 2. PL xxxiii.
No. 34. A terminal head of Epicurus. Pt. 2. PL
Xxxiv.
No. 35. A terminal statue of Pan playing upon a
pipe. Pt. 2. PL XXXV.
No. 36. A Greek inscription upon a circular shield,
containing the names of the Ephebi of Athens under
Alcamenes, when he held the office of Cosmetes. Pt. 2.
PL XXXVI.
No. 37. A terminal statue, supposed to be that of
Venus Architis. Pt. 2. PL xxxvii.
No. 38. A circular votive patera ; having on one
side, within a wreath of ivy, an eagle standing upon a
slaughtered hare; on the other side, Cupid sacrificing to
the god of Lampsacus. Pt. 2. PL xxxviii.
No. 39. An unknown bronze head, supposed to be
that of Pindar. Presented^ in 1760, by the Earl of
Exeter, Pt. 2. PL xxxix.
No. 40. A circular votive patera, with a head of Pan
in very high relief, on one side; and on the other, in
low relief, a profile bead of Silenus, in front of a blazing
altar, and a branch of ivy between them. Pt. 2. PL xl.
No. 40^. A torso of Hercules.
No. 41. A Greek sepulchral monument. The bas-
relief in front represents a trophy, on one side of which
stands a warrior, and on the other a female figure feed¬
ing a serpent that is twined round the trunk of a tree on
which the trophy is erected. On the right of these
figures is the fore-part of a horse. An inscription on
the top of this monument contains a list of names, pro¬
bably of those who fell in some engagement. Brought
to England by Mr. Topham, in 1725, and presented to the
British Museum, in 1780, by the Right Hon. Sir Joseph
Banks, and the Hon. A, C. Fraser. Pt. 2. PL xli.
No. 42. A terminal head of Periander. Pt. 2* PL xlii.
H
146
GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ROOM IV., V.
No. 43. A repetition of No. 33. Pt. 2. PL xljii.
No. 44. An unknown terminal head, probably of a
Greek poet. Pt. 2. PI. xliv.
No. 45. A statue of Actseon attacked by his dogs.
Pt. 2. PL XLV.
No. 46. A terminal head of the young Hercules ; it
is crowned with the leaves of the poplar. Pt. 2. PL
XL VI.
FOURTH ROOM.
GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.
No. 1. A bust of Trajan, with the breast naked. Pt.
3. PL I.
No. 2. A statue of Apollo, of very early Greek
work. Purchased^ in 1818, at the sale of the Comte de
Choiseul- Gouffiers Antiquities,
No. 3. A head of Apollo, of very early Greek work,
Pt. 3. PL IV.
No. 4. A head, supposed to be that of Arminius.
Pt. 3. PL VI.
No. 5. A statue of Thalia, found at Ostia, in the
maritime baths of the Emperor Claudius. Pt. 3. PL v.
No. 6. A colossal head of Marcus Aurelius, repre¬
sented in the character of one of the Fratres Arvales.
Pt. 3. PL IX.
No. 7. A colossal bust of Lucius Verus, covered
with the imperial paludamentum. Pt. 3. PL x.
No. 8. A group of Bacchus and Ampelus. Pt. 3.
PL XT.
No. 9. A head of the young Hercules. Pt. 3. PL
XII.
No. 10. A head, supposed to be that of Dione. Pt.
3. PL XIII.
No. 11. A statue of Diana. Pt. 3. PL xiv.
No. 12. A bust of Hadrian, with the breast naked.
Pt. 3. PL XV.
FIFTH ROOM. [
ROMAN SEPULCHRAL ANTIQUITIES. j;
The objects in this room are figured, and more par- (i
ticularly described, in ‘‘ The Description of the Ancient I:
Marbles in the British Museum.” Pt. 5. I
ROOM V.3 ROMAN SEPULCHRAL ANTIQUITIES. 147
No. 1. A sepulchral urn, with a bas-relief in front;
it appears never to have been used, as it is solid, and
without any inscription. Presented^ in 1817, hy W, A.
MackinnoU) Esq.
No. % A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Atime-
tus. Presented^ in 1817, hy W. A. Mackinnon., Esq.
No. 3. A funeral inscription to M. Naevius Proculus.
Presented, in 1757, by Thomas Hollis, Esq.
No. 4. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Ver-
nasia Cyclas.
No. 5. Ditto, with an inscription to L. Lepidius
Epaphras. Presented, in 1817, by W. A. MacMnnon, Esq.
No. 6. Two earthen ollae, placed in the manner of
those which contained the ashes of the slaves and in¬
ferior order of the Roman people. The monumental in¬
scription, in front of them, records the names of Annio-
lena Maxima and Servilia Irene.
No. 7. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Pom-
peius Justinianus.
No. 8. Ditto, with an inscription to T. Titulenus
Isauricus.
No. 9. Blank.
No. 10. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to FI.
^lius Victor.
No. 11. Ditto, with an inscription to Silia Attica.
No. 12. A sepulchral vase, found in a tomb near
Naples.
No. 13. A sarcophagus, on the front of which is re¬
presented the lamentation of a family over a female
corpse.
Under No. 13. Front of a sepulchral urn, inscribed
to Cornelia Servanda and Cornelia Onesime.
No. 14. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to
Serullia Zosimenes.
No. 15. Ditto, with an inscription to P. Licinius
Successus.
No. 16. Blank.
No. 17. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to Cos-
sutia Prima.
No. 18. Ditto, with an inscription to Ti. Claudius
Lupercus. Presented^ in 1817, by fV. A. Mackinnon, Esq.
H 2
148
GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [^ROOM V.
No. 19. Two earthen ollae, similar to those described
at No. 6. The monumental inscription, placed in front
of them, records the names of P. Stenius Rufus and
Plosurnia Salvilla.
No. 20. A funeral inscription to Eutychia. Pre-
sentedy in 1757, hy Thomas Hollis, Esq*
No. 21. An Etruscan cinerary urn in baked clay.
The bas-relief in front represents the hero Echetles
fighting with a ploughshare for the Greeks at the battle
of Marathon. Upon the cover is a recumbent female
figure.
No. 22. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to
Claudia Fortunata. From the collection of Sir Hans
Sloane*
No. 23. A funeral inscription to Lucretia. Presented,
in 1757, by Thomas Hollis, Esq*
No. 24. An Etruscan cinerary urn in baked clay.
The story of Echetles is represented in front (see No.
21), and on the cover is a recumbent female figure.
The figures on this monument were originally painted.
On the upper part of the urn is an Etruscan inscription
in red letters. From the collection of Sir William Hamil¬
ton*
No. 25. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to T.
Sex. Agatha.
No. 26. A sepulchral vase, in alabaster, with an in¬
scription to Flavia Valentina.
No. 27* A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to
Junia Pieris.
No. 28. An earthen olla, similar to those described
at No. 6. The monumental inscription placed in front
of it records the name of Opilia Faustilla.
No. 29. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to
Ccelia Asteris. From the collection of Sir William Ha¬
milton*
No. 30. Ditto, with an inscription to P. Octanius
Secundus.
No. 30^'. A sepulchral vase, in yellow alabaster.
No. 31. A fragment of a testamentary inscription,
cut from a sepulchral cippus.
No. 32. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to
BOOM V.] ROMAN SEPULCHRAL ANTIQUITIES. 149
Pompeius Locusto, Attilia Clodia, and Pompeius. From
the collection of Sir William Hamilton,
No. S3. Ditto, with an inscription to C. Magius Pal.
Heraclides.
No. 34. An Etruscan cinerary urn in baked clay.
The bas-relief in front represents the single combat be¬
tween the two brothers, Eteocles and Polynices. The
two female figures, who are standing near the combat¬
ants, are Furies. An Etruscan inscription is painted in
red letters on the upper part of this urn ; on the cover is
a recumbent female figure. From the collection of Sir
William Hamilton,
No. 35. A sarcophagus, on the front of which various
figures of Cupid and Psyche are represented.
No. 36. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to D.
Albiccus Licinus.
No. 37. Ditto, with an inscription to Flavia Eunya.
No. 37^. A sepulchral vase, in yellow alabaster.
No. 38. A monumental inscription to Dasumia So-
teris.
No. 39. A sepulchral vase, in alabaster. From the
collection of Sir William Hamilton,
No. 40. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to
Isochryses.
No. 41. An earthen olla, similar td those described
at No. 6. The monumental inscription, placed in front
of it, records the name of Apuleia Tychen.
No. 42. A funeral inscription to Flavia Provincia.
No. 43. A sepulchral urn, with an inscription to
Pilia Philtata. From the collection of Sir William Ha~
milt on.
No. 44. A funeral inscription to Isidorus. Presented^
in 1757, hy Thomas Hollis^ Esq,
No. 45. A mosaic pavement, discovered in digging
the foundation for the new buildings at the Bank of
England. Presented^ in 1806, by the Directors of the
Bank,
In a temporary Building, opposite the Fifth
Room, is placed the large and valuable collection of
casts, chiefly architectural, which belonged to the late
150 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [[rOOM VI.
Sir Thomas Lawrence. They were bequeathed by him, |l
on payment of a sum much inferior to their real value, ji
to the Royal Academy, by whom they were presented to |
the British Museum. i
On the left hand, next the floor, are five plaster casts
of the very remarkable sculptured Metopes discovered
at Selinus in Sicily by Mr. Harris and Mr. Angell, in
the year 1823. Presented to the Museum hy Samuel
Angell^ Esq>
The fragments of mosaic pavement were found at
Withington in Gloucestershire. They ‘were presented^
in 1811, by Henry Brooke, Esq,
SIXTH ROOM.
GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.
No. 1. A medallion, representing in profile the bust of
an unknown Greek philosopher.
No. 2. Part of the front of a sarcophagus, repre¬
senting Achilles among the daughters of Lycomedes.
No. 3. A bas-relief, cut from the end of a sarco¬
phagus ; it represents two Fauns punishing a Satyr.
No. 4. Part of the front of a large sarcophagus, re¬
presenting a marriage.
No. 5. The front of a sarcophagus, representing the
Nine Muses wdth their respective attributes.
No. 6. A bas-relief, cut from the end of the same
sarcophagus as No. 3. It represents two Cupids and a
Faun carrying an intoxicated Satyr.
No. 7. Part of a sarcophagus, representing a carpen-
tum, or funeral car, drawn by four horses.
No. 8. A medallion, representing in profile the bust
of an unknowm Greek philosopher. It is similar to No. 1,
but of a later time and inferior sculpture.
No. 9. The front of a sarcophagus, representing cap¬
tive Amazons with their shields and battle-axes.
No. 10. A fragment of a sarcophagus, representing
Bacchus with a thyrsus in his left hand, and with his
right arm thrown over the shoulders of a Faun.
No. 11. A fragment of a magnificent sarcophagus,
representing an elderly man, with a manuscript roll in
151
BOOM VI.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.
! his hand, which he is reading. Before him stands a Muse
holding a mask.
No. 12. The front of a sarcophagus, representing a
Bacchanalian procession.
No. 13. Heads of Paris and Helen, in alto-relievo.
No. 14. The front of a sarcophagus, representing
Genii supporting various pieces of armour. On a shield,
I in the centre, is an inscription to Sallustius lasius.
No. 15. A head of Jupiter.
No. 16. A terminal statue of a youth represented with
the attributes of Mercury.
No. 17. A votive altar, sacred to Apollo.
No. 18. A head of Apollo Musagetes, resembling, in
the disposition of the hair, and in the character of the
face, the head of a Muse.
No. 19. An altar of Roman work, ornamented with
Egyptian figures.
Upon it, a votive statue of Diana Triformis, with a
dedicatory inscription round the plinth.
No. 20. A torso of a small statue of Venus.
No. 21. A swan, in red marble.
No. 22. A small statue of Cupid bending his bow.
No. 23. A funeral monument of Xanthippus, who is
represented sitting in a chair, and holding a human foot
in his right hand.
No. 24. An altar, on which various Egyptian figures
are represented. It is of Roman work.
Upon it, a statue of a satyr.
No. 25. A head of an Amazon, in the early style of
Greek sculpture.
No. 26. A figure of Victory sacrificing a bull.
No. 27. A bust of Hadrian with the imperial palu-
damentum.
No. 28. A bas-relief, representing a female Bac¬
chante clothed in thin floating drapery, through which
the beautiful forms of her body are perfectly apparent.
With one hand, which is held somewhat above her head,
she holds a knife, and at the same time secures a portion
of her robe with is blown behind her; with the other
hand, which is held downwards, she carries the hind
quarters of a kid. This piece of sculpture was originally
152 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [[rOOM TI.
one of the ornamental figures on the triangular base of a
candelabrum.
Upon it a head of a child.
No, 29. A bust of Severus with the imperial palu*>
damentum.
No. 30. A sarcophagus, in the centre of which is the
portrait of an elderly man, placed in the inside of a shield,
which is supported by two Genii,
Upon it, three tiles, in terracotta, brought from Athens.
The fronts are ornamented with a border of the honey-
suckle pattern, and in the centre of each is a head of a
lion, for carrying off the water. Purchased in 1815.
Underneath, a colossal foot of Apollo. Presented^ in
1784, by Sir William Hamilton,
No. 31. A figure of Victory sacrificing a bull.
No. 32. A head of Faustina, the wife of Marcus
Aurelius.
No. 33. A sepulchral cippus, with an inscription to
Viria Primitiva.
Upon it, a triangular base of a small candelabrum.
No. 34. A bronze statue of a Roman Emperor,
probably of Nero when he was young. The figure is
represented in armour, which is most beautifully inlaid.
It was found near Barking-Hall, in Suffolk, on the estate
of the Earl of Ashburnham. Presented^ in 1813, by the
Pari of Ashburnham,
No. 35. An Eagle.
No. 36. A statue of Diana Lucifera, of which the
head and arms are lost. It was found at Woodchester,
in the county of Gloucester. Presented^ in 1811, by
Samuel Lysons^ Esq,
No. 37» A Greek sepulchral monument, with a bas-
relief, and an inscription to Isias, who was a native of
Laodicea, and daughter of Metrodorus. Brought from
Smyrna. Presented, in 1772, by Matiheuo Duane, Esq,,
and Thomas Tyrijohitt, Esq,
No. 38. A triangular base of a candelabrum, the side^
of which are ornamented with the attributes of Apollo ;
namely, a griffin, a raven, and a tripod.
No. 39. A head of Plautilla.
No. 40. A statue of Libera, holding a thyrsus over
163
ROOM VI. 3 GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.
her right shoulder, and a bunch of grapes in her left hand;
"at her feet is a panther.
No. 41. A head of Atys.
No. 42. A head of an unknown female, the hair
elegantly bound with broad fillets.
No. 43. A statue of Ceres, crowned in the manner of
Isis.
No. 44. A head of Nero.
No. 45. A sepulchral cippus, without an inscription.
On the front, beneath a festoon which is composed of
fruits and foliage, and is suspended from the skulls of
bulls, are two birds perched on the edge of a vase, out
of which they are drinking.
Upon it, a votive statue of a fisherman, who is carrying
a round leathern bucket suspended from his left arm.
The head is covered with a mariner’s bonnet, and a
dolphin serves as a support to the figure.
No. 46. A small scenic figure, sitting on a square
plinth. The face is covered with a comic mask.
No. 47* A head of one of the Homeric heroes. It is
highly animated, and is looking upwards, apparently in
great agitation. Pt. 2. PI. xxiii.
No. 48. A small statue of Jupiter sitting. He is re¬
presented in his twofold capacity, as king of the upper
and lower regions.
No. 49. A Greek funeral monument of Dernocles,
the son of Dernocles, with a bas-relief and an inscription
in eight elegiac verses. It was brought from Smyrna.
Presented^ in 1772, hy Mattheuo Duane, Esq., and
Thomas Tyrvohitt, Esq.
No. 50. A votive altar sacred to Bacchus. On the
front, Silenus is represented riding on a panther.
Upon it, a votive statue of a fisherman, holding a
basket of fish in his left hand.
No. 51. A bust of Caracalla; the head only is antique.
No. 52. A group of two dogs, one of which is biting
the ear of the other in play.
No. 53. An unknown bust, dressed in the Roman toga.
No, 54. A bas-relief, representing Priam in the act
of supplicating Achilles to deliver to him the body of his
son Hector.
H 3
154
GALLERY OP ANTIQUITIES. [^ROOM VI.
Upon it, a head of a female child. The hair is divided
into plaits, which are twisted into a knot on the back part
of the head. Some of the red paint, with which the hair
was originally coloured, is still visible.
No. 55. "A bust of Gordianus Africanus the elder,
dressed in the Roman toga.
No. 56. A sphinx, which anciently formed part of the
base of a superb candelabrum.
No. 57. The front of the cover of a magnificent sar¬
cophagus. It represents a group of cattle, on one side
of which is an old Faun, and on the other a young Faun,
both recumbent.
Upon it, two tiles in terracotta, brought from Athens;
the fronts are painted. Purchased in 1815.
Underneath,
A fragment of a colossal toe.
A fragment of a colossal foot.
A votive foot, with a sandal. Round the foot a serpent
is twined, with its head resting on the summit, which ter¬
minates a little above the ancle.
An earthen vase, which has two handles at the neck
and terminates in a point at the bottom, like an amphora.
It was found in the baths of Titus, with above seventy
others of the same sort ; all of them contained the fine
African sand with which, when mixed with oil, the
Athletae rubbed their bodies before they exercised.
A votive foot covered with a sandal, and having a ser¬
pent twined round it as in the one before described.
A colossal hand.
A mask of Bacchus.
No. 58. A head of Sabina.
No. 59. A sepulchral cippus, with an inscription to
M. Coelius Superstes.
Upon it, an Egyptian tumbler, practising his art on
the back of a tame crocodile..
No. 60. A small statue of a muse, sitting on a rock,
holding a lyre in her left hand ; the plinth is inscribed
EYMOTZIA.
No. 61. An unknown bust of a middle-aged man.
The hair of the head and beard is short and bushy ; the
left shoulder is covered with part of the chlamys ; the
right shoulder and breast are uncovered. On the plinth
ROOM VII.] BRITISH ANTIQUITIES. 155
is an inscription, signifying that L. ^milius Fortunatus
dedicates the bust to his friend.
No. 62. A small statue of Hercules, sitting on a rock,
with the apples of the Hesperides in his left hand.
No. 63. A Greek sepulchral monument, with a bas-
relief, and an inscription to Exacestes, and Metra his wife.
No. 64. The front of a votive altar, with an inscrip¬
tion for the safe return of Septimius Severus and his
family from some expedition. The parts in the inscrip¬
tion which are erased contained the name of Geta, which,
by a severe edict of Caracalla, was ordered to be erased
from every inscription throughout the Roman empire.
Upon it, a small statue of a Muse, sitting on a rock and
playing on a lyre.
No. 65. A head of Domitia.
No. 66. A statue three feet ten inches high, ending
from the waist downwards in a terminus. In the right
hand is a bunch of grapes, at which a bird, held under
the left arm, is pecking.
No. 67. A votive altar, with a dedicatory inscription
to Bona Dea Annianensis.
No. 68. A head of Jupiter Serapis. The paint with
which the face was originally coloured is still discernible.
SEVENTH ROOM.
BRITISH ANTIQUITIES.
A Stone sarcophagus. In it were two glass vessels,
each containing burnt bones, and much liquid ; between
them, two pair of shoes of purple leather, embroidered
with gold. Near the sarcophagus were found the remains
of a wooden box, with the brass clamps and round headed
brass nails, by which it had been held together, and with
them two bottles of red pottery and two pans of the same,
on which were some ashes, and two small rib bones.
At some little distance was found the large globular
earthen vessel. It contained some burnt bones, and
the remains of a small glass bottle. It is capable of
containing about six gallons. These were all found at
Southfleet, in 1801, within the site of an old building
about fifty feet square, and were presented to the British
Museum by the Rev* George Rashleighy 1836.
156 (GALLERY OF AKTIQUltlES. ^ROOM VIl.
A small Roman altar, with a bas-relief, in front, of
Ceres holding a cornucopiae and pouring incense from
a patera upon an altar.
A small Roman altar, with a bas-relief in front, of
Mars or a Roman general, holding a spear and shield.
A small Roman altar, similarly decorated with the
preceding. These three were found at Kingstanley, in
Gloucestershire, and presented hy the Rev, Peter Hawker,
A pig of lead, with the name of the Emperor Domitian
inscribed upon it. It weighs 154 pounds. It was dis¬
covered, in the year 1731, underground, on Hayshaw
Moor, in the manor of Dacre, in the West Riding of
Yorkshire. Bequeathed by Sir John Ingilhy, Bart., and
presented by his Executors in 1772.
A pig of lead, inscribed with the name of L. Aruconius
Verecundus. It weighs 81 pounds. It was found near
Matlock Bank, in Derbyshire. Presented, in 1797? by
Adam Wolley, Esq,, and Peter Nightingale, Esq,
A pig of lead, with the name of the Emperor Hadrian
inscribed upon it. It weighs 191 pounds. It was found
in the year 1796, or 1797, in a farm called Snailbeacb,
in the parish of Westbury, 10 miles sw. of Salop. Pre¬
sented, in 1798, by John Lloyd, Esq,
A pig of lead, also inscribed with the name of the
Emperor Hadrian. Its weight is 125 pounds. It was
found in Cromford Moor, in Derbyshire, Presented, in
1797, by Adam Wolley, Esq,, and Peter Nightingale,
Esq,
A Roman altar, erected by some freedmen and slaves,
upon the restoration of their master to health. On one
side are the rod and snake of iEsculapius, and sacrificial
instruments. On the other, are the cornucopise and
rudder, with a patera, simpulum, &c. Found near the Wa¬
tergate, Chester, 1779. Presented by Sir Ph, de Malpas
Grey Egertofi, Bart,
A large stone vessel, in form of half an octagon, on
each of four sides is sculptured a bust in high relief, viz.
Venus holding a mirror, Jupiter, Mercury with a cadu^
ceus, and Mars with a spear. It was first noticed by
Horsley lying neglected in the mill at Chesterford,
Essex.” It was afterwards procured by Dr. Foote
Gower, from a blacksmith, who had used it as a cistern
ROOM VIII.]] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 157
for cooling his irons. In 1780, Thomas Brand Hollis re¬
ceived it from the Doctor’s widow, and presented it 1803.
An altar, with a Greek inscription, dedicated by Dio-
dora, a high priestess, to the Tyrian Hercules. One
side is decorated with a bull’s head and sacrificing-knife,
the other with a crown. It was found at Corbridge, in
Northumberland, and presented by His Grace the Duke
of Northumberland, 1774.
A bas-relief, representing a Roman standard of the
second legion, between a Pegasus and Capricorn; un¬
derneath is LEG. II. AVG.
A colossal head, marble.
A small Roman altar, with a bas-relief in front of Mars,
as a Roman general, holding a spear and shield,
A small Roman altar, similar to the preceding.
A pig of lead.
EIGHTH ROOM.
EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES.
No. 1. The coffin of an Egyptian mummy, sent to
England by Edward Wortley Montagu, Esq., and pre¬
sented to the Museum, in 1766, by His Majesty King
George III. In the left hand corner of this case is a
conical vessel of baked clay, containing an embalmed
Ibis ; on the other side is the lid of another mummy
case.
No. 2. Two Egyptian mummies. That on the left
hand, which has been elaborately and beautifully or¬
namented with coloured glass beads, some of which still
remain, was taken out of the coffin above mentioned.
That on the right hand, the face of which is gilt, and
the other parts of the body ornamented with paintings,
was taken out of the coffin which wiW be described in
the next number.
In the lower part of this Case is a small Egyptian
coffin of an oblong square form ; it contains the mummy
of a child. The lid and sides of this coffin are covered
with paintings. In this case are also deposited three
cat mummies ; some fragments of stone and of pottery,
with Greek and Egyptian inscriptions; and a mummy
Ibis. From Mr. Saifs Collection^
158 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [rOOM VIII.
No. 3. The coffin of an Egyptian mummy, found in
one of the catacombs at Sakkara, about four leagues
from Cairo, and sent to England, in the year 1722, by
CoL William Lethieullier^ Doho bequeathed it to the Mu¬
seum by his Will, dated July 23, 1755- On the left are
two small coffins, each containing the mummy of an
infant. A basket found in a tomb by Sir Frederick
Henniker; it contains Egyptian bread or biscuit. In
this Case are also several fragments of pottery with
Greek and Egyptian inscriptions, /rom Mr, Salt's collec-^
tion ; and a fragment from the Tomb of the Kings at
Gournou, presented by Major T, P, Thompson, 65th
regiment.
No. 4. A collection of vases, usually known by the
name of Canopuses. The lids are severally ornamented
with a head of Isis, Osiris, a hawk, a jackal, and a
baboon.
No. 5. A collection of Egyptian idols, in bronze:
among them are three sistrums.
No. 6. A collection of Egyptian idols in wood ; —
Egyptian idols of Roman work, apparently of the time
of Hadrian; — idols and amulets of the Basilidians, who
spread their mysterious doctrines, and practised their
magical arts, in Egypt, from the time of Hadrian to the
fifth century; Egyptian scarabaei, or beetles, found in
mummies; — small idols in basalt.
No. 7* A collection of Egyptian idols in porcelain.
No. 8. Various fragments of small statues in basalt,
marble, and alabaster. Among them are a few perfect
figures, namely, two of Harpocrates, one of a baboon,
and another of an Apis.
No. 9. A bas-relief and some large idols in wood ; a
bronze figure of Osiris.
No. 10. A collection of vases, &c., similar to those
in No. 4.
No. II. A frame containing an Egyptian painting,
taken from the breast of a mummy.
No. 12. A frame containing the bones of an embalmed
Ibis. Presented by the late Sir Joseph Banks,
No. 13. A manuscript, taken from a mummy; it is
written on papyrus, in the enchorial characters of Egypt.
Presented, in 1805, by Wm, Hamilton, Esq,
BOOM IX.] PORTLAND VASE^ ETC. 15i
No. 14. Fragments of a manuscript on papyrus. Pre-
sented^ in 1805, % JVm, Hamilton^ Esq,
No. 15. A painted mummy case. From Mr, Saifs
collection,
NINTH OR ANTE-ROOM, (upstairs.)
No. 1. In the centre of this room, at the head of the
stairs, is placed the celebrated Barberini Vase, which
was for more than two centuries the principal ornament
of the Barberini Palace. This vase was purchased of
Sir William Hamilton considerably more than thirty
years ago, by the Duchess of Portland, since which
period it has been generally known by the name of the
Portland Vase. It was found about the middle of the
sixteenth century, two miles and a half from Rome, in
the road leading from Frascati. At the time of its dis¬
covery, the vase was inclosed in a marble sarcophagus,
within a sepulchral chamber under the Mount called
Mount del Grano, The material of which the vase is
formed is glass : the figures, which are executed in relief,
are of a beautiful opake white, and the ground is in per¬
fect harmony with the figures, and of a dark transparent
blue. The subject of these figures is extremely obscure,
and has not hitherto received a satisfactory elucidation ;
but the design and the sculpture are both truly admira¬
ble. This superb specimen of Greek art was deposited
in the British Museum, in 1810, by his Grace the Duke
of Portland.
No. 2. An ancient painting in fresco, representing
deer; it was found in a subterraneous chamber at Scro-
fano, about sixteen miles from Rome. From the collect
tion of Sir William Hamilton,
No. 3. A bas-relief, in stucco, representing a winged
boy, or genius, carrying a pedum across his right
shoulder. From the collectioji of Sir William Hamilton.
No. 4. An ancient painting in fresco, representing a
female figure holding a patera, on which a vase is placed.
Presented^ in 1771, by the Earl of Exeter.
No. 5. An ancient painting in fresco, representing two
females seated, in the Arabesque style, on the curling
^ branches of a plant ; one of them is holding a vase, the
160
GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [rOOM X.
Other a tambourin. Between these figures is a bas-relief,
in stucco, representing a human head surrounded with
ivy, and underneath are two birds drinking out of a well.
Presented, in 1757? hy Thomas Hollis, Esq.
No. 6. Decorations of Roman armour, found in
Britain.
No. 7* A Persian sextant.
Case A. Antiquities from Persepolis, Babylon, and
Nineveh. Purchased mth Mr. RicKs collection in 1825.
Case B. An ancient lyre and two flutes found in a
tomb at Athens. Antiquities, hy Sir R. Ker Por¬
ter in Persepolis, Babylon, S^c.
Shelves C. Antiquities from Nineveh. From Mr.
RicEs collection.
Shelves D. Antiquities from Babylon. From Mr.
Rich* s collection.
TENTH ROOM.
COLLECTION OF SIR WILLIAM HAMILTON, ETC.
Cases 1, 2, 3, 4. Penates or household gods, in
bronze. In the lower part of these Cases, are contained
some large bronze vessels, one of which, in the form of
a round deep patera, is remarkable for the beauty of its
handles, which are raised above the edge : they repre¬
sent two serpents holding an egg in their mouths ; un¬
derneath the serpents is the aegis of Minerva.
Case 5. A raven, the size of life, and seven large
candelabra, in bronze. The raven was presented, in
1777, by Lord Seqforth. It is of the finest workman¬
ship, and has probably accompanied a statue of Apollo.
Case 6. Specimens of ancient glass. The principal
articles are eight cinerary urns. One of them has the
leaden covering in which it was preserved ; and another
contains the burnt bones, and the asbestos cloth which
prevented the ashes of the body from mixing with those
of the funeral pile. These articles are accompanied by
a great number of lachrymatories, and various other
vessels and fragments of vessels, of different forms and
colours ; the whole of which afford ample proof of the
ingenuity of the ancients, and of the great knowledge
they possessed in the art of manufacturing glass, and of
imparting to it whatever colour or form they chose.
161
ROOM X.] BRONZES^ TASES^ GEMS^ ETC.
Case 7» Necklaces, ear-rings, armillae, and various
Other trinkets in gold, several of which are enriched
with precious stones. Among the antiquities of gold in
this Case area bulla and a large patera; the latter is
embossed with bulls, and was found at Gergenti in Sicily.
This case contains also a large collection of scarabsei,
and engraved gems. From the collection of Sir William
Hamilton, Charles Tovonley, Esq>, and the Rev. C. M.
Cracherode.
Case 11. Gems from the collections of Charles Town-^
ley. Esq., R. P. Knight, Esq., and the Rev. C. M.
Cracherode* A piece of small mosaic work, and a few
specimens of ancient art executed in silver^ are likewise
among the articles included in this Case.
Case 15. Fragments in terracotta. They consist
chiefly of small heads, some of which are well executed,
and some are valuable as exhibiting specimens of the
Roman head-dresses.
Case 16. Small flgures, and miscellaneous articles in
terracotta.
. Case 17. Hindu, Chinese, and Japanese idols.
Case 26. Ditto.
Case 27. Small figures, and miscellaneous articles in
terracotta.
Cases 28, 32, 36. Fragments of friezes in terra¬
cotta.
Case 37. Specimens of ancient armour in bronze,
consisting of helmets, breast-plates, standards, swords,
belts, heads of spears, points of arrows, &c. In the
middle division of this Case is the JRoman helmet which
was found at Ribchester in Lancashire.
Case 38. A tripod, a lectisternium, a pair of steel¬
yards, and two very large candelabra, in bronze. The
first two articles were presented by Sir William Hamil¬
ton, namely, the tripod, in 1774, and the lectisternium in
1784.
Cases 39, 40, 41, 42. Miscellaneous antiquities in
bronze, comprising scales, knives, paterae, and simpula ;
mirrors, lamps, bells, and mortars ; measures and wine-
strainers; large vessels for culinary and other purposes;
several small candelabra, and other articles.
162 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [rOOM X.
Cases 43, 44, 45. A large collection of Roman lamps
in terracotta.
Cases 46, 47, 48. Ditto.
Cases 49, 50, 51. A large collection of Roman lamps
in terracotta.
Case 52. Dice and tali, formed of various substances.
Case 53. A great variety of tesserae in ivory, bronze,
crystal, agate, and terracotta, many of which were
tickets of admission to the theatres. In this Case also
is a considerable number of styles for writing on wax
tablets ; pins for the hair ; bodkins, and needles both for
sewing and netting.
Case 54. Architectural mouldings in porphyry, part
of a frieze in rosso antico, handles of knives, fragments
of lectisternia, &c., &c.
Case 55. Stamps for sealing casks.
Case 56. A large collection of Roman w^eights.
Case 57. Votive offerings in bronze.
Case 58. Mirrors upon which are engravings princi¬
pally in outline.
Case 59. Specimens of ancient painting, from Her¬
culaneum.
Case 60. Mirrors, a patera, the umbo of a shield,
and part of the scabbard of a parazonium, upon all
which are engravings principally in outline.
Cases 61, 62, 63. Specimens of bas-reliefs in stucco,
from the walls of Herculaneum.
Case 64. Celts.
Case 65. Various instruments used by the ancients.
Case 66. Celts. »
Case 67. A marble patera, fourteen inches in diame¬
ter, found in the ruins of Hadrian’s Villa ; in this Case
are also contained specimens of Roman enamel, and
inlaid work ; and likewise some figs and otlier vegetable
substances, found in a calcined state in the ruins of Her¬
culaneum.
Case 68. Armillae, or bracelets, and various unknown
ornaments, in bronze.
Case 69. A large patera of Oriental jasper, cups of
crystal, agate, &c.
Case 70. Hinges and nails.
GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.
room XI.]
]63
Case 71. Fibulae, or brooches.
Case 72. Buckles used by the ancients for different
purposes.
Case 73. Handles and other parts of vases.
Case 74. Ditto.
Case 75. Specimens of locks and keys.
Case 76. Spears, knives, and various instruments, in
iron.
Case 77. Bits, spurs, and ornaments for harness ;
fragments of chains, &c.
Case 78. Some articles in bronze, the uses to which
many of them were applied are unknown.
ELEVENTH ROOM.
No. 1. A Fragment of a sepulchral monument.
A fragment of a mask of Bacchus.
A sepulchral monument to Abeita, who is represented
seated, with a dog behind her in a fawning attitude.
No. 2. Blank,
No. 3. A man conducting a bull ; from a sepulchral
monument.
A portion of a capital of a pilaster.
Youthful genii contending in a chariot race within the
circus.
Fragment of a sepulchral monument to Eporia.
No. 4. A bas-relief, representing, probably, Jupiter
and Ceres standing, each holding a cornucopia. Pre-
sented by the Right Hon, Sir Joseph Banks, Bart,
No. 5. A sepulchral monument to Cassiodorus, in¬
scribed with six elegiac verses in Greek.
The front of a sarcophagus, with a Greek inscription
to M. Sempronius Neicocrates.
A sepulchral monument, representing the deceased
seated at a funeral banquet (coena feralis) ; a veiled
female seated near his feet.
No. 6. Blank,
No. 7. A small sepulchral monument, representing a
veiled female seated.
A fragment of another, representing part of a female
procession apparently approaching some deity.
A bas-relief, representing two men pouring wine into
164
GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES.
[[room XI.
a large vessel, and two others attending on a cauldron
placed upon a fire.
A sepulchral monument, representing a man fishing,
inscribed to Agathemetros.
Part of a sepulchral monument, representing a funeral
banquet.
No. 8. A sepulchral monument; a husband, wife, and
child, preparing to sacrifice to Serapis, reclining at a
funeral banquet.
A sepulchral monument ; a family of seven persons
preparing to sacrifice a pig to two Deities, seated at a
funeral banquet.
A bas-relief, representing a horse held by a slave ; cut
from a monument, probably of one of the Equites singu-
lares, who fought at the emperor’s left hand.
No. 9. A bas-relief, representing the arms of the
Dacians and Sarmatians.
No. 10. A sepulchral monument, representing the
Dioscuri standing, with an altar between them, in a
distyle temple.
A fragment of a frieze, representing two Cupids run¬
ning a race in cars drawn by dogs ; they appear to have
just started from the carceres of a circus.
Part of a sepulchral monument, very much defaced;
it appears to represent a man holding a bunch of grapes,
with a cock at his feet. Presented hy Dr. Jarvis.
No. 11. A bas-relief, representing a Faun playing on
the double pipe.
A bas-relief, representing eleven infant genii under
the character of a bacchanalian procession.
A bust of a sleeping child, in alto-relievo.
No. 12. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing
three legs ; they have belonged to two figures in power¬
ful action, one of which appears to have been aiming a
blow at the other, who is falling. Bequeathed, in 1812,
hy the late Charles Lambert, Esq.
No. 13. A sepulchral monument ; a boy sacrificing
to Mercury, standing near an altar inscribed deo mer-
CVRIO.
A fragment, representing Pan playing upon a lyre,
with a Faun playing upon a reed.
A fragment of a bacchanalian group.
JIOOM XI.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. J65
No. 14. Mithraic group. Brought from Rome^ in
1815, by Charles Standish, Esq., from xvkom it xjoas yur^
chased by the Trustees in 1826.
At the back of the pedestal, a bas-relief, representing
two persons, one abandoning his arms, the other sacri¬
ficing at an altar; beneath, an inscription recording the
death of a warrior.
A bas-relief of Mercury, seated upon a heap of stones.
A sepulchral monument, with a Greek inscription,
and a bas-relief of a skeleton.
No. 15. A sepulchral cippus, without any inscrip¬
tion. It is richly ornamented on the four sides with
festoons of fruit.
Upon it is a Greek sepulchral urn, solid, and with a
bas-relief in front ; it is inscribed with the names of
Pytharatus and Herophilus. Fro^n the collection of Sir
Hans Sloane,
No. 16. A statue of an intoxicated Faun.
No. 17. A votive altar, dedicated to Silvanus.
Upon it is a trophy found on the plains of Marathon.
Presented, in 1802, by John Walker, Esq.
No. 18. A statue of a Faun. Purchased in 1826.
No. 19. A statue of a Discobolus, who is repre¬
sented at that precise moment of time which imme¬
diately precedes the delivery of the discus. It is an
ancient copy in marble, from the celebrated bronze
statue executed by Myro.
No. 20. A sepulchral cippus, the inscription upon
which a[)pears to have been erased.
Upon it is a circular altar. Formerly belonging to Col.
Rooke, and 'presented, in 1825, by A. E. Impey, Esq.
On this is placed a fragment of a youthful statue.
No, 21. A statue of Mercury, sleeping upon^a rock.
No. 22. A Grecian altar. Presented, in 1775, by Sir
William Hamilton.
Upon it is a statue of Bacchus, represented as a boy
about five years old. The head is crowmed with a
wreath of ivy, and the body is partly covered with the
skin of a goat.
No. 23. A statue of Cupid bending his bow. Pur-
chased, in 1812, at the sale of the late Right Hon. Ed¬
mund Burke's Marbles.
]66 gallery of antiquities. [[room XI.
No. 24. A bronze statue of Hercules, carrying away
the apples from the garden of the Hesperides. Pt. 3.
PI. II.
Beneath, is one of the feet, or supports, of an ancient
tripod table. Pt. 3. PI. iii.
No. 25. A large sepulchral cippus, with an inscrip¬
tion to M. Clodius Herma, Annius Felix, and Tyran-
nus.
Upon it is a circular sepulchral vessel of stone, in¬
scribed with the name of Phaenariste, the wife of Philo-
phanus.
No. 26. A Greek inscription, being a decree of the
people of Athens and of the Pireeeus, in honour of Cal-
lidamas. Presented^ in 1785, by the Dilettanti Society,
No. 27« Blank,
No. 28. A shelf, containing
An unknown bust, the head perfectly bald.
An unknown bust of a female.
A bust of Diogenes the Cynic. All bequeathed by the
late R. P, Knight, Esq,
Underneath, a fragment of a bas-relief, bearing a
figure of a youthful Hercules.
No. 29. A chair, after the model of an invalid’s
chair ; found in the Antonine Baths.
>No. 30. A cinerary urn of marble ; on the cover is a
recumbent female figure. On the front is a bas* relief,
representing a female dragged by the hair from her
chariot by a warrior armed with a drawn sword.
No. 31. An alto-relievo, representing five of the
labours of Hercules. Presented by the Executors of the
late W, S, Brereton,
No. 32. A cinerary urn of marble ; on the cover is
a recumbent female figure; on the front is a bas-relief,
representing a boar hunt; at each end is a vase.
No. 33. A sepulchral cippus, with an inscription to
T. Claudius Epictetus.
No. 34. A shelf, containing
A bust of Hercules.
A bust, supposed to have been intended for Achilles.
A bust of a Faun. All bequeathed by the late R, P,
Knight, Esq,
Underneath, a sepulchral monument to Sotnikes, who
KOOM XI.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. 167
is represented standing enveloped in his pallium, with
his hand to his cheek.
No. 35. A Greek sepulchral monument, with a bas-
relief, and an inscription to Mousis, who was a native
of Miletus, and daughter of Argaeus. Presented^ in
1785, by the Dilettanti Society.
No. 36. Blank.
No. 37. A fragment of a group in alto-relievo ; a
man is seated on a chair, with a female standing near
him. It is so broken and mutilated that the subject
cannot be ascertained.
No. 38. A head of Demosthenes. Purchased in 1818.
No. 39. An unknown head. Purchased in 1818.
No. 40. A monumental inscription, cut from the
front of a sepulchral cippus, to the memory of Claudia
Tychen.
Upon it, a square altar, dedicated by Aur. Thimoteus
to Diana ; the three other sides are decorated with rude
sculptures.
Upon this a circular vase, or capital of a sepulchral
cippus, decorated with foliage and the symbolical ser¬
pent.
No. 41. A Greek funereal monument, with a bas-
relief and an inscription. It is to the memory of a
person named Alexander, a native of Bithynia. This
marble, brouf^ht from Smyrna, was presented to the Mu¬
seum, in 1772, by Matthew Duane, Esq., and Thomas
Tyrwhitt, Esq.
No. 42. A terminal statue of a Faun.
No. 43. A shelf, containing
An unknown bust of a boy.
A bust of iUlius Caesar.
An unknown bust. All bequeathed by the late R. P.
Knight, Esq.
Underneath, a sun-dial. Purchased in 1821,
No. 44. Blank.
No. 45. A Mithraic group.
No. 46. Greek funereal monument of Lenaeus, son of
Artemidorus.
No. 47. The front of a tomb, from Delos. Formerly
belonging to Col. Eooke, and presented, in 1825, by A.
E. Impey, Esq.
168
GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [[rOOM XII.
No. 48. Sepulchral monument to Hermodorus, son
of Aristomenes.
No. 49. A recumbent female, resting her left arm
upon an urn: her head encircled by a diadem.
No. 50. Blank,
No. 51. A shelf, containing
A head of Tiberius.
A bust, inscribed to the memory of Cl. Olympias, by
Epithymetus, her freed-man.
A head of Augustus. All purchased^ in 1812, at the
sale of the late Right Hon, Edmund Barkers Marbles,
A Greek inscription, originally placed under a statue
of Jupiter Urius, which stood within a temple erected
to that deity at the mouth of the Pontus. Presented^ in
1809, by Miss Mead.
Underneath, a bas-relief, representing the goddess
Luna surrounded by the signs of the zodiac. Presented^
in 1818, by Col, de Bosset,
No. 52. A very ancient Greek inscription, known by
the title of the ‘‘ Marmor Atheniense."' It relates to a
survey of some temple at Athens, supposed to be the
Erechtheium. Brought to England by Dr, Chandler^
and presented to the British Museum ^ in 1785, by the
Dilettanti Society.
No, 53. Blank.
No. 54. A large sepulchral cippus, with an inscrip¬
tion to Agria Agatha.
Upon it is a small domestic fountain, used for sacred
purposes. It is decorated with four flights of steps, and
four figures of Satyrs and Fauns in bas-relief.
No. 55. A bronze statue of Apollo. Ft. 3. PI. vii.
Beneath is one of the feet, or supports, of an ancient
tripod table, executed in porphyry. It represents the
head and leg of a panther. Pt. 3. PI. viii.
TWELFTPI ROOM.
GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES.
No. 1. A head of Juno, crowned with a broad in¬
dented diadem ; placed upon
IIOOM XII.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURES. 169
An upright narrow piece of marble, ornamented with
branches of the olive and the vine.
No. 2. A shelf, containing
An unknown female head; the sockets of the eyes
are hollow, and have been originally filled with coloured
stones, or some other material.
A head of Diana,
An unknown female head, with a broad fillet across
the forehead.
Underneath, an epitaph on a dog. From the collec¬
tion of Sir Hans Sloane, Upon this is placed
Cupid sleeping upon a lion's skin.
No. 3. An unknown head.
No. 4. A head of Apollo.
No. 5. A head of a lion, being a fragment of a large
sarcophagus.
Underneath, an oblong square basin of granite, similar
to such as were used in the temples, to contain the
water necessary for the purification of those who sought
admittance to the sacrifices.
No. 6. A mask cut from the cover of a large sarco¬
phagus. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton^
No. 7. A terminal head of Libera.
No. 8. A Case containing the following objects : —
Small terminal heads of Bacchus and Libera, joined
back to back.
A small terminal head of Libera. From the collection
of Sir William Hamilton-
Ditto, in yellow marble.
Ditto, in red marble.
A small terminal head of Libera, in reddish yellow
marble, with a necklace composed of ivy leaves.
A small terminal head of Libera, in white marble, with
the breast covered with drapery. From the. collection qf
Sir William Hamilton.
A terminal head of the bearded Bacchus. From the
collection of Sir William Hamilton.
A small female head, the hair of which is formed of a
distinct piece of marble, and is fitted to the head in the
manner of a wig.
A small head of a young man, covered with a helmet^
170 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [rOOM XII.
which is ornamented with the horns of a ram. From
the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
A small mask of Silenus. From the collection of Sir
William Hamilton^
A small cylindrical piece of marble, which appears to
have been part of the stem of a candelabrum. It is or¬
namented with four griffins and two candelabra,
A fragment of a bas-relief, representing the head
of an elderly man. It has the beard on the chin and
upper lip, and the hair of the head is short and curly.
From the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
A fragment of a bas-relief, representing a head of An-
tinous. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
A votive barrel, sacred to Bacchus.
A small terminal head of the bearded Bacchus, in
yellow marble. From the collection of Sir Hans Shane.
A votive horn, in marble, two feet long.
On No. 8 : — ‘A head of a female Bacchante.
A votive torso of an athleta, in terracotta, the size of
life. Presented by W. G, Coesvelt, Esq., 1834.
A head of a laughing Faun.
No. 9. A head of Adonis, covered with the pyrami¬
dal hood. The lower part of the face and neck is co¬
vered with drapery.
No. 10. A shelf containing
A head of Jupiter Serapis in green basalt.
An eagle, in marble.
A head of Jupiter Serapis. From the collection of Sir
William Hamilton.
Underneath, a piece of Mosaic pavement, found at
Woodchester, in the county of Gloucester. Presented,
in 1808, by Samuel Lysons, Esq.
No. 11. A shelf containing
A small bust of Antoninus Pius ; the head only is an¬
tique.
A small figure of a recumbent Satyr.
A bust of a child, with the breast naked.
No. 12. A bust of an unknown female, represented in
the character of Isis. It is gracefully terminated by the
flower of the nymphaea lotus, on which it appears to rest.
No. 13, A Case containing the following articles : —
HOOM XII.] GREEK AND ROMAN SCULPTURESo I?!
A fragment of a small head of Hercules, covered with
the skin of a lion. Presentedy in 1757, by Thomas
Hollisy Esq^
A funeral mask which was used to cover the face of a
female corpse. From the collection of Sir William Ha¬
milton^
A small head of Hercules. Presented, in 1757, by
Thomas Hollis^, Esq.
A small unknown bust, with a military garment. The
head is of yellow marble. Presented, in 1757, by Tho¬
mas Hollis, Esq.
A small head of Hercules, very much injured by the
decomposition of the marble. From the collection of Sir
William Hamilton.
The capital of a small column of the Ionic order.
From the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
A small unknown head. From the collection of Sir
William Hamilton, t
A small head of Vulcan, covered with a cap. From
the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
A votive mask of a bearded Faun. Presented, in 1765,
by Thomas Hollis, Esq.
A small unknown female head, the hair of which is
tied in a knot behind. From the collection of Sir Wil¬
liam Hamilton.
A small head of Juno. Presented, in 1757, by Thomas
Hollis, Esq.
A group representing Venus and two Cupids.
One of the handles of a vase. From the collection of
Sir William Hamilton.
A fragment of a bas-relief, representing part of a fe¬
male figure. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
A bas-relief, representing a mask of a Faun.
A left foot covered with a sandal.
The right foot of a child.
A hand of a female, holding a lock of hair. This
fragment probably belonged to a statue of Venus, who
was represented in the act of wringing the water from
her hair. From the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
The right hand of a female holding a pipe.
A lion's foot, which probably has formed part of a
tripod table.
I 2
172
GALLERY OP ANTIQUITIES. [ROOM Xll.
The left hand and part of the arm of a female, pro¬
bably Psyche, holding a butterfly.
A lion’s foot, which probably has formed part of a
tripod table. .
The left hand of a female stretched out upon a frag¬
ment of something unknown.
The right hand of a youth, holding, apparently, a
fragment of a bow. This is probably part of a statue
of Cupid bending his bow.
The right hand of a child holding the head of a ram.
A left foot, covered apparently with linen, round which
bandages are fastened.
A large votive patera, with a bas-relief on each side,
one representing Silenus, and the other a Satyr. From
the collection of Sir William Hamilton*
A small fragment of a figure holding a bird.
The left hand of a child holding a fragment.
A torso of a male figure, the armsiof which appear to
have been raised above the head.
A small mutilated figure. The right breast is naked ;
the other parts are entirely covered with drapery. It
has a necklace, from which a scarabseus is suspended.
A head of an eagle, which appears to have served as
the hilt of a sword. From the collection of Sir William
Hamilton*
A votive patera, with a bas-relief on each side, one
representing a mask of the bearded Bacchus, and the
other a panther. From the collection of Sir William
Hamilton*
A fragment of a serpent.
A torso of a faun. Presented, in 1833, by the Rev,
Henry Crowe.
On No. 13 i—A head of a Muse, crowned with a
wreath of laurel.
A draped portion of a female statue ; the upper part
has been naked, and sculptured from a separate block
of marble.
A head of one of the Dioscuri.
No. 14. A head of Apollo.
No. 15. A head of Cybele.
No. 16. A head of a lion, which was a part of the
same sarcophagus from which No. 5 was taken.
GRAND CENTRAL SALOON.
173
Underneath, a cistern of green basalt, originally used
as a bath. On the sides are carved two rings in imi¬
tation of handles, in the centre of which is a leaf of
ivy.
No. 17. A head of Minerva.
No. 18. A colossal head of Antinous in the character
of Bacchus ; it is crowned with a wreath of ivy.
No. 19. A shelf containing
A head, apparently of a trumpeter.
A head of Diana, the hair of which is drawn up from
the sides, and tied in a knot at the top of the head.
From the collection of Sir William Hamilton.
A head of a goat.
Underneath, a small domestic fountain, of a square
form, which was used for sacred purposes.
No. 20. A bust of Minerva ; the head only is antique.
The helmet and the bust, which are of bronze, are, with
some variations, copied from an ancient bust of Minerva
which was formerly in the Vatican, but is now at Paris.
Placed upon
An upright narrow piece of marble, ornamented with
branches of the olive and the pine.
GRAND CENTRAL SALOON.
Against the square columns on the west side are
placed
A statue of Venus, preparing for the bath ; of white
marble. Presented by His Majesty King William
IV.
A statue of the Emperor Pladrian, in a military dress ;
the breast-plate is in high preservation, and richly orna¬
mented. Purchased in 1821.
Against the pilaster on the north side is a bust of Ju¬
piter. Presented by J. T. Barber Beaumont y 1836.
A mutilated statue of a draped female.
A mutilated draped statue of a youth.
In the first recess,
Casts of sculptures and inscriptions from Persepolis,
&c. Presented by the Rt. Hon, Mountstuart Elphinstone.
Persepolitan sculptures and inscriptions ; those num-
bered 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, presented by the Rt. Hon. Sir
174 GAI.LERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [^PHIGALIAH
Gore Ou&eley ; 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, hy the Earl of Aber¬
deen^ in 1818.
In the centre recess,
Casts from Persepolitan sculptures. Presented by the
Rt, Hon. Mount Stuart Elphinstone*
In the third recess,
Casts of Persepolitan sculptures. Presented by the
Right Hon. Mounstuart Elphinstone.
Arabic inscriptions. The three marked F presented by
Col. Franklin. Of these, the small one was placed over
the door of Firuz Shah's Minaret at Gour ; the large
one upon the same shelf was in front of the Golden
Mosque at Purrooab ; and the one upon the ground was
upon the mosque of Mohajen Tola, at Gour.
PHIGALIAN SALOON.
Nos. 1 — 23. Bas-reliefs, representing the battle of the
Centaurs and Lapithae, and the combat between the
Greeks and Amazons; they were found in the ruins
of the temple of Apollo Epicurius {or the deliverer) built
on Mount Cotylion, at a little distance from the ancient
city of Phigalia in Arcadia. These bas-reliefs composed
the frieze in the interior of the Celia. The battle of the
Centaurs and Lapithae is sculptured on eleven slabs of
marble (1 — 11). That of the Greeks and Amazons oc¬
cupies twelve (12 — 23). The direction of the slabs be¬
longing to the former subject was from right to left ; that
of the latter from left to right. -
A circumstance which adds very much to the interest
of these marbles is our knowledge of the precise time
when they were executed ; for Pausanias, in his descrip¬
tion of this temple, informs us that it was built by Ictinus,
an architect contemporary with Pericles, and who built
the Parthenon at Athens. These marbles are all en¬
graved and more fully described in the fourth part of
the description of the Museum Marbles.
No. 24. A fragment of a Doric capital of one of the
columns of the peristyle. From the same temple.
No. 25. A fragment of an Ionic capital of one of the
columns of the cella. From the same temple.
Nos. 26, 27* Two fragments of the tiles which sur-
GREEK SCULPTURES.
SilLOON.]
175
mounted the pediments, and formed the superior mould¬
ing. From the same temple.
Nos. 28 — 38. Fragments of the Metopes, found in the
porticos of the pronaos and posticus, which were en¬
riched with triglyphs. From the same temple.
No. 39. A small tile, which was used for the purpose
of covering the joints of the greater tiles ; the ornament
in front surmounted the cornice. From the same temple.
No. 40. Another tile used for the same purpose, but
on the point of the ridge. From the same temple.
No. 41. A cast in plaster, from one of the ends of
the celebrated sarcophagus in the cathedral church at
Agrigentum, which represents the story of Phaedra and
Hippolytus. Phaedra is here represented surrounded
by her female domestics, and plunged into grief at the
refusal of Hippolytus, which has just been communi¬
cated to her. The attendants are endeavouring, in
various ways, to console their mistress, and some of
them attempt to alleviate her distress by the sounds of
their instruments.
The large fragment of a bas-relief, numbered 166,
belongs to the Elgin collection : it represents Hercules
preparing to strike Diomed, king of Thrace, whom he
has already knocked down, and is holding by the hair
of his head.
A torso of Venus, of very fine sculpture, purchased in
1821, and an imperfect statue of Hymen, purchased in
1831, with a few more articles, are not yet numbered,
the arrangements of the room not being completed.
ELGIN SALOON^.
Many of the sculptures in this room having been
described by various authors, and referred to by the
numbers with which they were marked in their former
situation, those numbers have been retained : but to faci¬
litate a reference from the Synopsis to the marbles, a
fresh set of numbers, adapted to their present disposition,
has been added, which will easily be distinguished from
* All the articles in this room, except a few which are particularly spe¬
cified, belonged to the Earl of Elgin.
17^ GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [eLGIH
the former by being painted in red* The general order
observed in affixing these numbers to the several objects
is as follows : —
1. The metopes of the Parthenon.
2. The frieze of the Parthenon, commencing on the
left hand of the visitor as he enters the room.
S. Such of the sculptures placed along the middle
of the room, as belonged to the eastern and west¬
ern pediments of the Parthenon.
4. The remaining articles placed along the middle
of the room.
5. The casts and bas-reliefs above the frieze on the
eastern side of the room (those nearest the en¬
trance being taken last in order).
6. All the objects below the frieze, taken in their
order of position, and commencing, as before, on
the left of the entrance.
The original numbers are subjoined to the descriptions.
Those which have the letter A prefixed refer to such ar¬
ticles as were originally placed in the room then denomi¬
nated the fourteenth.
Nos. ] — 16. Sixteen of the metopes belonging to the
Parthenon, (of which No, 9 is a cast in plaster, from
the original in the Royal Museum at Paris,) which, alter¬
nately with the triglyphs, ornamented the frieze of the
entablature surmounting the colonnade : they represent the
battle between the Centaurs and Lapithee, or rather between
the Centaurs and Athenians, who under Theseus joined the
Lapithae (a people of Thessaly) in this contest. In some of
these sculptures the Centaurs are victorious, in others the
Athenians have the advantage, while in others, again, the
victory seems doubtful with respect to either of the com¬
batants. These magnificent specimens of ancient art are
executed with great spirit in alto-relievo ; they were seen
at a height of nearly forty-four feet from the ground.
(11, 2, 8, 12, 15, 6, 4, 5, 13, 7, 1. 3, 14, 10.)
The sculptures from 17 to 90 (inclusive) compose the
exterior frieze of the cella of the Parthenon, which em¬
bellished the upper part of the walls within the colonnade
at the height of the frieze of the pronaos, and which was
continued in an uninterrupted series of sculpture entirely
SALOON.] GREEK SCULPTURES. 177
round the temple. It is in very low relief. The subject
represents the sacred procession which took place at the
great Panatheneea^ a festival which was celebrated every
fifth year, at Athens, in honour of Minerva, the patroness
of the city. The bas-reliefs which compose this frieze are
arranged, as nearly as can be ascertained, in the order in
which they were originally placed in the Parthenon ; se¬
veral alterations having been made on their removal to their
present situation, in consequence of a more careful examina¬
tion and minute comparison of them with drawings made
before their removal from the temple. Those on the prin¬
cipal front of the temple, namely the east, commence on
the left hand of the visitor as he enters the room, then
follow those of the north, and lastly those of the west
and south.
Nos. 17 — 24. That portion of the above-mentioned
frieze which occupied the east end of the temple. On two
of the slabs which compose this part of the frieze are
represented divinities and deified heroes, seated ; namely,
Castor and Pollux, Ceres and Triptolemus, Jupiter and
Juno, and ^sculapius and Hygeia. There was originally
a third slab, which represented four other divinities, also
seated, but it has disappeared for many years. On the
right and left of these sacred characters, are trains of
females with their faces directed to the gods, to whom they
are carrying gifts : we see also directors or regulators of the
procession, among whom are the officers whose duty it was
to receive the presents that were offered. These females
appear to have headed the procession, and to have been
followed by the victims, charioteers, horsemen, &c., both
on the north and south sides of the temple, which toge-
gether formed a procession up to the same point in two
separate columns. Nos. 20 and 23 are casts in plaster,
presented by F. Chantrey, Esq. The original of the latter
is in the Royal Museum at Paris. The upper parts of two
of the figures in No. 21, the legs and right arm of the
youthful figure in No. 22, and the two figures placed under
the latter number, are also of plaster, from moulds made
before the destruction of these figures, which took place
before the marbles came into the possession of Lord Elgin.
(16, 17, 18, 18% 19, 20, A 100, 21.)
Nos, 25 — 46. A portion of the same frieze, taken from
I 3
J78 gallery of AHTiaUITIEB-, [^ELGIN’
the north side of the temple. No. 25 is a fragment of a
much larger slab ; it represents two of the Metwci, or
strangers^ who settled at Athens^ and were allowed to take
part in the procession. They carry on their shoulders a
kind of tray filled with cakes and other articles. The re¬
mainder of this part of the frieze represents charioteers
and horsemen. Among the latter are seven slabs, (Nos. 37
—•43,) which, whether we consider the elegance of the
compositions, or the spirit with which the figures of the
men and horses are executed, present us with the highest
effort of the art of sculpture in the class of low relief.
No. 46 having been placed at the south-west corner of the
temple, the figure sculptured at the end of it belongs to that
part of the procession which decorated the west end of the
cella. It is repeated in plaster, that the whole of the
western frieze may be seen by the spectator at one view.
(22, 24, 23, 34, 98, 177 ^ 35, 35 ^ 37. 178% 36, 35
38, 25, 26, 27. 28, 29. 30, 31, 38 % 32, 33.)
No. 47. A single slab of the frieze from the west end of
the temple. It represents two horsemen, one of whom
is riding before the other, and seems to be in the act. of
urging his companion to quicken his pace. The direction
of these figures is the same as that on the north side,
namely, from right to left. (39.)
There is a peculiarity in the frieze of the west end,
which distinguishes it from that on the north and south
sides of the temple. The subjects represented on the
slabs of those two sides run one into another, that is, what
was left imperfect in one slab is completed in the next ;
whereas in the west end the subjects are nearly complete
on each piece of marble. The western frieze is likewise
distinguished from those of the two sides of the temple, by
the comparatively few^ figures introduced into it.
Nos. 48 — 61. Fourteen plaster casts, composing the
remainder of the frieze at the west end of the temple.
(A. 75—88.)
Nos. 62 — 90. That portion of the same^ frieze which-
enriched the south side of the temple. It represents a
procession of victims, charioteers, and horsemen, and is
very similar, in its general character and appearance, tO'
the frieze on th© opposite or north side. With respect to
■fe' vktims,: we- do^ not possess- any that were on the north
SALOON.] GREEK SCULPTURES'. 179
side of the temple ; but that they formed a part of the
procession on that side, as well as on the south, cannot be
doubted, since Stuart, in his celebrated work on Athens,
has engraved a fragment of one of them. The figure
sculptured at the end of No. 90, (on the right of the en¬
trance,) belongs to the eastern portion of the frieze. No.
62 was presented by K. C. Cockerell, Esq. (40*, 41, 41^,
38**, 46, 50, 47, 52, 40, 42, 49, 45, 48, 43, 44, 51,
38*^*, 53, 54, 56, 55, 15*, 57, 59, 61, 60, 58, 96, 62.)
The sculptures which follow, from 91 to 106, are from
the pediments of the Parthenon. Nos. 91 to 98 are from
the eastern pediment, on which was represented the birth
of Minerva. Nos. 99 to 106 are from the western pedi¬
ment, on which was represented the contest between
Minerva and Neptune for the honour of giving name to
the city of Athens. These sculptures are placed in the
order in which they originally stood in the building.
No. 91. The upper part of the figure of Hyperion
rising out of the sea. His arms are stretched forward, in
the act of holding the reins of his coursers. This figure,
which represents the approach of Day, occupied the angle
of the pediment on the left of the spectator. (65.)
No. 92. The heads of two of the horses belonging to
the car of Hyperion. They are just emerging from the
waves, and seem impatient to run their course. (66.)
No. 93. A statue of Theseus, the Athenian hero; he
is represented half reclined on a rock, which is covered
with the skin of a lion. Theseus, it is well known, pro¬
fessedly imitated the character of Hercules ; and it is
worthy of remark, that the attitude here given to Theseus
is very similar to that of Hercules on some of the coins of
Crotona. (71 •)
No. 94. A group of two goddesses, probably intended
to represent Ceres and her daughter Proserpine ; the
latter is leaning on the right shoulder of her mother.
They are sitting on low seats, which are nearly alike in
their construction, both of them being furnished with
cushions, and ornamented with mouldings of a similar
style. (770
No. 95. A statue of Iris one of the daughters of
Oceanus, and the messenger of the celestial deities, parti¬
cularly of Juno. Iris is represented in quick motion.
180 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. ^ELGIN
with her veil inflated and fluttering behind her ; and she
appears evidently in haste to execute the mission on which
she is sent^ that of communicating to the distant regions of
the earth the important intelligence of the birth of Mi«
nerva. (74.)
No. 96. A torso of Victory. The wings of this figure
were probably of bronze : the holes in which they were
fastened to the marble may still be seen. (72, 262.)
No. 97* A group of the three Fates. (67, 63.)
No. 98. The head of one of the horses belonging to the
chariot of Night, which was represented plunging into the
ocean on the right angle of the east pediment, that is to
say, the right angle in reference to the spectator. The
car of Day has been already described, (Nos. 91, 92,) as it
was represented rising out of the w^aters on the opposite
angle of the same pediment. (68.)
No. 99. A recumbent statue, supposed to be of the
river-god Ilissus. The Ilissus was a small stream that ran
along the south side of the plain of Athens. This figure,
which, with the exception of the Theseus, is the finest in the
collection, occupied the left angle of the west pediment. (70.)
No. 100. The torso of a male figure, supposed to be
that of Cecrops, the founder of Athens. (76.)
No. 101. The upper part of the head of Minerva, (See
the following No.) This head was originally covered with
a bronze helmet, as appears from the holes by which it
was fastened to the marble : and the sockets of the eyes,
which were originally filled with metal or coloured stones,
are now hollow. (118.)
Np. 102. A fragment of the statue of Minerva, one of
the principal figures in the west pediment, and of nearly
the same proportions as the torso of Neptune, from the same
pediment, (No. 103.) This fragment consists of a portion
only of the chest of the goddess, which is covered, as usual,
with the eegis. The angles of the eegis appear to have
been ornamented with bronze serpents, and the centre of
it to have been studded with the head of Medusa, of the
same metal; the holes in which these ornaments were
fastened to the marble are plainly visible. The upper
part of the head of this statue, the feet, and a portion of
the Erichthonian serpent, are preserved in the collection.
See Nos. 101, 256, and 104. (75.)
SALOON.] GHEEK SCULPTURES. 181
No. 103. The upper part of the torso of Neptune^, one
of the principal figures in the west pediment. (64.)
No. 104. See No. 102. (271.).
No. 105. The torso of Victoria xipteros, or Victory
without Wings^ who was represented in this manner by
the Athenians to intimate that they held her gifts in per-
petuity^ and that she could not desert them. This goddess
was represented driving the car of Minerva^ on the west
pediment ; the car approached Minerva, as if to receive her
into it, after her successful contest with Neptune. (69.)
No. 106. A fragment of a group which originally con¬
sisted of Latona with her two children, Apollo and Diana,
This group was placed on the right side of the west pedi¬
ment. All that remains in the fragment before us, is the
lap of Latona, with a small portion of the figure of the in¬
fant Apollo. (73.)
No. 107. The celebrated Sigean inscription, first pub¬
lished by Chishull, in his Antiquitates Asiaticse,*" and
afterwards more correctly by Chandler in his Inscrip-
tiones Antiquse.’' It is written in the most ancient Greek
characters, and in the Inislrophedon manner, that is to say,
the lines follow each other in the same direction as the ox
passes from one furrow to another in ploughing. The pur¬
port of the inscription is to record the presentation of three
vessels, namely, a cup, a saucer or stand, and a strainer,
for the use of the Prytaneum, or hall of justice, of the
Sigeans. The name of the donor was Phanodicus, the son
of Hermocrates, and a native of Proconnesus. (199.)
No. 108. A piece of the ceiling of the temple of Erech-
theus at Athens. (299.)
No. 109. The lower part of a female statue covered
with drapery. (299^.)
No. 110. A piece of the shaft of an Ionic column, be¬
longing to the temple of Erechtheus at Athens. (312.)
No. 111. A colossal statue of Bacchus, from the
choragic monument of Thrasyllus, at Athens. It is a
sitting figure covered with the skin of a lion, and with a
broad belt round the waist; it was originally placed on
the summit of the edifice, at a height rather exceeding
twenty-seven feet. (205.)
No. 112. The capital, and a piece of the shaft of one of
the Doric columns of the Parthenon. (2070
182
GALLEKY OF ANTIQUITIES.
[ELGIN
No. 113. A female statue without head and arms, found
in the temple of Themis at Rhamnus in Attica, Presented,
in 1820, by John P. Gandy Peering, Esq, (307'^.)
No. 114. A piece of the shaft of a column, belonging to
the temple of Erechtheus at Athens, (304.)
No. 115. A bronze urn, very richly wrought. It was
found inclosed within the marble vase in which it now
stands, in a tumulus on the road that leads from Port
Pireeus to the Salaminian ferry and Eleusis. At the time
of its discovery, this beautiful urn contained a quantity of
burnt bones, a small vase of alabaster, and a wreath of
myrtle in gold. (300.)
No. 116. A large marble vase ; it is of an oval form,
and within it was found the bronze urn described in the
preceding number. (301.)
No. il7« A circular votive altar, ornamented with the
heads of bulls, from which festoons are suspended. The
inscription, in Gi^eek, near the bottom, is a prayer for the
prosperity and health of a person named Casiniax. (91.)
No. 118. A piece of the shaft of a column, belonging to
the temple of Erechtheus at Athens. (303.)
No. 119, An imperfect statue of a youth; it is of
the size of life, and of the most exquisite workman¬
ship, (306.)
No. 120. Part of the capital of an Ionic column. (306^.)
No. 121. A circular altar, brought from the island of
Delos. It is ornamented with the heads of bulls, from which
festoons of fruit and dowers are suspended. (307- )
No. 122. A sepulchral solid urn, having three figures in
bas-relief on the front. The first of these is a warrior with
a helmet and a shield, who is joining hands with an elderly
man dressed in a long tunic ; the third figure is a female.
The inscription underneath these figures probably contained
the names of the parties, but is too mutilated to admit of
being decyphered. (167.)
No. 12*3. A sepulchral column, inscribed with the name
of Anaxicrates, an Athenian, the son of Dexiochus ; beneath
the inscription is the representation of a sepulchral urn,
executed in very low relief. (240.)
No. 124. Another monumental urn, of the same kind,^
inscribed with the name of Phsedimus of Naucratis*
(A. 51.)
■gALOON.^ OREEK SCULPTURES. 183’
No. 125. The capital of an Ionic column, from the por»
tico of the Erechtheium, at Athens. The building to which
this singularly beautiful piece of architecture belonged,
was a double temple dedicated to Minerva Polias and Pan-
drosus. (A. 47.)
Nos. 126, 127‘ A portion of the shaft, and the base, of
the same column. (A. 48, 49.)
No. 128. An architectural statue ; it w^as one of the
Caryatides which supported the roof under which the olive
tree of Minerva was sheltered in the temple of Pandrosus
at Athens. (A. 42.)
No. 129. A piece of the shaft of an Ionic column. (A. 43.)
No. 130. A capital of a Doric column, from the Pro-
pylsea, at Athens. (206.)
No. 131. A part of a Doric entablature, from the Pro-
pyleea at Athens. (308.)
No. 132. A solid monumental urn, or cenotaph, with a
bas-relief in front, not inscribed. (A. 50.)
No. 133. The capital of an Ionic column belonging to a
temple of Diana at Daphne, on the road from Athens to
Eleusis. (A. 44.)
No. 134. Apiece of the shaft of an Ionic column, belong¬
ing to the same temple. (A. 45.)
No. 135. The base of an Ionic column, likewise belong¬
ing to the same temple. (A. 46.)
Nos. 136 — 149. Casts in plaster from the frieze of the
pronaos of the temple of Theseus. The subject of this
frieze is a battle fought in the presence of six divinities,
who are represented sitting in the midst of the combatants.
(A. 55—68.)
Nos. 150 — 154. Casts in plaster from the frieze of the
posticus of the same temple. The subject of these sculp¬
tures is the battle of the Centaurs and Lapithse. (A. 69 — ■
73.)
Nos, 155 — 157* Casts in plaster of three of the metopes
of the north side of the temple of Theseus at Athens. The
hrst represents Theseus killing Creon, king of Thebes ; the
second, Theseus overcoming Cercyon, king of Eleusis, in a
wrestling match ; and the third, Theseus killing the
Crommian sow. (A. 52 — 54.)
Nos. 158, 159. Two bas-reliefs, which formed part of
the frieze of a temple of the Ionic order (near the Propyisea
184 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. j^ELGIN
at Athens)^ and dedicated to Aglauros. The subject re¬
presented on them is a combat between the Greeks and
Persians. (258, 257.)
Nos. 160, 161. Two bas-reiiefs, from the same temple;
the combatants appear to be all Greeks. (259, 260.)
No. 162. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very im¬
perfect. (182.)
No. 163. Ditto. (183.)
No. 164. A bas-relief, representing a narrow upright
vase with one handle ; the form of this vase very much
resembles that of the solid urns, so often used by the
Greeks as sepulchral monuments. (276.)
No. 165. A Greek inscription from Athens, signifying
that certain gifts, which are specified, had been consecrated
to some goddess, probably Venus, by a female who held
the office of lighter of the lamps, and interpreter of dreams,
in the temple of the goddess. The name of this female,
which was no doubt inserted at the beginning of the in¬
scription, is now lost. (88.)
No. 166. An agonistic inscription, in Greek, consisting
of the names of those who had conquered in the foot race
of the stadium, and double stadium ; in wrestling ; in
boxing; in tine pancratium ; 2Lnd. pentathlum, (93.)
No. 167* A fragment of a Greek inscription: it con¬
sists of twenty lines of very ancient characters, and seems
to be a part of a treaty. (286.)
No. 168. A Greek inscription, imperfect, and very much
defaced. It seems to be an inventory of valuable articles
contained in some temple. (277*)
No. 169. A fleuron, from the temple of Ceres at Eleu-
sis, (173.)
No. 170. A capital of a pilaster. (174.)
No. 171* A fragment of a very ancient Greek inscrip¬
tion from the Acropolis : it contains an account of certain
expenses defrayed by those to whom the care of the public
games was confided. The name of the Archon, under
whom the stone was engraved, is effaced. (159.)
No. 172. A fragment of a decree; the beginning is
wanting, and what remains is much mutilated. At the
conclusion of the decree it is ordained that the people of
Hierapytna in Crete shall affix to it the public seal. (157.)
No. 173. A Greek inscription, written in two columns ;
SALOON.]
GREEK SCULPTURES.
185
it contains a list of names arranged in the order of the
tribes to which they respectively belonged. (92.)
No. 174. A votive Greek inscription^ dedicated by
some sailors, as a mark of their gratitude, to Apollo of
Tarsus. (223.)
No. 175. A sepulchral column, of large dimensions; it
is inscribed with the name of Aristides, who was the son
of Lysimachus, and a native of Estisea. (305^.)
No. 176* A fragment of a bas-relief, representing a
figure standing upright in a dignified attitude ; it is pro¬
bably intended for Bacchus. (107.)
No. 177* A piece of a frieze, or architectural ornament
from the tomb of Agamemnon at M ycenae. The sculpture
is exceedingly ancient, and consists of two kinds of scroll¬
work, one of which represents the curling of the waves,
and the other a series of paterae which are perfectly fiat
and plain. The stone is of a brilliant green colour. (220.)
No. 178. A fragment of a colossal female statue, from
one of the pediments of the Parthenon ; it has belonged to
a sitting figure, of which the only remaining part is the
left thigh, covered with drapery. (156.)
No. 179. A circular altar, from the island of Delos; it
is ornamented with the heads of bulls and festoons in very
bold relief. (106.)
No. 180. A piece of frieze or architectural ornament,
from the same place as No. 177- It consists of three rows
of scroll-work, all of which are similar representations of
the revolving of the waves. The colour of the stone is
bright red. (221.)
No. 181. A sepulchral column with an inscription to
the memory of Theodotus, who was the son of Diodorus,
and a native of Antioch. (225.)
No. 182. A sepulchral solid urn, with a bas-relief re¬
presenting three figures, one of which is seated. The
inscription presents us with the following names : Archa-
goras, Pythyllis, and Polystratus. (274.)
No. 183. A sepulchral column inscribed with the name
of Socrates, son of Socrates, and a native of Ancyra, a city
of Galatia. (164.)
No. 184. A sepulchral column of Menestratus, the son
of Thoracides, and a native of Corinth. (168.)
No. 185. A Greek inscription, imperfect, containing an
186 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [eLGIN
account of the treasures of some temple, probably those of
the Parthenon. The characters which we see on this
marble are of a much more modern form than in the in¬
scription of the same kind. No. 379. (216.)
No. 186. A sun-dial, with four different dials repre¬
sented on as many faces. The inscription imports that
it is the work of Pheedrus, the son of Zoilus, a native of
Paeania. From the form of the letters of this inscription,
the sun-dial cannot have been made much earlier than
the time of the Emperor Severus. It was found at Athens.
(285.)
No. 187* A fragment of a Greek inscription : it is a
decree of the people of Athens in honour of Hosacharas,
a Macedonian. This decree was passed in the Archon-
ship of Nicodorus, in the 3d year of the 116th Olym¬
piad. (280.)
No. 188. A solid urn, or cenotaph, in the front of
which two figures, a man and a woman, are represented
joining hands. The former is standing, the latter is
seated. The names of both were probably inscribed upon
the urn, but that of the woman only is preserved, Ada,
(110.)
No. 189. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing a
procession of three figures, the last of which carries a large
basket on his head : they are accompanied by two children.
(284.)
No. 190. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing two of
the goddesses, Latona and Diana, in procession. Similar
bas-reliefs, in a more perfect state, are preserved in the Al-
bani collection. The temple which is here introduced, is
probably that of Apollo, which stood in the street at Athens,
called The Tripods.’" (103.)
No. 191. A fragment of the upper part of a sepulchral
stMe. (95.)
No. 192. A solid funeral urn, of large dimensions.
It has a bas-relief in front, representing two figures
joining hands ; these figures consist of a female who is
seated, and a man who is standing before her. The
Greek inscription gives us the names of both persons :
one is Pamphilus, the son of Mixiades, and a native of
jEgilia ; and the other is Archippe, the daughter of ]\Iixi-
ades. (237«)
SALOON.] GBEEK SGULPTUBES. 187
No. 193. A bas-relief, representing a Bacchanalian
group? found among the ruins of the theatre of Bacchus?
on the south-west of the Acropolis. It consists of four
figures, each carrying a thyrsus j one of these is Bacchus,
dressed in the Indian costume, who with his right hand is
holding out a double-handled vase? into which a female
Bacchante is pouring wine from a monota? or vase with one
handle. On each side of these figures is an elderly Faun,
in a dancing attitude? one of whom is glancing his eye at
the contents of a large vessel of wine placed on the ground.
(235.)
No. 194. The upper part of the head of an Egyptian
idol, in granite ; the head is that of a lion? and is remark¬
able for being ornamented with a crown of serpents? simi¬
lar to that which is spoken of in the Rosetta inscrip¬
tion. (105.)
No. 195. A very large funeral urn, solid? and without
any inscription. It has three figures in bas-relief ; the
first of these is clothed in a tunic and is seated ; the se¬
cond is a warrior standing up and joining hands with th^
former ?* and the third is a boy carrying a large circular
shield. (228.)
No. 196. A fragment of a bas-relief? representing a
female figure seated in a chair? with a child standing
by her side ; the upper part of the woman is wanting-
This fragment is probably part of a sepulchral monu¬
ment. (162.)
No. 197* A bas-relief? imperfect? representing a cha¬
rioteer driving four horses at full speed ; a figure of Vic¬
tory is flying towards him with a crown. (236).
No. 198. A fragment of a bas-relief? representing part
of the body and legs of a boy. (109.)
No. 199. A cinerary urn? ornamented in front with
four standing figures ; two of these? in the centre? are join¬
ing hands, the other two are in a pensive attitude. The
names of all the figures were originally inscribed on the urn ;
the first name is not legible ; the others are Philia? Metro-
dora? and Meles. (148.)
No. 200. A small female figure? covered with drapery ;
it is without a head. (90.)
No. 201. A sepulchral column of Thalia? the daughter
of Callistratus? of Aexonc.. (149.)
188 GALLERY OP ANTIQUITIES. [eLGIN
No. 202. A votive Greek inscription^ dedicated bj
Gorgias, the Gymnasiarch. (224.)
No. 203. A decree of the people of Tenos, in honour
of Ammonius, their benefactor : this decree is directed to
be engraved on marble, and affixed in the temple of Nep¬
tune and Amphitrite. Strabo and Tacitus mention a cele¬
brated temple that was dedicated to Neptune in this
island, and it is highly probable that the same temple was
dedicated to Amphitrite, as well as to Neptune. Nep¬
tune and his symbols frequently occur on the coins of
Tenos. (231.)
No. 204. A fragment of a bas-relief, on which are re¬
presented part of the skin of an animal and the branch of
a tree. (158.)
No. 205. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very imper¬
fect. (178.)
No. 206. A fragment of a Greek inscription, engraved
in very ancient characters. It seems to be a treaty be¬
tween the Athenians and the people of Rhegium, a town
of the Bruttii, in Italy. (282.)
No. 207. A small statue of a boy, imperfect ; he is in
the attitude of looking up. (293.)
No. 208. A sepulchral column of Mysta : the Greek
inscription informs us that she was a native of Miletus,
daughter of Dionysius, and wife of Rhaton, who was a
native of Thria, a town belonging to the tribe of (Eneis.
(111.)
Nos. 209 — 218. Ten objects of small dimensions : they
represent (with two exceptions) various parts of the human
body, and have been offered up as vows to J upiter Hyp-
sistos, praying for the cure of diseases in those parts, or
in gratitude for cures already received. The part of the
body which had received a cure has been broken off from
No. 212 ,* but the inscription implies, that Syntrophus
presents it as a mark of his gratitude to Jupiter Hypsistos.
No. 213 is a prayer in behalf of Euphrosynus. (247^ 245,
249, 252, 241, 251, 248, 246, 253, 250.)
Nos. 219, 220. Two pieces of the architrave belonging
to the temple of Erechtheus at Athens. (291, 85.)
No. 221 . A fragment of a boy, holding a bird under
his arm, and feeding it. (81.)
No. 222, A sepulchral column, inscribed with the
SALOON.] GREEK SCULPTURES. 189
name of Botryclius^ son of Euphanus^ and a native of
Heraclea. (278.)
No. 223. A Greek inscription^ imperfect^ engraved in
very small characters : it is an enumeration of the sacred
dresses which belonged to some temple. (283.)
No. 224, A fragment of a bas-relief^ representing the
fore-legs and part of the body of a bull, (160.)
No. 225. Fragment of a Greek inscription ; very im¬
perfect. (180.)
No. 226. A fragment of a Greek inscription ; it is the
latter part of a decree in honour of a person who had de¬
served well of some particular city. It is directed, as in
the inscription No. 203, that the decree shall be engraved
on marble, and placed in the temple of Neptune and Am-
phitrite. (230.)
No. 227. A small figure of Telesphorus, completely en¬
veloped in a cloak ; it wants the head. (7^)«
No. 228. A sepulchral column, with an inscription to
the memory of Biottus, who was the son of Philoxenus,
and a native of Diradium. (275.)
No. 229. A sepulchral stMe, with a bas-relief, representing
a man clothed in a tunic. The inscription over this
figure records the name of Erasippus, who was the son of
Callinicus, and a native of GEum in Attica. (212.)
No. 230. A solid sepulchral urn, with a bas-relief, re¬
presenting five figures, executed in a singularly rude style.
The first of these figures is a boy carrying a large circular
shield, the second is a warrior joining hands with a third
person, who is seated before him : the group is completed
by the introduction of a child, and of a female whose atti¬
tude evinces a dejected state of mind. Over the warrior
is the name of Sosippus, in Greek letters. (239.)
No. 231. The capital of an Ionic column, from the
temple of Diana, at Daphne. (80).
No. 232. The upper part of the shaft of a small Ionic
column. (310.)
No. 233. The capital of a Corinthian column. (308^.)
No. 234. A fragment of a Greek inscription ; it is too
imperfect to admit of a full explanation/ but it seems to
have been in honour of a person who had distinguished
himself on some occasion by great humanity. (170.)
No. 235. A fragment of a decree made by a Society
190
e^ALLERY OP ANTIQUITIES. [ELGIN
'which is distinguished by a number of epithets^, among
which are two derived from the names of Hadrian and
Antoninus. The Society appears to have been formed of
musicians^ and the decree to have been passed in honour of
Bacchus and the Emperor Antoninus Pius. A patera is
represented on the upper part of this marble. (161.)
No. 236. A sepulchral inscription^ in six elegiac
verses, to a young man of the name of Plutarchus, who
died in Ausonia, at a distance from his native country.
(242.)
No. 237. A Greek inscription, imperfect. (287-)
No. 238. An amphora. (215.)
No. 239. An unknown female head, the hair of which
is concealed within a close head-dress. (122.)
No, 240. Afragment of an unknown female head. (255.)
No, 241. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing an
unknown female head : from the style of the hair, which
is curiously plaited, we may fix the sculpture to about the
time of Antoninus Pius. (123.)
No. 242. A head of the bearded Hercules. (120.)
No. 243. A head of the bearded Hercules, similar to
the last, but of larger dimensions, (117*)
No. 244. A large head. (266.)
No. 245. A female torso, covered with drapery. (296.)
No. 246. A large head. (263.)
No. 247» An unknown bearded head, very much muti¬
lated : it is larger than life, and is crowned with a very
thick cord-shaped diadem. (119.)
No. 248, The head of a middle-aged man, with a conical
bonnet ; it appears to have had very little beard, and is
most probably the head of a mariner, (116.)
No. 249. A fragment of a head, crowned with vine
leaves : it appears to have been executed at a declining
period of the arts. (121.)
No. 250. An unknowai female head, the hair of which
is confined within a close elegantly formed cap. The same
style of head-dress is observable on some of the silver coins
of Corinth. (114,)
No. 251. The head of a laughing figure, executed in the
early hard style of Greek sculpture, (1 15.)
No. 252 — 255. Four pieces of the frie5:e from the
temple of Erechtheus at Athens ; they are enriched with
SALOON.] GREEK SCULPTURES. 191
flowers and other ornaments^, which are designed with the
most perfect taste^ and are chiselled with a degree of sharp¬
ness and precision truly admirable. (127 — 130.)
No. 256. The base on which a statue has stood ; the
feet^ which still remain^ are very wide apart^ and shew that
the figure must have been in powerful action ; they are
presumed to be the feet of Minerva, from the west pedi¬
ment of the Parthenon. See No. 102. (201.)
No. 257« An amphora. (171-)
No. 258. The upper part of a sepulchral stele, having
the inscription, as well as the arabesque ornament on the
summit, perfect. The inscription is to the memory of
Asclepiodorus the son of Thraso, and Epicydes the son of
Asclepiodorus ; both the deceased were natives of Olyn-
thus, a city in Macedonia. (169.)
No. 259. The upper part of a sepulchral stele, inscribed
w'ith the name of Euphrosynus. (155.)
No. 260. A piece of Doric entablature, originally
painted. (154.)
No. 261. A Greek inscription, imperfect at the end,
being a contract respecting the letting of some lands and
salt pits by the people of Piraeus. Presented, in 1785, by
the Dilettanti Society, (289.)
No. 262. An unknown bust. (100.)
No. 263. A sepulchral solid urn, ornamented with
reeds, and inscribed with the name of Timophon, the son
of Timostratus, and a native of Anagyrus, whose inhabit¬
ants were of the tribe of Erechtheis. (163.)
No. 264. The capital of an Ionic column belonging to
a temple of Diana, at Daphne, in the road to Eleusis.
, (295.)
I No. 265. A piece of the shaft of a small Ionic column,
I the lower part of which is fluted and reeded. (297*)
i No. 266. A sepulchral stMe, with a very ancient in-
I scription ^to the memory of Aristophosa and others. A pe-
i culiarity ^occurs in this inscription, namely, that the letters
I VO are twice used for viov, (214.)
No. 267. A Greek inscription, engraved on two sides of
I a thick slab of marble. It is an inventory of the valuable
: articles which were kept in the Opisthodomos of the Par¬
thenon at Athens. (305.)
No. 268. A fragment of the capital of a Corinthian
192 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [eLGIN
column : it is ornamented with the leaves of the laurel and
acanthus. (102.)
No. 269. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very imper¬
fect. (193.)
No. 270. Ditto. (190.)
No. 271. Ditto. (1970
No. 272. Ditto. (189.)
No. 273. Ditto. (179.)
No. 274. A sepulchral Greek inscription, engraved on a
piece of entablature. It consists of two lines in prose, and
sixteen in pentameter verse. The name of the deceased
was Publius Phyedrus, a native of Sunium, son of Theo-
philus and Cecropia, and grandson of Pistoteles. The in¬
scription states that he was of noble family, and that his
death was followed by the universal regret of the Athe¬
nians, on account of his youth, learning, wisdom, and per¬
sonal accomplishments. (153.)
No. 275. A fragment of a cinerary urn, on which
are represented four figures in bas-relief. The two central
figures consist of a young man and woman who are joining
hands, and whose names are inscribed above in Greek cha¬
racters, Demostrata and Callistus. Two other figures are
standing by the side of these, in a pensive attitude. (104.)
No. 276. A Greek inscription, engraved on two sides
of a large piece of marble. It is an inventory of the
sacred treasures belonging to the Parthenon. (298.)
No. 277* Fragment of a figure. (147.)
No. 278. A bas-relief, representing Hygeia feeding a
serpent out of a patera. She is seated on a throne which
is covered with a cushion, and her feet are placed upon a
footstool. She wears a high ornament, or tutulus, on her
head, and she has a fan, in the shape of an ivy leaf, in her
left hand. (238.)
No. 279. A bas-relief, imperfect, representing a god¬
dess seated on a chair or throne, behind whom are seven
figures, four of which are children ; one of the latter is lead¬
ing a ram to an altar, the rest are in the attitude of devo¬
tion. (94.)
No. 280. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing a
female sitting. (279.)
No. 281. Fragment of a figure. (146.)
No. 282. A Greek inscription, engraved on two sur-
SALOON.] ©REEK SCULPTURES. 193
faces of a tablet of marble. It is an inventory of articles
of gold and silver belonging to the Parthenon, and which
the quaestors of the temple acknowledge that they have re¬
ceived from their predecessors, (311.)
No. 283. The upper part of a sepulchral stele, in¬
scribed with the name of Eumachus, who was the son of
Eumachus, and of the city of Alopece. Presented, in
1785, hy the Dilettanti Society, (292^.)
No. 284, Fragment of a Greek inscription, very im¬
perfect. (184.)
No. 285, A fragment of a Greek inscription, contain¬
ing a list of Athenians, with the townships to which they
respectively belonged. We read the names of no less than
twelve different townships in this small fragment ; namely,
according to the order in which they occur, Sunium, lonidiae,
Alopece, Pallene, Halse, Ericea, Colonus, Sphettus, Ce-
riadae, Thoricus, Hephaestia, and Bate. (222.)
No. 286. The upper part of a sepulchral column, with
an inscription to the memory of a person named Simon,
who was the son of Aristus, and a native of Halae in
Attica. (217.)
No. 287* Fragment of a Greek inscription, very im¬
perfect. (185.)
No. 288. Ditto. (187.)
No. 289. A portion of the cornice from the portico of
the Erechtheium at Athens. (165.)
No. 290. The upper part of a sepulchral stMe, orna¬
mented with leaves and flowers ; the inscription is to the
memory of Chabrias. (226.)
No. 291. A Greek inscription, engraved on three sides
of a piece of marble. The characters are extremely an¬
cient ; but unfortunately the marble has been very much
mutilated, and the letters defaced. (309.)
No. 292. An amphora, (211.)
No. 293. A bas-relief, representing a votive figure of
Cybele, seated in a kind of small temple. (970
No. 294. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very imper¬
fect. (192.)
No. 295. A fragment of a sepulchral stele from which
the bas-relief has been almost entirely broken away ; the
inscription is to the memory of Hieroclea, the daughter of
Leucius. (218.)
194 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [eLGIN
No. 296. Fragment of a Greek inscription^ very im¬
perfect. (188.)
No. 297* A small tile^ in terracotta, which has been
used to cover the joints of the larger tiles. The front is
enriched with a fleuron, and is also inscribed with the
name of the maker, Athenseus. (113.)
No. 298. A votive monument with two Greek verses,
signifying that Horarius had dedicated some lamps, which
he won in the games, to Mercury and Hercules. The bas-
relief above, which probably represented the two deities
here mentioned, is almost entirely broken away ; only the
feet of one figure remain. (219.)
No. 299. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very im¬
perfect. (198.)
No. 300. A small bas-relief, imperfect, representing
Cybele seated. Presented, in 1820, hy John P, Gandy
JDeering, Esq. (103*.)
Nos. 301 — 309. Fragments of figures, many of which
have belonged to the metopes of the Parthenon. (131 — 134,
136—140.)
Nos. 310 — 315. Fragments of colossal statues, some of
which have probably belonged to figures which stood in the
pediments of the Parthenon. (261, 264, 267^ 270, 272,
27P.)
No. 316. A small statue of a Muse, without a head ; it
was probably intended to represent Polyhymnia. (208.)
No. 317- A sepulchral column, inscribed with the
name of Callimachus, who was a native of the city of
Aexone, and the son of Callistratus. (209.)
No. 318. A base of a column brought from the plains
of Troy. (210.)
No. 319. Fragment of a figure. (143.)
No. 320. Fragment of No. 327. (141.)
No. 321. The chest of a female figure, covered with
drapery ; it has probably belonged to one of the metopes
of the Parthenon. (70.)
No. 322. Fragment of No. 327. (142.)
No. 323. A fragment of a metope of the Parthenon ;
it is the torso of one of the Lapithse. (294.)
No. 324. An oblong shallow vessel for containing holy
water. The front is ornamented with a bas-relief repre¬
senting five figures, one of which, probably J uno, is seated
SALOON.]
GREEK SCULPTURES.
195
on a throne : of the remaining figures^ three females are
imploring the benediction of the goddess in behalf of their
children^ whom they are carrying in their arms^ and a
fourth is bringing oblations. From Cape Sigeum^ near
the plain of Troy. (99.)
No. 325. A colossal head, much mutilated ; it was
found in the temple of Nemesis, at Fhamnus, in Attica,
and is supposed to be the head of Nemesis. Presented, in
1820, hy John P, Gandy Deering, Esq. (273.)
No. 326. The feet of a male statue, on the plinth. Pre¬
sented, in 1820, hy John P, Gandy Deerhig, Esq, (107^'.)
No. 327. A torso of a male figure, probably that of
-^culapius. (202, 135, 151.)
No. 328. A sepulchral column to the memory of Callis,
who was the daughter of Strato, and a native of the city
of Gargettus. (203.)
No. 329. A base of a column, brought from the plains
of Troy. (204.)
No. 330. A fragment of a square altar, which has pro¬
bably been dedicated to Bacchus. The ornaments on two
of the sides only have been preserved ; these represent
female Bacchantes in dancing attitudes. One of the figures
holds a shawl or veil in her hands, the other brandishes a
thyrsus. (112.)
No. 331. A fragment of a sepulchral stele; the in¬
scription is very imperfect, but records the name of Mu-
sonia. The summit is ornamented with the figure of a
butterfly on some fruit. (150.)
No. 332. A fragment of a statue of Hygeia. (125.)
No. 333. A small fragment of a very ancient Greek
inscription, written in the hiistrophedon manner. Pre-
sented, in 1785, hy the Dilettanti Society, (81*.)
No. 334. An imperfect Greek inscription, engraved on
three sides of a piece of marble, in very ancient letters.
Presented, in 1785, by the Dilettanti Society, (87.)
No. 335. A fragment of a bas-relief, with part of an
inscription. (126.)
No. 336. A bas-relief, imperfect, inscribed with the
names of Aristodice, Aristarchus, and Athenais, natives of
Sestus. Presented, in 1785, hy the Dilettanti Society,
(236*.)
No. 337. Part of the stem of a candelabrum ornamented
K 2
196 j GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [ELGIN
with four female figures^ one of which is playing on the
lyre^ and the others^, with joined hands, are leading the
dance. (124.)
Nos. 338^5 339. Fragments of colossal statues. (265^,
269.)
No. 340. A part of a colossal foot, probably belonging
to a figure in one of the pediments of the Parthenon. (244.)
No. 341. The left knee of a colossal statue of very
fine work : it has probably belonged to a figure in one of
the pediments of the Parthenon. (256.)
No. 342. Fragment of a statue. (268.)
No. 343. Ditto. (144.)
No. 344. An amphora. (176.)
No. 345. A funeral inscription to the memory of Po-
lyllus ; it consists of one line in prose, and two in verse.
The line in prose gives us only the name and titles of
Polyllus, and the verses intimate that Polystratus had
erected a statue to the deceased, and had placed it under
the protection of Minerva ,* the marble on which this in¬
scription is cut formed a part of the base on which the
statue stood. (292.)
No. 346. A Greek inscription, relating to the Eryth-
raeans : the characters are very ancient. (288.)
No. 347* A fragment of a decree of the Athenians, en¬
graved on a very large piece of marble. So much has
been broken away from this inscription, that the precise
object of it is not easily collected : it is ordained, however,
that the decree shall be fixed up in the Acropolis. (281.)
No. 348. A very ancient Greek inscription, which has
served as an epitaph on the tomb of the Athenian war¬
riors killed at Potidsea. This inscription, which originally
consisted of twelve elegiac verses, has suflfered from the in¬
juries of time. (290.)
No. 349. Fragment of a figure. (145.)
No. 350. Fragment of a Greek inscription, very im¬
perfect. (195.)
No. 351. A sepulchral stMe, with an ornament of
flowers on the summit. It is inscribed with the names of
Hippocrates and Baucis. (175.)
Nos. 352 — 360. Casts in plaster of the frieze of the
Choragic Monument of Lysicrates, commonly called the
Lanthorn of Demosthenes. The subject of this frieze is
GKEEK SCULPTURES.
SALOON.]
197
the story of Bacchus and the Tyrrhenian pirates. (A. 89^
97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 91, 90.)
No. 361. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing an
elderly man before one of the gods, probably Bacchus,
who appears to hold a vase in his right hand. (84.)
No. 362. A fragment of a decree of the people of
Tenos, in honour of some benefactor, whose name is not
preserved on the marble. (232.)
No. 363. A fragment of a public act relating to the
people of Athens and Myrina. (234.)
No. 364. A fragment of a public act of the Athenians ;
it consists of twenty-one imperfect lines, and seems to re¬
late to the repair of the pavements and roads in the neigh¬
bourhood of Athens. (233.)
No. 365. An architectural fragment, which has formed
one of the ornaments of a roof. (243.)
No. 366. A sepulchral Greek inscription in ten verses,
of M^hich the first two and the last two are in the elegiac
measure, and the rest are hexameters. The inscription is
in memory of a young lady of extraordinary beauty, named
Tryphera, who died at the early age of 25 years. (152.)
No. 367- An architectural fragment, similar to No,
365. (254.)
No. 368. A Greek inscription relating to Oropus.
Presented) in 1820, by John P. Gandy Deering, Esq,
(106*.)
Nos. 369, 370. Fragments of Greek inscriptions, very
imperfect. (191, 196.)
No. 371. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing
Minerva placing a crown upon a person’s head. (89.)
No. 372. A sepulchral stele with a Greek inscription,
consisting of four lines and a half, part of which is written
in prose and part in verse. The inscription informs us
that the monument was erected by a mother to the memory
of her two sons, Diitrephes and Pericles, the former of
whom was a soldier of Parium ; and also to the memory of
her daughter, whose name was Agnes, and that of her
brother, Demophoon, who was a soldier of Parium. (172-)
No. 373. A sepulchral stele. The bas-relief in front,
the lower part of which is broken away, represents two
females joining hands, one of whom is seated and veiled,
the other standing. Between these appears an old man.
198 GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [[eLGIN
clothed in a tunic^ and standing in a pensive attitude.
(229.)
No. 374. A votive Greek inscription of Antisthenes,
the priest of Pandion : he was the son of Antiphates^ and
belonged to the tribe of Pandionis. (86.)
No. 375. A bas-relief, representing a young man
standing between two goddesses, Vesta and Minerva, who
are crowning him. (82,)
No. 376. A bas-relief, representing two divinities,
namely, Jupiter seated on a throne, and Juno standing
before him ; the latter is removing the veil from her face,
as if to address the king of the gods. (227-)
No. 377* A Greek inscription, imperfect, but of which
hfty-hve lines remain. It is written in the Boeotian
^olic dialect, and is a treaty between the cities of Orcho-
menus in Boeotia and Elateea in Phocis, respecting some
payments due from the Orchomenians to the Elateeans.
These payments were for the rent of certain pastures
which the people of Elataea had let out to the Orchome¬
nians. The treaty confirms the payment of the stipulated
sums, and renews the treaty of pasturage for four years.
No. 378. A Greek inscription, engraved on two sides
of a tablet of marble. It is a decree of the council of the
Boeotians, ordaining the election of three extraordinary
magistrates, who, in concert with the ordinary magistrates,
were to take charge of the re-casting of some articles of
gold and silver, belonging to the temple of Amphiaraus, and
which had been injured by the effects of time. (302.)
No. 379. A Greek inscription, imperfect, engraved in
very ancient characters ; it seems to be an inventory of
some treasures, probably those contained in the Parthenon,
and which the Quaestors acknowledge to have received
from their predecessors in the same office. The inscrip¬
tion not only fills one side of the marble, but also the
right edge. (200.)
No. 380. A fragment of a bas-relief, representing three
figures sacrificing before an altar. (101.)
No. 381. A Greek inscription in the Doric dialect ; it
is a dedication to Bacchus, by Alexas the son of Nicon,
and Cephisodorus the son of Aglaophaedas, who had both
been victorious in the choruses of men. (83.)
SALOON.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 199
No. 382. Fragment of a Greek inscription^ very im¬
perfect. (186.)
No. 383. A bas-relief, imperfect ; it represents three
goddesses^ one of whom is seated on a throne. (108.)
No. 384. A sepulchral stele^ in which an equestrian
figure^ with an attendant on foot;, is represented in bas-
relief. Above the figures is an inscription, consisting of
three verses, of which the second is a pentameter, and the
two others hexameters ; they record the name of the de¬
ceased, Aristocles, who was the son of Menon, and a native
of Piraeus. (213.)
Nos. 385, 386. Fragments of Greek inscriptions, very
imperfect. (194, 181.)
EGYPTIAN SALOON^.
No. 1. A lion couchant, of red granite; the mane
inscribed in front with a name not yet decyphered ; the
base is also inscribed with hieroglyphics, in which appears
the name of Amenoph 3 (Memnon). Presented by Lord
Prudhoe^ 1835.
No. 2. f An Egyptian obelisk, of black basalt, found
at Cairo.
No. 3. A sarcophagus of white stone, in form of a
mummy case, with five rows of hieroglyphics down the
front ; the face has been gilt. From Mr, Sams" collec¬
tion,
A sarcophagus of green basalt, in form of a mummy,
decorated with the four deities of the Amenti, and three
rows of hieroglyphics down the front. On the feet, two
jackals.
No. 4. Colossal head of browmish breccia. From
Mr, Salt"s collection.
No. 5. A group of black basalt, representing King
* The articles contained in this Room, to which this mark (f) is pre¬
fixed in this catalogue, were collected by the French in different parts of
Egypt, and came into the possession of the English army in consequence
of the capitulation of Alexandria, in the month of September, 1801. They
were brought to England in February, 1802, under the care of Generj 1
Turner, and were sent, by order of His Majesty, King George tht
Third, to the British Museum.
200
GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [^EGYPTIAN
Horus, of the 18th dynasty, standing under the pro¬
tection of the Deity Ammon Ra the generator.
No. 6. Colossal head of brownish breccia. From Mr^
Saifs collection.
No. 7. t A colossal ram^s head, which has formted
part of a sphinx.
No. 8. A statue of a priest of the royal family of
Shishak, standing at an altar decorated with plants and
birds.
No. 9. f A colossal fist of very considerable magni¬
tude, found in the ruins of Memphis,
No. 10. f A large Egyptian sarcophagus, of breccia,
brought from the mosque of Saint Athanasius, at Alex¬
andria. It is covered with hieroglyphics both within and
without.
No. 11. Figure of a hawk-headed sphinx, found by
Belzoni, in the Temple of Ipsambul. From Mr. Saifs
collection.
No. 12. An Egyptian monument of granite, found in
the palace at Carnak, decorated with six figures in high
relief, holding each other’s hands, viz., a male and fe-
male on each side, and a female at each end. From Mr.
Saifs collection.
No. 13. Similar to No. 11, but part of the head has
been broken off ; found at the same place. From Mr.
Saifs collection.
No. 14. Lower part of a statue, similar to No. 21, of
Araenoph III. (Memnon).
No. 15. A colossal head in red granite, from Carnak,
found by Belzoni, in 1818. From Mr. Saifs collection.
No. 16. Lower part of a statue of Bubastes, bearing
the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon).
No. 17« The sacred boat, bearing a group, of which
a fragment only remains, of a vulture overshadowing the
statue of a female. It is inscribed in several places with
the names of the mother of Amenoph III. (Memnon).
No. 18. A colossal arm, in red granite, belonging to
the same statue as the head No. 15. From Mr. Saifs
collection.
No. 19. The head and upper part of a statue of
Rameses the Great, brought from the ruins of the Mem-
nonium, a building dedicated to Memnon, at Thebes.^
SALOON.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 201
This fragment is composed of one piece of granite of
two colours, and the face, which is in remarkably fine
preservation, is executed in a very admirable manner.
Presented^ in 1817^ hy Henry SaU, Esq,, and the late
Louis Burckhardt, Esq,
No. 20. Part of the frieze of an Egyptian temple. It
is covered with hieroglyphics on both sides, containing
the name of Psammetichus II. The upper part of this
frieze consists, on one side, of a row of serpents, on the
other, of a row of birds. Presented, in 1766, by His
Majesty King George III.
No. 21. A colossal statue of Amenoph III. (Memnon)
sitting, of black breccia. His hands are extended flat
upon the thighs : the front and back of the throne are
decorated with hieroglyphics. Found, in 1818, in an
excavation in the Temple of Memnon. Fro^n Mr, Salt’s
collection.
No. 22. Part of the frieze of an Egyptian temple. It
is covered with hieroglyphics on both sides, containing
the name of Nectanebo, the last of the Pharaohs. The
upper part of the front of this frieze consisted of a row
of birds, the legs of which are all that now, remain.
Presented, in 1766, hy His Majesty King George
THE Third.
No. 23. f A large Egyptian sarcophagus, of black
granite, covered with hieroglyphics inside and outside.
This sarcophagus, which was brought from Grand Cairo,
was used by the Turks as a cistern, which they called
“ The Lovers’ Fountain.”
No. 24. f The Rosetta stone, containing three in¬
scriptions of the same import, namely, one in hierogly¬
phics, another in the ancient vernacular language of
Egypt, and another in the Greek language. These in¬
scriptions record the services which Ptolemy the Fifth
had rendered his country, and were engraved by order
of the High Priests, when they were assembled at
Memphis, for the purpose of investing him with the
royal prerogative. This stone was found near Rosetta.
No. 25. f An Egyptian figure, the size of life, kneel¬
ing on a square plinth, round which is a border of hiero¬
glyphics : the head and arms of the figure are wanting.
No. 26. A seated figure of Ousiree Menephtha,
K 3
202
GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [^EGYPTIAN
bearing on his knees the figure of a ram's head ; in a hard
white stone. Hieroglyphics on the shoulders of the
figurCj on the sides of the seat, and round the pedestal.
On his feet are sandals. From Mr, Saifs collection.
No. 27* A mutilated figure of Rameses II. (Sesostris)
kneeling, and supporting with both hands an altar, de¬
dicated to the deity Thore, on which a scarabieus is
placed. Presented^ in 1805, by Earl Spencer.
No. 28. A circular vessel of sand-stone; one handle
is decorated with the head of Isis, the other handle and
the edge are inscribed with hieroglyphics.
No. 29. A group of a male and female seated, of
soft stone painted. The front of the statues and sides
of the chair are inscribed with hieroglyphics.
No. SO. A colossal head, in white hard stone. From
Mr. Saifs collection.
No* SI. A group of two figures seated with a smaller
one between them, in hard sand-stone : found in a tomb,
and probably represents the man, his wife and child, who
were buried therein. The sides of the seat, the ground
about their feet, and a stripe down the front of their
lower garments are decorated with hieroglyphics, with
tlie name of Amenoph II. The heads and upper parts
of the bodies of the figures have been covered with a
thick coat of paint, part of which still remains. From
Mr. Saifs collection.
No. S2. Sarcophagus of grey stone, with its cover;
of the Queen of Araasis, king of the 26th dynasty. The
entire sarcophagus, inside and outside, is covered with
sculptures and hieroglyphics. It was discovered at the
bottom of an excavation 130 feet deep, behind the palace
of Sesostris, near Tiiebes.
No. 33. f An Egyptian obelisk, of black basalt, found
at Cairo.
No. 34. A lion couchant, of red granite; the mane
inscribed with hieroglyphics, as is also the pedestal,
which bears the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon). On
the left fore-paw is another royal name not yet ascer¬
tained, and apparently of different work. Presented by
Lord -Prudhoe^ 1835.
No. 35. A painted statue, found in a sepulchre near
the Pyramids. Presented^ in 1817? by Captain Caviglia.
SALOON.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 203
No. 36. The lower part of an Egyptian figure kneel¬
ing on a square plinth, round which is a border of hiero¬
glyphics, containing the name of Rameses the Great.
Presented^ in 1812, by His Royal Highness the Duke of
York.
No. 37. A large statue of Bubastes sitting in a kind
of chair, and resting the arms upon the thighs. In the
left hand is the emblem of life ; the disk which was once
upon the head has been broken off. It is inscribed with
the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon).
No. 38, A statue of a baboon, the pedestal inscribed
with the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon).
No. 39. A stone sarcophagus, discovered in a tomb
at Thebes ; the paintings with which it is ornamented
have been restored. Presented, in 1820, by the Earl of
Belmore,
No. 40. A baboon, of sand-stone.
No. 41. A statue of Bubastes standing, with the head
of a lioness, on which was the disk of the moon and
erect serpent’s head ; she holds the lotus before her in
her left hand, the emblem of life in her right/ From
Mr. Saifs collection.
No. 42. A small Egyptian figure kneeling upon a
square plinth, and supporting with his hands a kind of
altar, in front of which, wuthin a sunk tablet, is a figure
of Neith. The plinth and front of the altar are covered
with hieroglyphics, in which appears the royal name of
Amasis. Presented, in 1771, by Matthevo Huane, Esq.
It is placed upon
An oblong stone, with a shallow excavation in the
centre. The top and sides are adorned with hierogly¬
phics. It was perhaps intended for a pedestal. From
Mr. Saifs collection.
No. 43. A much mutilated seated statue of a military
chief, of black basalt; the sides of the seat inscribed
with hieroglyphics.
No. 44. A capital of an Egyptian column. Pre~
sented, in 1805, by Earl Spencer.
Upon it, t a small mutilated Egyptian figure, kneel¬
ing on a broken square plinth, the front and back in¬
scribed with hieroglyphics.
No. 45. Similar to No. 41, but the disk is nearly per¬
fect. From Mr. Saifs collection.
204 GALLERY OF ANTiaUITIES'. [EGYPTIAN
No. 46. A figure, the size of life, of a royal scribe,
seated upon the ground, and resting his arms upon his
knees ; the left arm has been broken off. Ears of corn
are in his left hand ; round his neck fs suspended a tablet
inscribed, in hieroglyphics, with the name and titles of
Ilameses (Sesostris). In front a tablet inscribed with
hieroglyphics, including the same name and titles.
Hieroglyphics also appear upon the arm, and behind this
figure. :
No. 47- A mummy-shaped sarcophagus, of white ;
stone. ,
No. 48. A male statue, in basalt, seated upon a pe¬
destal, his arms crossed upon his knees, which are almost
as high as his chin. The front of the figure and pedestal
are covered with an hieroglyphical inscription. From Mr^
Saifs collection.
No. 49. Similar to No. 41. From Mr. Saifs col¬
lection.
No. 50. Statue of a prince, in calcareous stone,
swathed, seated ; covered with hieroglyphics, among
which is the name of Thothmes 3, and the obliterated
cartouche of his sister.
No. 51. A kneeling statue of a royal scribe, of white
stone. He holds a shrine containing the figures of Isis,
Osiris, and Horus. On his shoulders and lap appears
the name of Rameses (Sesostris).
No. 52. Statue in calcareous stone, of a person kneel¬
ing and holding before him a tablet, containing a formula
of prayer to lla.
On the ground behind ;
Fragment of an Egyptian figure seated upon a plinth,
with the legs turned inward, and lying one upon the ’
other. The plinth and portions of the dress are covered !
with hieroglyphics.
A portion of an altar, similar to that represented on
No. 8.
A fragment which was found at the foot of Pompey's
Pillar, and is partly covered with hieroglyphics, whereon
appears the name of Rameses,
A mutilated fragment of a statue.
A colossal fist. Presented) in 1805, % Earl Spencer.
No. 53. Similar to No. 41. From Mr. Saifs collection.
54. Bust broken from a seated Bubastes.
\
SALOON.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 205
No. 55. Bust broken from a statue similar to No. 21.
There can be little doubt but that the fragment, No. 14,
is part of the same statue.
No. 56. Upper half of a standing statue of Bubastes,
similar to No. 41,
No. 57- A seated statue of Bubastes, similar to No.
37. A portion of the disk upon the head has been
broken off. It bears the name of Amenoph IIL
(Memnon).
No. 58. Bust broken from a seated statue of Bu«
bastes.
No. 59. f A fragment of a porphyry column.
Upon it is placed
A colossal hawk. Presented, in 1805, by Mr, T,
Philipe.
No. 60. Seated statue of Bubastes. From Belzonis
collection. Behind it, bust broken from another similar
statue.
No. 61. A statue, in red granite, of Phthahmenoph.
On his breast is inscribed his own name ; on his shoulder,
that of his father, Rameses (Sesostris).
In front of the pedestal is a group of four seated
statues, in black basalt, two male and two female ; a
stripe of hieroglyphics decorates the front of each dress.
The heads have ail been broken off.
No. 62. A seated statue of Bubastes, similar to No,
37j but without any name inscribed. The disk upon this
figure is entire. From Mr, Saifs collection.
No. 63. Another seated statue of Bubastes, but of
superior workmanship, and with the name of Shishak in¬
scribed in front of the chair. The disk is sculptured upon
a separate stone. From Mr, Saifs collection.
No. 64. A column of grey granite in four pieces ;
it has SIX rows of shields containing names. The upper
and lower rows have the name of Ramerre, the four
other rows consist of the name of Phthahmenoph ; but
the upper of these is interrupted by a square tablet,
which contains the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon).
The square slab at the top has the names of Amenoph
III. and Ramerre. From Mr. Saifs collection.
Behind No. 64. Portion of a hieroglyphic inscription,
in five fragments.
206
GALLERY OP ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN
No. 65. Seated statue of Bubastes. From Belzonis
collection.
No. 66. f A fragment of a large sarcophagus, similar
in its structure to Nos. 10 and 23.
Within No. 66. A trough, in hard breccia, with hie-
roglyphics, wherein appears the royal name of Rameses
the Great. At one end is the figure of an old man seated.
From Mr. Salt's collection.
No. 67. A fragment of the platted beard of the Great
Sphinx. Presented^ in 1817, hy Captain Caviglia.
No. 68. A seated figure of Bubastes, similar to No.
37. It is inscribed witii the name of Amenoph III.
(Memnon).
No. 69. Upper half of an erect statue of Bubastes.
Behind No. 69, is a fragment of a statue of a king
seated, in grey granite.
No. 70. A seated male statue, holding in front of
his knees a small standing figure, inscribed with the
same royal name (Amyrtisus) as the Alexandrian sar¬
cophagus.
On one side of No. 70, is a statue of a person seated,
holding in his left hand a hoe, or pickaxe; on his left
knee are some hieroglyphics, sculptured in relief.
On the other side of No. 70, is a statue of Pioeri,
prince of ^Ethiopia, holding an altar, inscribed with hie-
roglyphics, and having on it a ram’s head. The back
and plinth have also hieroglyphics, among which appear
the name of Rameses the Great.
No. 71. Upper half of an erect statue of Bubastes.
Behind No. 71, is a fragment of two seated figures, in
red granite. The back of the chair is covered with hiero¬
glyphics.
No. 72. A standing figure of Bubastes, similar to
No. 41.
No. 73. Bust broken from a statue of Bubastes.
No. 74. An Egyptian scarabaeus, or beetle, brought
from Constantinople : it forms a part of the Elgin col¬
lection.
No. 75. Fragment of a statue, of grey granite, in¬
scribed with the royal name of Horus of the 18th dy¬
nasty.
No. 76. An erect figure of Bubastes, similar to No. 41.
SALOON.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES. 207
No. 77» Bust broken from a sitting figure of Bu-
bastes.
No. 78. The cover of a mummy-shaped sarcophagus,
of granite, covered vidth sculptures and hieroglyphics.
The entombed person appears to have been a priest.
Underneath are
Feet broken from a statue of Bubastes.
Fragment of a colossal head, of granite.
No. 79. Bust broken from a sitting statue of Bu¬
bastes.
No. 80. An erect statue of Bubastes, similar to
No. 41.
No. 81. A figure of a priest of Ammon, the size
of life. He is represented sitting on the ground, and
resting his arms upon his knees. An ear of corn
is held in the left hand, and in front of the figure is the
head of Isis, (surmounted by a shrine ?) which has
formed the top of a sceptre.
No. 82. A head of a sphinx, of Roman work. From
the collection of Charles Towneley^ Esq,
No. 83. A fragment of a kneeling statue, holding a
shrine containing a figure of Osiris, and inscribed with
hieroglyphics, wherein appears the name of Pharaoh
Hophrah.
No. 84. An erect statue of Bubastes, similar to
No. 41.
No. 85. Bust broken from a seated statue of Bu¬
bastes.
No. 86. t An Egyptian sarcophagus, in black basalt,
slightly resembling in its form the human figure. It has a
single border of hieroglyphics round the outside, bearing
the royal name of Amasis,
On No. 86 are placed
A sepulchral shrine, the front covered with hierogly¬
phics.
A fragment of a pyramid, decorated with sculptures
and hieroglyphics.
A shrine covered with sculptures and hieroglyphics,
containing a figure of a chieftain holding a staff or
sceptre, the top of wdiich consists of a head of Isis sur¬
mounted by a plume.
A fragment of a pyramid bearing the name of Enantef
Naa.
208 GALLERY OP ANTIQUITIES. [^EGYPTIAN
A fragment of a shrine, decorated on ail sides with
hieroglyphics, and having contained in front at least four
figures, holding each other’s hands.
No. 87. A bust broken from a seated figure of Bu-
bastes.
No. 88. A seated statue of Bubastes, similar to No.
S7. The front of the chair is inscribed with the name of
Amenoph III. (Memnon).
No. 89. Fragment of legs broken from an erect sta¬
tue of Bubastes ; the pedestal inscribed with the name of
Amenoph III, (Memnon).
No. 90. A bas-relief of an Egyptian priest, a close
garment enclosing the body down to the feet, excepting
the right shoulder and arm ; the hands are crossed in
front of the body; the head has been broken off. This
appears to have formed the cover of a sarcophagus.
Presented by the Lords of the Admiralty,
No. 91. Fragment of legs, similar to No. 89.
No. 92. A statue of a priest, of white stone, holding
a shrine containing the figure of a deity, remarkable for
the long lock of hair over his right ear, the rest of the
head having been close shaven.
No. 93. Bust of a queen from a colossal statue of
white stone. In front is an altar of libation, dedicated
by a Pharaoh to Osiris.
No, 94. Lower part of an erect statue of Bubastes.
No. 95. A votive column, on which is an inscription
in Greek to the great God Serapis at Canopus. It was
brought from Aboukir. Presented^ in 1807, by Dr, Ban¬
croft^ Jun,
No. 96. Upper part of a statue of Rameses the Great,
holding a tablet with offerings, under which is a vase.
Found near Abydos.
In front is a tablet of calcareous stone, in form of a
propylon, covered with sculptures and hieroglyphics, and
bearing the names of kings Osirtesen and his successor.
No. 97» Blank,
No. 98. Thirteen sepulchral vases, surmounted by
heads of some of the four genii of Amenti (or the lower
regions). Among them are two complete sets of four
each, as they were generally placed in the tombs. All
from Thebes. Presented by J, Gardner Wilkinson^ Esq.^
1834.
209
SALOON.] EGYPTIAN ANTIQUITIES*
Nos. 99 to 115. On these shelves are sepulchral vases,
tablets, and various Egyptian antiquities ; chiejly from
Mr. Saifs collection.
Upon No. 115, is a small headless figure of a priest
of Ammon, seated on the ground, and resting his arras
upon his knees. An ear of corn is held in the left
hand, and in front of the figure is the head of Isis on the
top of a sceptre. Presented, in 1767, by the Earl of
Bute.
No. 116. Seven objects. Presented^ in 1817, by Cap--
tain Caviglia, viz.:
A small hawk of very coarse work, found in front of
the Great Sphinx.
A Greek inscription erected in front of the Great
Sphinx, by Marcus Aurelius and Lucius Verus.
A small lion, found in a temple between the paws of
the Great Sphinx.
A tablet of hieroglyphics, found in front of the Great
Sphinx.
A lion very rudely sculptured ; it is supposed to have
stood on one of the walls between the paws of the Great
Sphinx.
The impression of a human foot carved in stone, with
the letters NEKO© engraved over it. Found in front of
the Great Sphinx.
One of the horns of an altar which was found in front
of the Great Sphinx.
No: 117. Sundry fragments.
No. 118. On this shelf are the following objects: —
An Egyptian bas-relief, consisting of a double range
of figures. The upper range is imperfect, half of the
figures having been sculptured upon another stone.
The lower range represents some priests armed with
knives, with which they are sacrificing bulls. It was
found near Sakkara, four leagues from Grand Cairo.
Presented, in 1767, by the Earl of Bute.
A small Egyptian figure, with a beard, a short apron,
and a terrific aspect. He is standing upright, holding
his arms downwards a little apart from the body. The
ornament upon the head is peculiar to the representation
of this figure. From the collection of Charles Tomieley,
Esq.
210
GALLERY OP ANTIQUITIES. [[EGYPTIAN
An Egyptian monument, in which are sunk two square
tablets, one of which is left blank, and in the other are
represented two female figures standing side by side.
These tablets are surrounded by hieroglyphics. From the
collection of Sir Hans Shane.
A kneeling figure, holding a statue of a baboon
seated on a pedestal inscribed with the name of Pha¬
raoh Hophrah. The back and pedestal of the figure
are inscribed with hieroglyphics, and the same (?) name.
A kneeling figure, holding in front a head of Isis.
A figure seated on the ground, resting one arm upon
the knees, the right raised towards the mouth. The
head of Isis on a sceptre in front; hieroglyphics upon
the sides.
Three tablets.
Nos. 119 to 124. Sepulchral vases and tablets. From
Mr. Sams' collection.
Under the shelves round the room are various tablets,
&c., affixed to the walls ; among them the following arti¬
cles are worthy of notice.
No. 135. A large square tablet, of breccia, covered
with hieroglyphics. It appears to have been used as
a mill-stone for grinding corn. Presented^ in 1805, by
Earl Spencer.
No. 140. A large head, broken from a mummy-shaped
sarcophagus.
No. 145. A fragment covered with hieroglyphics.
Presented j in 1805, by Earl Spencer.
Nos. 169—171 ; 173—177; 179—181 are fresco paint¬
ings, chiefly illustrative of the domestic habits of the
Egyptians. No. 175, presented by Sir H. Ellis.
Under No. 168. A head, of white stone.
Under No. 169. A torso, of marble ; the back of the
chair inscribed with hieroglyphics.
Under No. 171. Fragment of a statue, holding a staff
or sceptre, ornamented at the top with a head of Isis.
Under No. 173. The upper half of a seated statue,
of white stone. Froyn Mr. Sams' collectioji.
Under No. 174. Bust broken from a statue of grey
granite.
Under No. 175. Mutilated male statue of Thothmes
III., of black basalt. From Mr. Sams' collection.
EOOM.] GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. 211
Under No. 176. Fragment of a bas-relief of a group,
probably a king seeking tlie protection of his favourite
divinity: resembling No. 5.
Under No. 177. Fragment of a statue, holding a
tablet decorated with sculptures and hieroglyphics,
wherein appears the name of Amenoph III. (Memnon).
Under No. 179. A Sphinx, represented, according to
the custom of the Egyptians, without wings. Found
in the excavation made in front of the Great Sphinx.
Presented, in 1817? hy Captain Caviglia,
Under No. 180. Head of a fish or serpent, in white
stone.
Under No. 181. A Sphinx represented without wings,
like the one described above. Presented, in 1767? hy
the Earl of Bute,
EGYPTIAN ROOM.
UP STAIRS.
The following short statement is merely intended to
give a general idea of the contents of the Egyptian
Room ; the arrangements of which are only in progress.
When this operation is completed, a more detailed ac¬
count will be inserted in the Synopsis.
Case. Div.
A. 1, Large figures of Egyptian deities, of wood, stone,
&c.
2, Small do., chiefly bronze.
S. Small do., chiefly porcelain.
4. Large do., wood and stone.
B. 1. Large figures of Egyptian deities, wood, stone,
&c.
2. Small do., chiefly bronze.
3. Small do., chiefly porcelain.
4. Large do., various substances.
C. 1. Large figures of Egyptian deities, wood.
2. Do.
3. Small do., chiefly porcelain.
4. Large do., wood.
D. Coffin of Penammon, prophet priest of Ammon ; the
outer coffin is over cases A. and B.
212
GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [^EGYPTIAN
Case. Div.
Painted wooden stand.
Bronze stand for offerings.
E. 1. Large figures of jackals, wood.
2. 3. Large figures of deities, wood.
F. 1. Large figures of jackals, wood.
2. Small do. of quadrupeds, bronze, wood, &c.
3. Do., do., chiefly porcelain.
4. Large cows’ heads.
G. 1. Large figures of sacred birds, wood.
2. Small do. of birds, serpents, &c., bronze, &c.
3. Small do., chiefly porcelain.
4. Hippopotamus’ head, wood ; vulture’s claws,
bronze.
H. All the shelves in this case contain statues or
fragments of statues of various dimensions, wood,
stone, bronze, &c.
I. K. L. 1. Chairs, seats, stools, head rests, wood, &c.
2. Model of a house, table, vase stand, wig,
portions of buildings, &c., wood, bronze, &c.
3. Large vases, alabaster, earthenware, &c,
M. 1. Basket with the garment it contained, another
which held shoes, an apron, a leather head¬
dress.
2. Vases and cases used to hold colouring matter for
the eyes.
3. Mirrors, vases, combs, hair pins, &c.
4. Sandals and shoes, leather, palm leaves, papy¬
rus, &c.
N. Vases, alabaster, porcelain, glass, &c.
O. Vases, chiefly with handles, earthenware, porcelain,
alabaster, marble, &c.
P. Vases, lamps, &c., various materials.
Q. Inner coffin of Harsontiotf, Theban prophet priest
of Ammon. The outer coffin, which is black, stands
in the ante-room. The body with its linen cover
is in case R R.
Figure of Osiris, and linen hypocephalus belonging
to the same.
R. Stands, bowls, cups, spoons, &c., earthenware, ala¬
baster, marble, &c.
S. Large vases of a late period.
KOOM.]
GALLERY OP ANTIQUITIES.
213
Cas€. Div.
T. 1. Bronze vases.
2. Fruit, grain, cakes ; two ducks upon a stand
made of cane and papyrus, being a prepared
feast found in a tomb at Thebes.
3. Mattocks, yoke and strap, steps and rope of a
ladder.
4. Fragments from the walls of tombs.
U. 1. Fragments of painting from the tombs.
2. Bows, arrows, bird weapons, battle axe, daggers,
scabbard, knives, flint and bronze arrow heads,
wood, bronze, &c.
3. Staves, sceptre, fan handles, boat mast, paddles,
See., wood, &c.
V. Coffin of Otaineb.
Prepared boards with hieroglyphic inscriptions and
drawing of Thothmes III.
W. 1 . Inscriptions.
2. Implements of writing and painting, colours, &c.,
various materials.
3. Implements of writing and painting, ink-stand,
wax tablets, knives, &c., various materials.
4. Inscriptions.
X. 1. Baskets and fragments of baskets of palm leaves.
2. Boxes, wood and ivory.
3. Spoons, smaller boxes, &c., wood.
4. Unbaked bricks stamped with hieroglyphical in¬
scriptions, plasterers’ tools, wood, &c.
Y. 1. Baskets and tools, palm leaves, wood, &c.
2. Tools for a carpenter and mason, found in the
above baskets, models of tools, &c.
3. Miscellaneous fragments.
4. Unbaked bricks stamped with hieroglyphical in¬
scriptions.
Z. I. Baskets, palm leaves.
2. Musical instruments, bronze, wood, &c.
3. Dolls, children’s playthings. Sec.
4. Implements of spinning, specimens of cloth, &c.
A A. B B. C C. Mummies and coffins.
D D. Animal mummies ; cynocephali, dogs, cats, cattle,
and sheep.
E E. Animal mummies ; ibis, hawks, fish, serpents, cro-
214
GALLERY OF ANTIQUITIES. [EGYPTIAN ROOM.
' Case. Div.
codiles, &c. On the top of this case is the rpum-
my of a large crocodile.
F F. 1. Boxes to hold sepulchral figures, wood,
2. 3. 4. Sepulchral figures, wood, stone, porcelain,
&c.
G G. Sepulchral figures of Osiris ; the plinths generally
used to contain embalmed substances, wood.
H H. Coffin of Irioui, son of Selsol.
II. 1.2. Sepulchral figures of Osiris, as in case G G.
3. Similar figures of Osiris to hold papyri.
K K. 1. Boxes used for sepulchral purposes, wood.
2. Models of sepulchral vases, wood, &c.
3. 4. Covers from sepulchral vase, stone, &c.
L L. 1 . Models of sepulchral boats, wood.
2. Sepulchral tablets, stone, wood, &c*
3. Sepulchral cones, brick.
4. Fragments of coffins, &c.
M M. Blank.
N N. Coffin and mummy of Tatshbapem, daughter of
Petkhons, porter of the temple of Ammon.
The centre coffin of this mummy is over the cases
KK. andLL.
O O. Coffin and mummy of Kotbti, female attached to
the worship of Ammon. The hair was found
folded up under the head of the deceased.
PP. Blank.
Q Q. Coffin and mummy of Har, incense bearer of the
temple of Chnouph.
R R. Mummy of Harsontiotf, Theban prophet priest of
Ammon, holding various sacerdotal offices. See
account of Case Q.
Coffin containing mummy of Pi-rot-har-noubsh, in¬
cense bearer of the temple of Khons.
S S. Blank.
T T. Blank.
U U. Coffin and mummy of Penammon, incense bearer
of the temple of Ammon.
V V. Coffin containing the mummy of Khonsaou-onkh,
sacerdotal functionary. On the upper shelf is
the linen covering of the mummy of a girl.
WW. Blank.
MEDAL ROOM,
215
Case. Div.
X X. Coffin and mummy of Onkhape, a sacred bard. On
the upper shelf is a Graeco-Egyptian mummy,
remarkable for the portrait of the deceased,
painted upon cedar.
Y Y. Coffin of Tphout, daughter of Heraclius Soter and
Sarapout. On the upper shelf is a mummy of
the Roman era.
Z Z. Blank.
J. Coffin of Cleopatra. The upper part of this case
contains scarabaei, amulets, &c., not yet ar¬
ranged.
J J. Coffin of Soter, archon of Thebes, son of Corne¬
lius Pollius and Sarapout. The upper part of this
case contains necklaces, &c., not yet arranged.
ETRUSCAN ROOM.
In this Room is a large collection of Greek and Etrus¬
can Vases, which are at present in course of arrange¬
ment.
MEDAL ROOM.
At the farther end of the Tenth Room is the Medal
Room, where are deposited a large collection of Coins and
Medals, the basis of which was formed by the cabinets of
Sir Hans Sloane and Sir Robert Cotton, and which has
been from time to time enlarged by many valuable pur¬
chases and donations, but principally by the munificent
donation of His late Majesty, King George IV., and
by the bequests of the Rev. C. M. Cracherode, and R. P.
Knight, Esq. It is comprehended under the three fol¬
lowing heads ;
1 . Ancient Coins.
2. Modern Coins.
3. Medals.
The first of these heads consists of Greek and Roman
coins.
The Greek coins are arranged in geographical order,
and include all those struck with Greek characters, in
Greece, or elsewhere, by kings, states, or cities, which
216
PKINT ROOM*
were independent of the Romans. With this class are
placed likewise the coins of free states and cities, which
made use of either the Etruscan, Roman, Punic, Spanish,
or other characters.
The Roman coins are placed, as far as it can be ascertain- >
ed, in chronological order. Thej^ consist of the As and its %
divisions ; Family or Consular coins j Imperial coins struck *
in Rome ; Imperial coins struck in Egypt ; Imperial coins
struck with Greek characters, in different states and cities
subject to the Romans ; Imperial coins struck in the Roman
colonies ; Imperial coins struck with Punic characters ;
and Contorniates. :
The second head, comprising modern coins, consists of j
Anglo-Saxon, English, Anglo-Gallic, Scotch, and Irish J
coins, and likewise the coins of foreign nations. This i
class is arranged according to the respective countries to
which the coins belong, those of each country being kept
separate.
The third head, which comprises a class considerably
more modern than either of those which precede it, con¬
sists of medals struck in our own country, and of those
which have been struck abroad. These are arranged in
the same manner as the modern coins.
Edw. Hawkins.
PRINT ROOM. I
This Room, which is at the south end of the east wing,
(adjoining the room in which is the collection of British j
Birds,) contains an extensive and valuable collection of '
prints and drawings, an important part of which was be- ^
queathed by the Rev. C. M. Cracherode, and Richard ;
Payne Knight, Esq.
The contents of the Medal and Print Rooms can be ;
seen only by very few persons at a time, and by particular 1
permission. H. Ellis. 1
G. Woodfall, Printer, Angel Court, Skinner Street, London.
PRICES OF CASTS
FROM
ANCIENT MARBLES, BRONZES, ETC.,
IN
THE BRITISH MUSEUM.
PEDIMENTS, ETC., OF THE PARTHENON.
Nos.
65. Hyperion . . .
£
. 2
s.
10
Right Arm of Hyperion [separate]
. 0
15
66. Heads of Horses of Hyperion .
. 4
10
71. Theseus .....
. 9
0
77. Ceres and Proserpine ,
. 60
0
74. Iris ... ...
. 18
0
72. Torso of Victory . . . .
. 4
10
67. One of the Fates ....
. 22
0
63. The two other Fates
. 50
0
68. Horse’s Head ....
. 1
5
70. Ilissus ......
. 8
0
76. Torso of Cecrops ....
. 3
5
118. Fragment of the Head of Minerva
. 0
7
76. Fragment of the Body of Minerva
. 2
0
64. Torso of Neptune ....
. 3
10
271. Fragment of Serpent
. 0
3
69. Torso of Victory without wings
. 4
0
73. Fragment of Latona
. 6
0
143. Torso of a Youth . . . .
. 0
7
79. Torso of a Female Figure
. 0
7
294. Torso of a Youth, probably part of a Metope
. 0
7
156. Fragment of a Female Figure .
. 1
10
207, Capital of a Column [one quarter]
. 2
5
rf.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PRICES OF CASTS
METOPES OF THE PARTHENON.
Nos. £ s.
11. Metope . . . . 6 0
2. . . . 6 0
8. - . . 6 0
12. . . 4 0
16. - . . . 5 0
6. . . 5 10
4. - ........ 5 6
6. . . 6 0
13. . . 6 10
7. - ........ 6 0
1. . . 6 0
3. . . 6 0
9. . . 6 0
14. - ........ 6 0
10. . . . 55
FRIEZE OF THE PARTHENON.
16. In three pieces . . . . . . .60
17. In three pieces . 6 0
1 8. In three pieces . 6 0
18^. [Cast from plaster] . . 0 18
19. Single slab . 2 0
19*. [Cast from plaster] . . 0 18
20. Single slab . . 2 0
21. - — . 4 10
22. . . 10
24. - - . . . . . . . .20
23. . . 2 0
34. . . . . 2 0
98. . . 0 6
77*. . .07
35. . . 2 0
36*. . . . 0 18
37. - ^ . . 2 0
178* - . , . . . . . . 0 7
36. . . ..20
35**. . . .20
38, - - . „ . . . . , .20
d,
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
PRICES OF CASTS,
Nos. £ 5.
25. Single slab . .20
26. - - - . . • • • • . .20
27. . . 2 0
28. — — - , , . . . • • .20
29. . . . 2 0
SO. . . 2 0
31. ’ — " ' - - . . • • • • • .20
38*. . . . .20
32. . . 2 0
33.. . . 2 0
33. Return . . . . . . • . 0 18
39. Single slab . . . . • • • .20
A 83. [Cast from plaster] . 2 0
A 85. — - - "■ • • • • • .20
A 86. — . * - . . • • • .20
A 87. . 2 0
A 88. - — . . 0 18
40*. Single slab . . . . . . . .11
41. . . .. — . , , , • • • .20
41#. . 0 3
38##. . 2 0
46. ~ * . . . . . . . • .20
50. '■ ' • . • . . . . . .20
47. . . 2 0
52. . 2 0
40. . 2 0
42. . . . .20
49. . . ..20
45, - - . , . , , . . ,20
48. ' ' ■ ■ • • . * . • . .20
43. *■ ' . . . • . . . .20
44» JT M . . . . , , . .20
51. " ' . . . . . . . .20
38***. . . . . 1 10
53. * . • • . . . . .20
54. • . . . . • . .20
56. • — . . . . . . . .20
55. . . . . . . . . • .20
15*. . 1 10
57. ' . » . * . . » .20
d.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
I 0
I 0
PRICES OF CASTS.
Nos.
59. Single slab . .
61. - — .
60. - — .
58. . . . .
96. - — - — - .
62. - - . . • ...
62. Return .
TOWNLEY COLLECTION.
Stnall Venus .
Actseon .
BRONZES, ETC.
Apollo .
Mercury .
Jupiter ......
Cellini Cup ......
Terra Cotta Vase .....
£ s. d,
2 0 0
2 0 0
2 0 0
2 0 0
0 7 6
2 0 0
0 18 0
2 0 0
5 0 0
110
0 5 0
0 6 0
10 0
0 5 0
Applications for any of the above-mentioned Casts are to be made in
writing to the Secretary, from whom information may be obtained as to
the terms upon which Casts of any other objects in the Museum Collec¬
tions will be supplied.
Woodfall, Printer, Angel Court, Skinner Street, London,
’■■‘w
wMm
i#f; 'f ®
ra
\ jS*'" '^'
%P^m
M-tja:^.
likw'^fS N.'**
msm
f4^m